How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice: Recent Episodes
None
Are you looking to secure the perfect space for your mental health practice? What are the real estate insights that you need to know to avoid the common pitfalls? What does every mental healthcare provider need to know about mastering lease negotiations? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about navigating real estate with Jennifer […]
The post Navigating Real Estate with Jennifer Page | GP 262 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Joe Sanok Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners who are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe. […]
The post Marketing Month: Workshops and Course Creation with Ryan Scanlon | POP 1167 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Joe Sanok Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners who are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe. […]
The post Marketing Month: Can I Ask Clients for Online Reviews? With Derek Collins and Omar Ruiz | POP 1166 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Joe Sanok Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners who are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe. […]
The post Marketing Month: How does the Rule of 26 Double Revenue? With Michael Buzinski | POP 1165 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you currently navigating the challenges of telehealth? What is a good guide and some advice for therapists embracing a nomadic working lifestyle? What are the best strategies for navigating virtual sessions as a traveling therapist? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about creating the lifestyle you want with Kym Tolson. Podcast Sponsor: Practice […]
The post Creating the Lifestyle You Want with Kym Tolson | GP 261 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Joe Sanok Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners who are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe. […]
The post Marketing Month: Digital Marketing for Mental Health with Adrienne Wilkerson | POP 1164 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Joe Sanok Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners who are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe. […]
The post Marketing Month: Digital Marketing with Donald Thompson | POP 1163 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Joe Sanok Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners who are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe. […]
The post Marketing Month: How to Design a Marketing Plan with Gee Ranasinha | POP 1162 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Hey there POP Fans! Whether you’re curious about transitioning from counselor to coach, healing trauma through storytelling, or exploring how mindfulness (and even chocolate) can enhance therapy, there’s a podcast here for everyone. Some of our highlights include: Minaa B. on embracing struggles and building resilience. Soo Jin Lee on healing trauma and reshaping Asian […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: January 2025 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you neurodivergent? Have you been considering opening a group private practice that is neuro-inclusive? What are the need-tos when it comes to working with neurodivergent staff and clients for a more comfortable and inclusive work environment? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about creating a neurodivergent group practice with Patrick Casale. Podcast Sponsor: […]
The post Creating a Neurodivergent Group Practice with Patrick Casale | GP 260 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to learn how you can nurture others through your leadership? How does leadership influence client retention? How does effective leadership help build rapport with clients? In this Client Retention Series podcast episode, Ashley Mielke and Kristen Edmiston discuss setting expectations for your employees, key conversations to have, and tips for going about […]
The post Client Retention: Setting Expectations for Your Employees, Key Conversations to Have, and Tips for Building it with Ashley Mielke | POP 1122 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are some great administrative tips that you can use today to help your client retention? How can you track client retention effectively in your practice? Can you improve the therapeutic alliance between clinicians and clients so that they feel more excited to come to sessions? In this Client Retention Series podcast episode, Ashley Mielke […]
The post Client Retention: What is it? How Do You Measure it? What Numbers are Important to Track? With Ashley Mielke | POP 1121 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Meet Andrew Burdette Andrew founded Mindful Counseling PLLC in Asheville, NC shortly after completing his graduate program in clinical mental health counseling. At the start of the pandemic, he pivoted to an online solo practice, and in 2022, began to grow a group practice. He most enjoys helping clients and colleagues identify what ignites their […]
The post Maximizing Your Office Space with Shannon Seeberan | GP 249 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How clear have you been on your offboarding communication with clinicians? How can you improve it? What is considered a “well-retained” client? In this HR Basics Series podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about rules of engagement with employees. Podcast Sponsor: Gusto Something always comes up when you’re running a private practice. Well, Gusto’s payroll and […]
The post HR Basics – Rules of Engagement with Employees with Andrew Burdette | POP 1120 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can you easily and cheaply access more benefits and perks for your employees? Have you considered offering a base salary and the option for clinicians to earn a commission? Which pay structures should you consider, depending on the 1099 or W2 employee models? In this HR Basics series podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about […]
The post HR Basics – Pay Structures, Benefits Packages, and Hiring with Andrew Burdette | POP 1119 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the main difference between an offer letter, a job description, and a job posting? How do you track employee time spent and compensation? Why are non-solicitation clauses enforceable? In this HR Basics series podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about the basics of paperwork and payroll. Podcast Sponsor: Alma As a clinician, you probably […]
The post HR Basics – The Basics of Paperwork and Payroll with Andrew Burdette | POP 1118 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you thinking of switching to the W2 employee model? What is making you sit on the fence? What are the main differences between 1099 and W2 models, and how does the W2 model benefit both you and your clinicians more on average than 1099? In this HR Basics series podcast episode, Joe Sanok and […]
The post HR Basics – Why You Should Be Moving to a W2 Model with Andrew Burdette | POP 1117 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you panicking with slow referrals? Do you need a quick tip to change and ramp up referrals? Are you interested in trying out Google Ads? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses pushing through slow times and what you can do to change the tide quickly with Nicole Ball. Podcast Sponsor: Alma As a […]
The post What To Do When Referrals Are Slow: Pushing Through Slow Times with Nicole Ball | POP 1116 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: Books mentioned in this episode: Marc Lewis – The Biology of Desire: Why Addiction Is Not a Disease Check out these additional resources: Nonviolent Communication with Simon Wiskowski | GP 247 Meet Andrew Burdette Andrew founded Mindful Counseling PLLC in Asheville, NC shortly after completing his graduate program in […]
The post Tailoring Your Treatment Model in Your Practice with Amber Tolbert | GP 248 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you using the correct search terms to help your ideal clients find you? Why is SEO still something you should utilize in your marketing strategies? To boost your referrals, have you considered connecting with your local big employers, and if not, why should you? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses understanding and knowing […]
The post What To Do When Referrals Are Slow: Knowing Your Community with Nicole Ball | POP 1115 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do the ebbs and flows of referrals stress you out? What should you – and should you not – do during the referral ebbs? How can you use data wisely to make informed decisions that could be helpful to you in the future? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanoks speaks with Nicole Ball about what […]
The post What To Do When Referrals Are Slow: Time to Evaluate the Data with Nicole Ball | POP 1114 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can you run a practice without having to do everything alone? How do you choose and train your management layers? What is the adequate payment plan for management staff? In this Level Up Series podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers the question, “What Layers of Management Should I Plan for with a Practice with 5-20 […]
The post LUW Series: What Layers of Management Should I Plan for a Practice with 5-20 Employees with Melissa Schneider | POP 1113 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
It’s the penultimate month of the year! Where has the time gone? In case you missed them, here’s a selection of the best podcasts from October. We’re covering topics around emotional regulation, neurodiversity, feminism, and productivity. So, tune in and start November with something great! Podcasts LUW Series: Maximize Your Productivity – Joe’s Guide to Effective […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: October 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you find yourself getting stuck continually when you want to create positive change in your life? Why is having a “why” not always enough to maintain change? What is the key to unlocking your potential and making consistent change “EASIER”? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about “Change Made Easy” with Paul Levitin. […]
The post Change Made Easy with Paul Levitin | POP 1092 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you have ADHD? Are there people in your workplace who you know have ADHD? How can these traits be given awareness, and what unique benefits can they bring when they are welcomed? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about creating a neurodivergent-friendly workplace with Dr. Liz Slonena. Podcast Sponsor: Practice of the Practice […]
The post Creating a Neurodivergent-Friendly Workplace with Dr. Liz Slonena | GP 243 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you raising young kids? Do you want to raise them outside of limiting beliefs around gender conformity? How many of your personal beliefs are influenced by societal messaging and what can you do to release them? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about Take Back Your Brain and How A Sexist Society Gets […]
The post Take Back Your Brain: How A Sexist Society Gets in Your Head – and How to Get It Out with Kara Loewentheil | POP 1091 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you nervous to network? Would you like a mindset shift around networking to make it much easier and less stressful for you to do? Why should you practice thinking about what you can give first before you try looking for how much you can get? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about making […]
The post Making Networking Less Painful with Charlotte Haigh | POP 1090 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
We’re into the final quarter of this year, and things are moving at speed! So, in case you missed out, here’s the best of POP. Right off the bat, Nir Eyal came on the podcast to discuss intentional living and distraction! We’ve also run a Level Up Series, featuring prominent academics and TEDx speakers. And […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: September 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you create visual authority? Have you been wanting to create content that feels much more authentic to you, suited to your audience, and isn’t awkward to do? What are the basic steps to curating your professional online presence, both on websites and social media? In this Ask the Expert podcast episode, Joe Sanok […]
The post Ask the Expert: How to Have Amazing Video & Audio in Your Home Studio with Michael Kent | POP 1089 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you get your practice to be known via word of mouth? Have you distinguished your marketing objectives before putting the marketing tactics into practice? Why should you always take the leap and differentiate your practice? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers the query, “Why is my marketing not working?” with Gee Ranasinha. […]
The post Why is my marketing not working? with Gee Ranasinha | POP 1088 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you been nervous about using AI? Why could avoiding AI potentially be detrimental to the success of your practice? Do you want to learn more about AI and how it can help you – and understand that it won’t take your job? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the AI mindset and […]
The post The AI Mindset and Owning Your Story with TEDx speaker, Erik Seversen | POP 1087 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you know if you should get an autism assessment? Why is working from home a great setup for folks who are living with an autism diagnosis? What is the most important thing that employers with autistic staff should know to be better bosses and managers? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about […]
The post Creating a Practice for Autistic Clinicians with Wendela Marsh | GP 242 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
TRIGGER WARNING: CONTAINS A DISCUSSION REGARDING SUICIDE Have either you or your clients ever struggled with major depression? How did a person with depression overcome suicidal ideation? Why should you give your clients reminders to help them, more than advice? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Brian Zhang about his journey with depression […]
The post Brian Zhang’s Journey with Depression and Music [Trigger Warning: Contains discussion regarding suicide] | POP 1086 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to increase your revenue? What are the basic building blocks of efficient teams? Are you looking to free up more of your time? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the ultimate roadmap to scaling your group practice in 2025 with strategies, insights, and actionable steps. Podcast Sponsor: Psychology Tools Whatever […]
The post The Ultimate Roadmap to Scaling Your Group Practice in 2025: Strategies, Insights, and Actionable Steps | POP 1085 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How will your first few great hires completely change the game of your practice’s growth trajectory? Why should you not hire only for experience? Are you letting your employees be their best selves at work? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about when and how to hire team members who will support scaling with […]
The post When and How to Hire Team Members That Will Support Scaling with Dr. Michael Neal | POP 1084 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What do most people do wrong when it comes to creating and sustaining workplace culture? How can you shift these and start to do them right? What do good leaders do as they level up? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Chris Dyer who was named the #1 leadership speaker on culture. Podcast […]
The post Level Up Series: Inc Magazine named Chris Dyer the #1 Leadership Speaker on Culture | POP 1083 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you ever felt guilt at being too angry or frustrated with your kids? Are you worried that you may be yelling too much or feeling overwhelmed by your kids’ needs? What is the secret to changing your parenting so that your kids feel seen and that you are regulated and happy as well? In […]
The post Level Up Series: Parenting with Less Anger with Michelle Puster | POP 1082 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you find and hire the best-fit people for your practice? What’s the secret to being magnetic in finding your professional community? Why do you need systems for offboarding clinicians? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about hiring, onboarding, and offboarding clinicians with Anna Saviano. Podcast Sponsor: Practice of the Practice You’re someone […]
The post Hiring, Onboarding, and Offboarding Clinicians with Anna Saviano | GP 241 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why is polyvagal theory important to consider in cognitive psychology and CBT? How can a stuck or anxious body disrupt talk therapy benefits or progression? What are the steps to learning more about your body feeling safe within it, and helping your clients do the same? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses the book […]
The post Level Up Series: Treating Trauma and Addiction with the Felt Sense Polyvagal Model with Jan Winhall | POP 1081 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you find new opportunities beyond the standard clinical working hours? What is the process of developing great content into a TEDx Talk? Why should you always remember your brand when saying “yes” or “no” to new offers? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about Amy Morin’s TEDx Talk “The Secret of Becoming […]
The post Level Up Series: Amy Morin’s TEDx Talk “The Secret of Becoming Mentally Strong” Got 24 Million Views | POP 1080 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can parents nurture their children’s growing confidence and sense of self? Why does commenting on your child’s clothing impact them so much? Are you willing to take a step back and let your kid become a young adult? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about body image and your kids with researcher, author, […]
The post Level Up Series: Body Image and Your Kids with Researcher, Author, and Psychologist Dr. Charlotte Markey | POP 1079 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are your pressing concerns about marketing your new private practice? How should you approach properly optimizing your website? Which easy steps can you take to slowly integrate AI into your approach to marketing? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers your questions about marketing strategies for solo practice owners. Podcast Sponsor: WellReceived Do you […]
The post 6 Essential Marketing Strategies to Leverage Your Practice | POP 1070 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the best use of your time as the practice owner and the one who maintains the vision? Which common group practice owner habits should you be cultivating? How can you effectively divide up your time? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about running, growing, and a physical therapy practice with Michael Silva. […]
The post Running and Growing a Physical Therapy Practice with Michael Silva | POP 1069 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why do you need to come out of industrial-age thinking and approaches to work? How are you spending your attention and focus? Why should you regularly “Marie Kondo” your work? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about leadership in a post-AI world and the age of wonder with Terence Mauri. Podcast Sponsor: Gusto Something […]
The post How to be a Leader in a post-AI World and The Age of Wonder with Terence Mauri | POP 1068 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
We’re in September! When did that happen? Also, if you haven’t noticed, our podcast is running 6 days a week (soon to be 7). And we’re stepping things up. We’re inviting experts across a number of fields, from finance and entrepreneurship to the psychophysiological. We even have a story about someone crossing a desert. And […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: August 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the common habits of successful people? How do you take new insights and integrate them into your approach to work and life? Why must leadership always be others-centered? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about SHIFTS and the 6 steps to transform your mindset and elevate your leadership with Dr. Sam Adeyemi. […]
The post SHIFTS: 6 Steps to Transform Your Mindset and Elevate Your Leadership with Dr. Sam Adeyemi | POP 1067 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What’s a good practice to find and retain great staff? When are the best times in the year to start taking applications? Why should you start looking for people at least four months before you actually need them? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about finding and keeping quality clinicians (and handling turnover) with […]
The post Finding and Keeping Quality Clinicians (and Handling Turnover) with Melissa Schneider | POP 1066 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you personally investigated what it looks like to work with insurance? Or have you avoided taking insurance because of rumors you’ve heard? Why is going in network with insurance one of the best ways to scale your practice quickly, efficiently, and successfully? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about whether taking insurance will […]
The post Will Taking Insurance Help You Scale Your Private Practice? With Melissa Schneider | POP 1065 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can you build a community of therapists within a practice? Why is trust important for a practice culture? What’s your method of attracting great therapists to your group practice? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about hiring and company culture with Matt Fowler. Podcast Sponsor: Practice of the Practice You’re someone with a […]
The post Hiring and Company Culture with Matt Fowler | GP 238 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why does where you open your practice matter? What is the step-by-step process for finding a location’s sweet spot when opening a practice? How do you conduct a competitor analysis when you want to open up shop in a new town? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses why the zip code of your practice […]
The post The Zip Code Of Your Practice Matters and How to Do a Competitor Analysis with Melissa Schneider | POP 1064 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why should therapists and neurofeedback professionals work together? How does the biopsychosocial approach shed more light on what’s ailing a client and new ways to resolve it? Can you integrate therapy with brain mapping for a client’s total transformation? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the future of neurofeedback and research with Dr. […]
The post The Future of Neurofeedback and Research with Dr. Andrew Hill | POP 1063 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want some quick tips on how you can get over the initial jitters of filming social media content? Are you working with remote marketers on a budget? Why should you hire a remote marketer to boost and strengthen your practice in its early months? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about three […]
The post Three Ways to Improve Your Marketing with Peter Lewis | POP 1062 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you making your daily choices with intention and awareness? When last did you allow yourself the chance to experiment without being attached to the outcome? Why does good capitalism not want to be in competition with others? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the value of being different and the meaning of […]
The post The Value of Being Different and the Meaning of Life with Silicon Valley Investor Mike Maples Jnr. [One of Joe’s favorite interviews ever!] | POP 1061 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can leaders retain their top talent? Why is talent retention sometimes more important than client conversion? What does a leader need to do to create a culture that is worth staying for? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about attracting and keeping top talent with HR Huntsman. Podcast Sponsor: Alma As a clinician, […]
The post Attracting and Keeping Top Talent with HR Huntsman | POP 1056 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the important distinction between “growth” and “scaling” in business? Why should you structure your systems from the conversations that happen between you and your key staff? How can you enlarge your practice while helping it to retain its unique essence from the start? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses the difference between […]
The post There’s a Difference Between Scaling and Growth with Rob Bier | POP 1055 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the common barriers to clients accessing psychedelic-assisted therapy? How can everyday therapists make this modality more accessible to the people who need it but cannot afford it? Why should you learn more about psychedelic medicines in therapy? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Kevin Cannella about how he started a non-profit […]
The post Kevin Cannella Started a non-profit to Fund Psychedelic Therapy | POP 1054 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you unlock your full potential to learn how to continually change your life for the better? What happens when you combine your awareness with intentional focus? Can you increase your mental performance by connecting with spirituality? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about better mental performance with Brandon Epstein. Podcast Sponsor: Heard […]
The post Better Mental Performance with Brandon Epstein | POP 1053 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why should you consider learning more about AI in therapy? Are you concerned about whether you would find clinicians to work for you if you opened a group practice? How can you level up and boost your practice with classic business principles? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about “Therapreneur Success” with Amity Cooper. […]
The post Therapreneur Success with Amity Cooper | GP 236 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why should you always keep track of the questions that your clients and audience ask you? Why is writing a prescriptive nonfiction book the best idea for current trends? How can you turn your work into a book in a way that serves your clients and excites you? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanoks speaks […]
The post Positioning Yourself Through Writing a Book with Stephanie Chandler | POP 1052 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What do therapists need to know about divorcing families? Why should you be very careful when agreeing to write a letter to the judge? How can you make sure to remain a helpful third party instead of becoming overly involved in a family going through separation? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about parental […]
The post Parental Estrangement and How to Work with Family Custody Issues with Randy Flood | POP 1051 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you or has anyone in your life been diagnosed late with autism, OCD, or ADHD? Why is curiosity so important in therapy? How does a diagnosis, even a late one, bring relief and a new, important context? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Sarah Cook who is an autistic creative writer that […]
The post Sarah Cook is an Autistic Creative that was Diagnosed a Year Ago | POP 1050 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why do moments of crisis make people stronger? What is the simple secret to living intentionally and with integrity after overcoming trauma? How can you learn to find joy intentionally? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Iranian refugee Payam Zamani about his story and book Crossing the Desert: Embracing Life’s Difficult Journey. Podcast […]
The post Iranian Refugee Payam Zamani on Crossing the Desert: Embracing Life’s Difficult Journey | POP 1049 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Did you know that having healthy and compassionate social connections is good for your health, almost on par with diet and exercise? When was the last time you gave compliments and praise openly and without feeling awkward? What does the research say about self-disclosure? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with David Robson about […]
The post The Laws of Connection with Award-winning Science Writer David Robson | POP 1048 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why is good customer service a crucial part of a successful private practice? How should you structure your growth rate? How do good, simple business principles correlate with a client receiving good therapeutic care? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the business of private practice with Roxanne Francis. Podcast Sponsor: Psychology Tools Whatever […]
The post The Business of Private Practice with Roxanne Francis | POP 1047 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you build a caseload in a private pay group practice? Why is becoming involved in the local commerce centers a good investment of the CEOs time? Have you considered public speaking in your community – and if not, why should you give it a try? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about […]
The post Building Your Private Pay Group Practice on a Timeline with Emily Runyan | GP 235 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the relationship between the brain and physical pain when it comes to chronic stress and emotional dysregulation? Why is a person’s nervous system safety paramount to their ability to heal physically or mentally? Why and when should you refer a client out? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanoks speaks about the nervous system, […]
The post The Nervous System, Trauma and Psychophysiological Disorders with Karden Rabin | POP 1046 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to increase your visibility and credibility within your local and virtual communities? Why is committing to a local column a great long-term investment? Are you making use of quotes in your media connections – and if not, why should you? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about press release strategies with […]
The post Press Release Strategy with Mickie Kennedy | POP 1045 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you noticed issues of access to psychiatric care in your community? How does Mindful Care assist therapists when it comes to working with psychiatric patients? What is the symbiosis between Mindful Care and therapists so that everyone, clients included, is respected and taken care of? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanoks speaks about solving […]
The post Solving Psychiatric Access to Care with Dr. Tamir Aldad | POP 1044 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are successful folks’ strategies behind creating their success? Who are the professionals that you need to have on your team? How should you lay out your projects and goals so that you are constantly moving towards achieving them? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to shatterproof your practice with Zig Ziglar’s […]
The post How to Shatterproof Your Practice with Zig Ziglar Attorney Scott Reib | POP 1043 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the crucial do’s and don’ts to be careful of within the first six months of private practice? When should you start hiring for leadership positions? What is the most important mindset shift that new group practice bosses need to make? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post LUW Series: What I Did Right (and Wrong) in Group Practice – a Panel of Group Practice Bosses | POP 1042 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What common barriers do therapists have to come up against when they are building success into their practice? How can you totally transform the fear of impostor syndrome into authentic action? How do you stop choosing sympathy over empathy? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks about the common […]
The post LUW Series: Gratitude Shaming and Imposter Syndrome: Common Barriers to Succeeding as a Therapist with Hannah Rose | POP 1041 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
New month, new series, and this July, we’re all about Leveling Up Your Practice! So, are you looking to add a new therapy modality, trying to generate more leads, or simply looking for a little motivation? If you are, then give this month’s episodes a listen, and while you’re at it, why not enroll for […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: July 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How should you pace out your hiring to maintain your scaling progress? What is your role in establishing your practice’s identity? Are you willing to model the process that brought you to this niche for your clinicians? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about establishing your private practice identity with Nicole Wallace. Podcast Sponsor: […]
The post Establishing your Private Practice Identity with Nicole Wallace | GP 234 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to be in a community with fellow therapists and counselors who are also trying to figure out the business side of a practice? What are some people’s ideas for how to scale based on their schedules? Have you been thinking about getting some more peer support? In this podcast episode from the […]
The post LUW Series: What’s Working in Private Practice – An Open Discussion with Joe | POP 1040 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Is there an operation in your practice that you feel slightly confused by or nervous about doing whenever you need to do it? Why should you definitely open a profile on a therapy directory? What are the basics of managing your money efficiently? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok […]
The post LUW Series: Operations You Must Master: PPC, Directories, Marketing, Networking, and Managing Your Money | POP 1039 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is your reason for wanting to transition out of the day-to-day practice tasks? How do you create a process handbook for your team? Can you leverage your newfound time and freedom to optimize your practice while still enjoying your personal life? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post LUW Series: How to Effectively Transition yourself out of the day-to-day to Scale your Business with Ashley Mielke | POP 1038 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why should your number one marketing activity be lead generation? How do you tell how many leads your practice needs to stay busy? How can you consistently track your leads? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks about how to consistently generate enough leads to keep your practice busy […]
The post LUW Series: How to Consistently Generate Enough Leads to Keep your Practice Busy and Thriving with Amber-Rose Thomas | POP 1037 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you feel about tax season? What can you do now to be better prepared? How can you set aside enough money for taxes without losing out potential income to use in your practice? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks about prepping for tax day with Andrew […]
The post LUW Series: Prepping for Tax Day with Andrew Riesen | POP 1036 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the building blocks to creating your perfect practice from the ground up and into the future of your success? How do you stay motivated in doing this? What are ways to scale that doesn’t include you being only in session? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post LUW Series: How to Stay Motivated, Get New Clients, and Build the Practice of Your Dreams | POP 1035 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What can you do before you bring on new interns so that they’re fully supported? What does a solo practitioner need to know or do before hiring an intern? Why should you speak to interns about the values and mission of your practice? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about incorporating interns in private […]
The post Incorporating Interns in Private Practice with Leah Riddell | GP 233 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is your reason for wanting to transition out of the day-to-day practice tasks? How do you create a process handbook for your team? Can you leverage your newfound time and freedom to optimize your practice while still enjoying your personal life? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post LUW Series: How to Effectively Transition yourself out of the day-to-day to Scale your Business with Ashley Mielke | POP 1038 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why are ROIs critical? How can having ROIs help you to prevent burnout? Can you look at your time not only as a work-life balance but just your life in general? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Series, Joe Sanok speaks about figuring out the ROI on your tasks. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes […]
The post LUW Series: Figuring Out the ROI on Tasks | POP 1034 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the need-to-knows about psychedelic medicine and therapy? How can you help your clients integrate their insights into their lives after a guided psychedelic experience? Can you market yourself safely and appropriately if you offer this service? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Week series, Joe Sanok speaks about psychedelic-assisted therapy with […]
The post LUW Series: Psychedelic Assisted Therapy with Jonathan Robinson | POP 1033 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the potential markers that you need to look out for to move from a solo practice to a group practice? How do you find and hire great clinicians? What are the simple tricks to hugely boosting your marketing efforts? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Series, Joe Sanok speaks about how […]
The post LUW Series: How To Start a Group Practice with Joe and Guests | POP 1032 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What has changed in marketing trends since 2020 when it comes to private practice? What are the bedrock basics of good marketing principles and tools for any therapy practice? What does it take to get a website to drive sales? In this podcast episode from the Level Up Series, Joe Sanok speaks about marketing a […]
The post LUW Series: Marketing a Private Practice with Steve Turney | POP 1031 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to learn what to do and what not to do from clinicians like you who are further down the practice road? What is an easy way to figure out how to market yourself genuinely? What should you do next once things are going steady? In this podcast episode in the Level Up […]
The post LUW Series: How To Start a Private Practice with Joe and Guests | POP 1030 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What’s the unlocked benefit that you and your clients can enjoy when therapy and fitness are used in tandem? Why should you bring exercise into the discussion with a client struggling, especially with anxiety and depression? Is it possible to combine therapy and fitness in one building, and in one treatment? In this podcast episode, […]
The post A practice that does counseling and has a fitness center with Brendan Kelly | POP 1029 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Which marketing tips work really well for other private practice owners? How can you use your social media as a portfolio for yourself and your business? Why should you consider getting involved in your local markets? In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith discusses current creative marketing tips with Nicole Osborne. Podcast Sponsor: Practice of the […]
The post Creative Marketing Tips with Nicole Osborne | GP 232 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why is it much more beneficial for your clients for you to practice cultural humility instead of cultural competence in the therapy room? Do you want to learn how to be more emotionally accessible to every person from any background? Do you want to eradicate race anxiety and speak compassionately and openly with your clients? […]
The post No Racial Elephants in the Therapy Room with Dr. Rheeda Walker | POP 1028 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to use video to grow your private practice? Which new AI tools are easy for private practitioners to use and scale well? How can you combine your video with AI? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to use AI and video more in your practice with Nick Niehaus. Podcast […]
The post How to Use AI and Video More in Your Practice with Nick Niehaus | POP 1027 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the future of AI in healthcare and diagnostics? How can every person become a transformational leader? What is the secret to real, genuine scaling in business? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about AI, healthcare, and entrepreneurship with WSJ bestselling author Faisal Hoque. Podcast Sponsor: Upheal Upheal, an AI-powered platform designed specifically […]
The post AI, Healthcare, and Entrepreneurship with WSJ Bestselling Author Faisal Hoque | POP 1026 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you come to proudly call yourself a coach after being a therapist? What is the distinction between marketing a coaching service and a therapy service? How can you overcome the initial impostor syndrome and finally take a step toward adding coaching to your professional repertoire? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about […]
The post Going from Therapist to Coach with Liz Fernandez | POP 1025 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can you care for your brain today to support your mental health for the rest of your life? What are the easy ways that you can upgrade your life to protect your brain? Why is community an often overlooked yet crucial part of cognitive health? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the […]
The post Reversing Alzheimer’s: The New Toolkit to Improve Cognition and Protect Brain Health with Dr. Heather Sandison | POP 1024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How does a therapist or surgeon create a flawless client experience to keep them returning to the practice? What is the most valuable form of marketing? Why is it important to remember to be both the boss and the service provider, especially at the beginning of your practice? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post Amy Anderson Helps Surgeons to Start Practices | POP 1023 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you fallen into money woes and quick fixes have been letting you down? What should you do to plug any financial leaks that could be draining you of your cash? How can you bring a turnaround in your finances? In this repurposed podcast episode, LaToya Smith helps you to work on your money skills […]
The post Work On Your Money Skills with Linzy Bonham | GP 231 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you sometimes feel frustrated by the daily work that needs to be done in your practice? How do you get over being burned before by a hire which didn’t go well? What’s the process for finding your best-fit hire? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how you’re the bottleneck and you need […]
The post You’re the Bottleneck and Need to Delegate to Scale with Selina Johnson | POP 1022 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you started systematizing your practice? How is it possible to transfer the culture that you have built if and when you sell your practice? What’s the step-by-step process of successfully converting clients (and booking a therapist for a month) with 20-minute free consultation calls? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses converting clients using […]
The post Converting Clients Using Consult Calls with Nicole McCance | POP 1021 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you feel like you can only be happy when you achieve something? When do you allow yourself to feel appreciative of your surroundings? How do you want to be remembered? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about feeling good and a sense of joy outside of achievement with Dr. Esther Zeledon. Podcast Sponsor: […]
The post Feeling Good Outside of Achievement with Dr. Esther Zeledon | POP 1020 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you feeling uncertain in your private practice journey? Why is word-of-mouth marketing worth its weight in gold? What is the value of knowing yourself before launching your business? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how Maria Elliott started a practice and got her first 10 clients. Podcast Sponsor: Alma As a clinician, […]
The post How Maria Elliott started a practice and got her first 10 clients | POP 1019 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What’s the key to creating more access to safe and transformative psychedelic-assisted therapy? Why should you get educated about psychedelic therapy? How can you help to make this transformative modality more accessible safely to your community? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Kevin Cannella about addressing access to psychedelic therapy with Thank You […]
The post Kevin Cannella is Addressing Access to Psychedelic Therapy with Thank You Life | POP 1018 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you feel like there’s constantly a wall between you and what you know you are capable of achieving? Have you been trying to create new habits that stick? What are the building blocks to overcoming fear and doubt, and reprogramming yourself for abundance and success? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about Programmed […]
The post Programmed To Fail: How to Break Through Your Mental Blocks and Achieve Greatness with Brandon Epstein | POP 1017 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are the things you do in your practice what you should be doing as the owner? Why is hiring virtual help the key to breaking through the glass ceiling and keeping your business growth stuck? How can you distinguish a skill versus a will problem in a new hire? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette […]
The post The Value of Hiring Virtual Professionals with Beth Lachance | GP 230 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What makes a good story? How can you develop the idea you have for a book into one? Why should you keep track of all the questions you get in your practice? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to start your non-fiction book with Stephanie Chandler. Podcast Sponsor: Upheal Upheal, an AI-powered […]
The post How to Start Your Non-fiction Book with Stephanie Chandler | POP 1016 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you have clients with chronic illnesses? How can we support our loved ones and those we have close relationships with who are living with a chronic illness? What should everyone know about living a life with illness and still enjoying it to the full? In this summer series podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: Starting a Podcast and Navigating Chronic Illness with Dr. Kate Herts | POP 1015 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
So much has happened this month! We’re celebrating our 1000th episode, AND the beginning of a new podcaster in the POP Network, AND the start of a new POP series! So, tune in to our Summer special on the Movers and Shakers of the business world, and please welcome Dr. Kate Herts and […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: June 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Did you know that the seven deadly sins didn’t come from the Bible? How do cultural roots set up the stage for modern roles? Do you want to release yourself from harmful expectations and step into authenticity and a more genuine way of living? In this podcast episode in the summer series, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: From Goop Lab to Helping Women Get Unprogrammed for Goodness with Elise Loehnen | POP 1014 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you ever had a profound experience that has changed your life? What successes are waiting for you that are only a mindset shift away? Are you interested in learning more about breathwork? In this summer series podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about having your mind cracked open with Gio Bartolomeo. Podcast Sponsor: Alma As […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: Having Your Mind Cracked Open with Gio Bartolomeo | POP 1013 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the common pitfalls that therapists fall into when it comes to legal documents and contracts? Did you know that the state won’t correct your incorrect paperwork? How can you protect your brand name and trademark your practice? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks with business lawyer Keren de Zwart about what small […]
The post Legal Need-to-Knows for Small Business Owners with Keren de Zwart | GP 229 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the science behind building up confidence? Why does the overvaluation of happiness lead to more burnout? Have you brought your personal values forward into your daily work, and if not, why should you start? In this podcast episode in the summer series, Joe Sanok speaks about the overvaluation of happiness and managing imposter […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: The Overvaluation of Happiness and Managing Imposter Syndrome with Dr. Michelle Rose and Dr. Amy O’Hana | POP 1012 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you wondered how AI tools can help you to avoid burnout? Are you concerned about how to use AI ethically in your private practice? What does the future of AI look like in therapy, and how can you embrace it? In this podcast episode in the summer series, Joe Sanok speaks about how AI […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: How AI Can Help with Burnout with Upheal’s Ted Faneuff | POP 1011 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you feel like you’re taking action just because you feel like you should? Have you evaluated why you are doing what you are doing? Are you inspired to take action, or are you taking action from a place of fear? In this podcast episode in the summer series, Joe Sanok speaks about how to […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: How to Stay Inspired in Private Practice with Dr. Victoria Grinman | POP 1010 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Can you tap into the community-based healing power of groups in your practice? Why are group sessions a game changer for your work, your clients’ therapeutic process, and your income? What are the three keys you need to have on hand to launch a group program successfully? In this podcast episode in the movers and […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: How Therapists Can Break into Group Coaching with Ali Shapiro (and How Cancer at Age 13 Changed Her Life) | POP 1009 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can you bring positive change to your community? What are some of the ways to bring awareness to mental health? Can you be a source of healing? In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about community, healing, and mental health with Lachelle Goodrich, LPC. Podcast Sponsor: Practice of the Practice Are you ready to […]
The post Community, Healing and Mental Health with Lachelle Goodrich, LPC | GP 228 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you work in tandem with your intuition? Why is it transformative and actually more peaceful to be willing to be present with reality? Can you connect with your humanity to witness more success and gratitude, even in difficult times? In this summer series podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about being human and finding the […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: Being human and finding the balance between goals and intuition with Jessica Nickels | POP 1008 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why is maintaining your connection to your unique regenerative energy source vital for avoiding burnout? What are the common growth cycles of a practice? How can you learn to appreciate and encourage change instead of shying away from the unknown in business? In this podcast episode in our summer series, Joe Sanok speaks about going […]
The post Summer Series: Movers and Shakers: From the White House to Growth Cycles of Your Practice with Tabitha Scott | POP 1007 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why should you consider launching a podcast? How can a podcast lead to more trust and client conversion? What are the practical steps that you can take to monetize your podcast? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how podcasting will help you level up nationally quickly with Kevin Chemidlin. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes […]
The post How Podcasting will Help You Level Up Nationally Quickly with Kevin Chemidlin | POP 1006 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the distinction between the modern use of psychedelic-assisted therapy and indigenous psychedelic ceremonies? Which different psychedelic medicines are being researched to be used in the therapy room? What can we expect from the future of psychedelics in counseling? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about getting started with YOU doing psychedelic-assisted therapy […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Getting started with YOU doing psychedelic assisted therapy with IPI co-founder Keith Kurlander | POP 1005 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why does shame underlie imposter syndrome? What are the first steps to distancing yourself from fear-based behaviors? How can you build up your strength and courage to do something despite feeling afraid? In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about doing it scared and how to confront imposter syndrome with Maggie Malone, LCSW. Podcast Sponsor: […]
The post Do It Scared: Confronting Imposter Syndrome with Maggie Malone | GP 227 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to restructure and optimize your systems? Are you often stressed about not having the time to do everything in the operations yourself? Why are virtual assistants a powerful and helpful level-up tool for you to implement in your private practice? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about hiring and delegating to […]
The post Hiring and Delegating to Virtual Assistants with Stephanie Maharjan | POP 1004 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How do you create and maintain a successful practice culture? What are the essentials of running a new W2 group practice? Why should you be proactive in this transition? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about ongoing monitoring and running in a W2 private practice with Andrew Burdette. Podcast Sponsor: Gusto Something always comes […]
The post Ongoing monitoring and running in a W2 private practice with Andrew Burdette | POP 1003 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What is the exact roadmap that you should follow to switch from 1099 to W2? How should you structure your handbook for a potential new employee? What are the things that you need to have sorted out before thinking about hiring? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the exact steps to go from […]
The post Exact steps to go from 1099s to W2s in your group practice with Andrew Burdette | POP 1002 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you neurodivergent? Have you been considering opening a group private practice that is neuro-inclusive? What are the need-tos when it comes to working with neurodivergent staff and clients for a more comfortable and inclusive work environment? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about creating a neurodivergent group practice with Patrick Casale. Podcast Sponsor: […]
The post Creating a Neurodivergent Group Practice with Patrick Casale | GP 226 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you been chewing on whether or not you should switch to the W2 employee model in your private practice? Are you nervous about being misclassified by the IRS due to 1099 issues? What’s the basic background to keep in mind when considering the switch to W2? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about […]
The post Why You Should Transition to W2 in your group practice with Andrew Burdette | POP 1001 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
It’s our 1000 podcast episode! Today we celebrate our huge milestone with you, our listeners, by going through some of the voicemail submissions that you have made. Thank you for the journey thus far, and onto future horizons! To celebrate our 1000th podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses Practice of the Practice’s history and journey and […]
The post Here’s to the first thousand! | POP 1000 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why has there been a psychedelic renaissance these past few years? Why are psychedelics important in this modern context? What do nuclear war, global consciousness, and psychedelics have in common? In the last podcast episode in the psychedelic-assisted therapy series, Joe Sanok speaks about psychedelics and nuclear war with psychedelic thought leader and Esalen doctor […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Psychedelics and Nuclear War with Thought Leader and Esalen Inst. Dr. Howard Kornfeld | POP 999 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Wow, May has flown by! In case you missed what’s been happening at POP, here’s your monthly catch-up. This May, we dove into the pioneering and exciting world of Psychedelic Assisted Therapy. We’ve discussed the various modalities, medicines, contexts and applications they have, as well as how to integrate them into therapy. From Ayahuasca, MDMA, […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: May 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you considered transitioning into a telehealth group practice? What can you do to scale your group practice? Where do you practice passions lie? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette interviews Hannah Rose about building a fully remote group practice. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes As a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having […]
The post Building a Fully Remote Group Practice with Hannah Rose | GP 225 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the conversations that every parent needs to have with their kids to keep them aware and safe? How can you teach your kids to use their discernment online? What should all therapists know when working with the parents? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the essential conversation and clinical issues of […]
The post Essential Conversations and Clinical Issues from Missing and Exploited Children Expert with Carol Ryan | POP 998 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking for new information on which tools are out there today to help therapists in private practice? Did you know that you could get federal funding contracts? What should and shouldn’t you do to make yourself eligible for government funding? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to get federal government […]
The post How to get federal government contracts for your practice with Dr. Ajita Robinson | POP 997 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What should you discuss with your clients when it comes to psychedelic-assisted therapy? Which trainings are available for you to do now? What is the harm reduction framework and how can you utilize it in your sessions to support your clients? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to discuss psychedelic-assisted therapy with […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: How to talk with your clients about psychedelic-assisted therapy with Dr. Elizabeth Nielson | POP 996 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the current laws in the US when it comes to psilocybin and MDMA? How many hours of training is recommended? What are some of the non-negotiable best practice tips for setting up a positive and safe therapeutic psychedelic environment? In this podcast episode in the psychedelic-assisted therapy series, Joe Sanok speaks about the […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: The politics, access, and best practices of psychedelic therapy in the US and Europe with Justin Townsend | POP 995 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you have ADHD? Are there people in your workplace who you know have ADHD? How can these traits be given awareness, and what unique benefits can they bring when they are welcomed? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about creating a neurodivergent-friendly workplace with Dr. Liz Slonena. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes As a […]
The post Creating a Neurodivergent Friendly Workplace with Dr. Liz Slonena | GP 224 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you heard about Ayahuasca? What does a typical Ayahuasca ceremony look like? How can Ayahuasca support a person’s growth and change? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses Ayahuasca with an anonymous guest. Podcast Sponsor: Psychiatry Institute Imagine the impact you could have with your clients when you are able to practice the most […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Ayahuasca with Anonymous | POP 994 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you have a client who has recently begun their psychedelic journey? Are you unclear about how to support them? What are the best practices for integrating a client’s psychedelic experience into their day-to-day lives? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with MAPS Trainee Concetta Troskie about integrating psychedelics. Podcast Sponsor: Psychiatry Institute Imagine […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Integrating Psychedelics with MAPS Trainee Concetta Troskie | POP 993 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking for novel treatments for addiction? How can Ibogaine promote mental and physical health? What is the current state of Ibogaine research? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok interviews Talia Eisenberg about Ibogaine, PTSD, TBI, and Trauma. Podcast Sponsor: Psychiatry Institute Imagine the impact you could have on your clients when you are […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Ibogaine, PTSD, TBI and Trauma with Talia Eisenberg | POP 992 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you considered how you define your needs and what they uniquely look like for you to the people in your life? How can people feel much more comfortable, relaxed, loved, and seen by their partners? Why is nonviolent communication something that can change your life for the better? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette […]
The post Nonviolent Communication with Simon Wiskowski | GP 223 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are some of the overlapping benefits between group work and psychedelic medicine? In a group session of psychedelic-assisted therapy, what are the safeguards that you should always have in place? Why is a fully contained and secure space essential for the medicine of psilocybin to truly work? In this podcast episode in the psychedelic-assisted […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Running Psilocybin and Ketamine Groups with Carrie Haynes | POP 991 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Hey fellow therapists! Today, let’s dive deeper into the often-frustrating journey of building a private practice. Whether you’re just starting out or have been on this road for a while, it’s crucial to acknowledge the challenges and roadblocks that come with the territory. So, let’s normalize those frustrations and explore actionable steps to overcome them […]
The post Embracing the Journey: Navigating Frustrations on the Path to Private Practice Success appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the lifelong transformative changes that a person can experience at a professional psilocybin retreat? Why can undergoing a period of ego-dissolution be transformational to your understanding of your life, and the world around you? Why is integration essential? In this podcast episode of the psychedelic-assisted therapy series, Joe Sanok speaks about psilocybin-assisted therapy […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Psilocybin-Assisted Therapy Retreats and Training with Catherine Warnock | POP 990 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Have you been considering the group dynamics of the staff in your private practice? How can the Enneagram be a helpful tool for understanding the motivation behind the actions of others? Are you interested in finding out more about some of your innermost workings? In this second podcast episode of a two part series, Andrew […]
The post Enneagram Types and Group Dynamics Part 2 with Hanna Woody | GP 222 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What do you think about psychedelic-assisted therapy? Are you nervous? How is MDMA-assisted therapy something powerful, positive, and helpful for all therapists to learn about? In the first podcast episode on the Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series, Joe Sanok speaks about ecstasy as medicine, and how MDMA can help you overcome trauma, anxiety, and depression, and […]
The post Psychedelic Assisted Therapy Series: Using MDMA to overcome Trauma, Anxiety and Depression with Jonathan Robinson | POP 989 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What should you do so that you don’t lose your mind when you’re growing a side hustle while working a full-time job? What’s the trick to knowing where is the best place to spend your time? What common mistakes can you avoid when it comes to time management? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post Harvard Business Review Author: How to Easily Balance a Side Hustle and A Full-time Job with Elizabeth Grace Saunders | POP 988 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking for easy ways to generate copy for blogs and websites? What are some of the ways ChatGPT can benefit your business? How can you get the best out of it? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Harvard Business Review Author, Donna McGeorge about the AI Revolution. Podcast Sponsor: The Receptionist […]
The post Harvard Business Review Author: ChatGPT And The AI Revolution with Donna McGeorge | POP 987 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What stands in the way of adults playing? Have you ever yearned for spirited playing and having fun like when you did as a kid? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about play, improv, and training teams to succeed and have fun with Erin Diehl. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes As a therapist, I can […]
The post Play, Improv, and Training Teams to Succeed and Have Fun with Erin Diehl | POP 986 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why is the enneagram a great tool for private practice owners and leaders? Have you wanted to track and change your behavior patterns? Do you sometimes feel like you are standing in your own way and you don’t know how to make a change? Andrew Burdette speaks about enneagram types and group dynamics with Hanna […]
The post Enneagram Types and Group Dynamics Part 1 with Hanna Woody | GP 221 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What should you consider financially when looking at the big picture? Have you thought about separating your business from you? Why should you always be patient and consistent with investing? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about setting and achieving financial goals with Eric Roberge. Podcast Sponsor: WellReceived Do you often find yourself overwhelmed […]
The post Setting and Achieving Financial Goals with Eric Roberge | POP 985 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Welcome back to the best of The Practice of the Practice! We’re looking forward to sharing this month’s seasoned experts and empathetic voices – covering everything from women’s health, leadership, and couples counselling, to body confidence and writing a memoir. Join us for insightful conversations, actionable advice, and transformative stories that promise to enrich […]
The post The Podcast Network Monthly Roundup: April 2024 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why can watching TV be real self-care? What do parents and successful CEOs have in common – and what can they learn from each other? How regularly do you experiment, and why should you do it more often? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about why you get self-care totally wrong with Harvard Business […]
The post Harvard Business Review Author: Why you get Self Care Totally Wrong with Dr. Alyssa Westring | POP 984 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
As the CEO and practice owner, do you have help? Why is having help paramount to the sustainable success of your business? How can you notice burnout in your staff and help them to snuff it out quicker? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about preventing and managing burnout in a group practice with […]
The post Preventing and Managing Burnout in a Group Practice with Cait Donovan and Sarah Vosen | GP 220 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Which “mind traps” do CEOs often fall into and how can they avoid them? Can you shift your approach to leadership to be more of the coach than the quarterback? How can you foster a sense of leadership and ownership in your staff for the business? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the […]
The post The Unlocked Leader with Hortense le Gentil | POP 983 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why are introverts uniquely positioned to be successful at networking? How can you use your expertise to market yourself clearly and confidently? How can you change your mindset from sales to service? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the introvert’s edge with Matthew Pollard. Podcast Sponsor: WellReceived Do you often find yourself overwhelmed […]
The post The Introvert’s Edge with Matthew Pollard | POP 982 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Why is there no one “source” for burnout? Do you know what your BPFs are – how can you find them out? Why should you keep a resentment journal – and not a gratitude journal – when you are in the depths of burnout? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about when the brain […]
The post When the brain is offline from burnout with Cait Donovan | POP 981 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to get insurance benefits for your clients while you can still be paid your full cash fee rate? How can you make therapy accessible to your community without sacrificing your income security from having to deal with unreliable insurance networks? Have you heard about Mentaya? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks […]
The post Out-of-Network Billing, Private Pay, and How to Help Clients with Christine Li from Mentaya | POP 980 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What do you know about the court system? Have you ever been subpoenaed, and were you prepared? What should you have ready in case you’re called to testify, and how should you best protect yourself and your client in this nuanced situation? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about navigating and preparing for the […]
The post Preparing for and Navigating the court systems with Jill Williams | GP 219 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Which stories are not told that can bring such positive change when they are? Do you have a passion project that’s been sitting at your side for the last few months? How can sharing awfully funny and relatable human stories start a business that brings people together? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about […]
The post Periods, PMDD, and the Stories We Never Tell with Heather Hendrie | POP 979 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What’s a surefire way to continuously grow and develop your clinical confidence throughout your career? How do you check yourself to make sure that you are continuously improving and providing quality care without working in a vacuum? Do you want to work alongside and with other mental health practitioners? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok […]
The post Clinical Confidence Across Your Clinical Career with Shannon Heers | POP 978 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
What are the core aspects of running a holistic private practice? How can you make sure to hire the right people who share your vision for your business? Can you approach healing beyond the scope of just the mind? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about building a holistic therapy practice with Sara Baker. […]
The post Building a Holistic Therapy Practice with Sara Baker | POP 977 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
Do you see couples in your private practice? How should you bill couples counseling to insurance to get a higher rate? What should you document throughout your sessions? In this podcast episode, Andrew Burdette speaks about billing insurance and documentation for couples counseling with Barbara Griswold. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes As a therapist, I can […]
The post Billing and Documentation for Couples Counselling with Barbara Griswold | GP 218 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice | Practice of the Practice.
How can hosting a TEDx talk make you a more in-demand expert and therapist? If you delivered a message that you know your audience needs to hear, have you imagined what type of positive change could you foster? Where do you get started? In this podcast episode, Dana Barber speaks about how to get a […]
The post How to Get a TEDx Talk with Adam Lewis Walker | POP 906 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Our audience wanted to know a few things, so we made this quick walk through for them, and we’re sharing it with you! In this video you will discover: 1. How to log into a WordPress website 2. Where to upload your blog content 3. How to embed a video into a WordPress blog post […]
The post How use AI to write a blog post, how to upload it into WordPress, and how to embed video into a blog: With video! appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How to Value a Counseling Private Practice: A Comprehensive Guide Introduction to Valuing a Counseling Private Practice As a counseling private practice owner, you’ve dedicated your time and effort to helping individuals navigate the complexities of their lives. However, there may come a time when you consider selling your practice, bringing in a partner, or […]
The post How to Value a Small Business in 5 Steps: With a video walk through! appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to partner with your local church to boost and improve the mental health services in your community? Have you noticed a need in your neighborhood that can be served by working with the local church? What is the vision you have for the future of your community? In this podcast episode, LaToya […]
The post Partnering With a Faith-Based Community with Audra Dahl | GP 188 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you wondered how many successful group practice owners started their businesses? For which reasons do people decide to start their group practices? Do you want to hear some of the greatest lessons that you can learn from for your journey? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with LaToya Smith and other panelists about […]
The post How to know when it’s Time to Start a Group Practice with LaToya Smith and a Group Practice Panel | POP 905 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How is digital marketing with a directory a time and money saver for business owners? What are the benefits of digital marketing in the digital age? How can you create a stellar directory profile? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the essentials for the best private practice directory profile with Martamaria Hamilton. Podcast […]
How do other therapists deal with insurance? How do your colleagues in mental health feel about raising their rates? How can you overcome fee...
The post Private Practice Numbers: A Panel Discussion | POP 903 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you build a team to get better and not just bigger in your business? What can the owner do to instill a...
The post Culture Controls Environment with Chanel McCord | GP 187 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you been struggling with constantly working with expenses and bills? Have you felt hopeless at the end of the month trying to find...
The post Profit First in Private Practice with Rocky Lalvani | POP 902 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you wanted to be a traveling therapist? How can you still see clients legally while traveling the world? What are the benefits that...
The post How To Become A Travel Therapist with Kym Tolson | GP 186 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the core aspects of any private practice? What do you have to do to get started? Which mindsets do you first have...
The post How to Start a Private Practice | POP 901 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Welcome to our 900th episode, and we have a gift for you! Are you trying to get your client base full? Have you felt...
The post Therapist Growth Catalyst: Leveling Up Your Practice, Looking Forwards and Back | POP 900 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to use ChatGPT for your business needs while avoiding plagiarism? How can you use AI to help you organize your systems...
The post How To Use AI In Your Practice with Kym Tolson LCSW, CSAC | GP 185 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why do multiple streams of income matter? Are you frustrated from spending so many hours in the chair to pay your bills? How can...
The post Multiple Streams of Income for Therapists: Ecourses, books, communities, and consulting with Joe Sanok | POP 899 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the fundamental hiring problem and how do you solve it? What are the three simple ingredients for hiring your best-fit candidates? Have...
The post How to Add a Virtual Assistant to your practice with James Marland | POP 898 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why do many practice owners struggle with systems? How can you shed what isn’t necessary for you specifically to do and find what is?...
The post Essential Systems to Grow a Private Practice with Michael Ashford | POP 897 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the dreams that you have for your business? Have you ever wanted to work internationally? What is holding you back, and how...
The post Overcoming Limits Beliefs with Kindall Tyson, LPC-S | GP 184 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to develop your business into a teaching practice? What is the incredible value that interns can bring to your private practice?...
The post Growing Your Group Practice with Interns with Valarie Harris | POP 896 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Which mindsets get in the way of marketing? What is the lifetime value of your clients? How can you optimize your time to make...
The post 5 Simple Marketing Techniques Every Practice Needs to Master with Joe Sanok | POP 895 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you bring positive change to your community? What are some of the ways to bring awareness to mental health? Can you be...
The post Community, Healing, and Mental Health with Lachelle Goodrich, LPC | GP 183 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How far do the dreams that you have for your practice stretch into the future? Have you been yearning to join a group of...
The post How to Grow a Seven-Figure Multi-Location Group Practice with Ashley Mielke | POP 894 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How connected are you to your peers? What are some of the benefits of being in a community and conversation with other practice owners?...
The post The Benefits of Collaborating With Your Peers with Christy Pennison & Stephanie Korpal | GP 182 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to become a speaker? What would being a speaker allow you to do that you currently can’t? How do I continue...
The post How to get Paid Speaking Gigs with Brittany Richmond from The Speaker Lab | POP 893 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you ever experienced religious trauma? Would you want to start to work through religious trauma with your clients? What are some basic questions...
The post Treating Religious Trauma with Susanna Guarino | POP 892 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you often wondered how to can create genuine empathy within your business? Do you want to learn how to meet people where they...
The post Using The Enneagram To Build Team Culture with Ashton Whitmoyer-Ober | GP 181 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you make and maintain professional yet genuine relationships within your private practice? Why do strong relationships with your clinicians lead to success...
The post Why Spending Time Checking in with Your Clinicians in Your Group Practice is the Best Use of Your Time with Carly Fleming | POP 891 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
As the owner, how do you separate what is important from what is urgent to do in your business? What are some common leadership...
The post HR Huntsman on What it Takes to be an Exceptional Leader | POP 890 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you struggled with things like perfectionism in your life before? Is there a way to flip difficult qualities from flaws to strengths? How...
The post Becoming Flawesome: The Key to Living An Imperfectly Authentic Life with Kristina Mänd-Lakhiani | POP 889 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you struggled with hiring after the pandemic? How should you manage your money to offer your employees benefits? What can you offer new...
The post Managing Your Business: Choices vs Rules with Jennie Schottmiller (part 2) | GP 180 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What does the full power of a developed brand give to your business? Which of the most important aspects of successful branding are you...
The post Steve Turney, an Expert on Mental Health Marketing, on the Do’s and Don’ts of Branding | POP 888 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you chuck out the standard job description? What is the current hiring market like for private practitioners? What does it take to...
The post How to Make the Perfect Hire in Your Private Practice with Fletcher Wimbush | POP 887 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you get caught up in trying to decide what to do when it comes to managing your business? Do you feel pulled between...
The post Managing Your Business: Choices vs Rules with Jennie Schottmiller (part 1) | GP 179 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you often felt nervous to niche down? What’s the line in the sand about when to niche and when not to? Are you...
The post Niching Up: The Narrower the Market, the Bigger the Prize with Chris Dreyer | POP 886 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Welcome to our blog, where we bring you the latest and greatest in the world of podcasts! If you’re a podcast enthusiast or someone...
The post TOP 10 PODCASTS FOR 2023 TO DATE appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Which phase of practice are you in? What are the absolute essentials for a new private practice? Do you need a step-by-step guide to...
The post How to start a private practice: A 28-step checklist | POP 885 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What should be on the first page of your website? How do you write effective copy that brings your ideal clients to you? Which...
The post Speak To Your Target Audience Through Your Website with Camille McDaniel, LPC | GP 178 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the basics of designing a great space for your therapy office? When last did you declutter and freshen up your office? Does...
The post How Your Office Space is the Packaging for Your Practice with Interior Designer, Carolyn Boldt | POP 884 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to cut back on your admin hours to spend more time with your clients? Why is measurement-based care much more than...
The post Measurement-based care and faster progress notes with Danny Freed | POP 883 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why does your career need constant growth? Have you considered bringing supervisors into your private practice? What possibilities can offering supervision provide you? In...
The post How Providing Clinical Supervision Helps You To Grow with Dr. Rhonda Johnson | GP 177 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have a plan for your business in case you want to take an extended vacation? Are the standard practices and protocols of...
The post Creating a Contingency Plan for Your Practice with Mary Beth Simon | POP 882 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a private practice owner? How can you build a practice that feels the best fit for you and your clinician base? What...
The post Create The Practice That Works For You with Dr. Sarah Bren | GP 176 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you interested in science? What are a scientist’s predictions for AI? What is happening in the science world when it comes to generating...
The post Plasma Physics, Clean Energy, and Artificial Intelligence with Matt Carrier | POP 881 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is it possible to scale a personal brand? Do you want to separate and develop your personal brand apart from your private practice? How...
The post Personal Branding for Therapists with Maegan Megginson | POP 880 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have a contingency plan for your practice? How far into the future have you prepared your private practice to function with you?...
The post Could Your Lack of Contingency Planning Stunt Your Group Practice Growth? With Mary Beth Simon | GP 175 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you test the market? Do you use AI in your business? How can you enjoy tax credits for using AI within your...
The post How to Set Prices with Byron Wolfe | POP 879 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking for more fun and effective ways to earn your CE credits? Do you love learning via listening? How can podcasts become a tool for learning and earning?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about achieving easy, professional, and effective CE credits with Lisa Mustard’s podcourses.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Lisa MustardLisa Mustard is a Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist in South Carolina. When she turned 40, she had a wake-up call. Lisa was tired of going through the motions of her life and career as a therapist and wanted to pivot her skill set and do new things. Yet, she didn’t know what those things would be, so she began testing out ideas and business opportunities. Some were busts, while others were successes!
Her Midlife Magic for Moms Coaching Program helps midlife mamas who are family-focused move through midlife challenges with ease, find joy, have happier relationships, and experience better emotional health. The Therapy Show With Lisa Mustard helps talk therapists learn clinical information and skills, introduces them to others who are doing incredible work in the field, and teaches them professional development and much more.
Visit Lisa Mustard’s website, listen to her podcast, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Need CE Hours? Say hello to Podcourses!
In This Podcast* Who should or shouldn’t start a podcast * Lisa’s podcourses! * How to market a course * Coaching versus Counseling * Lisa’s advice to private practitioners
Who should or shouldn’t start a podcastThere are pros and cons to any situation, and the grass will always look a little greener on the other side. However, you need to be realistic.
- Will starting a podcast be something that adds value to your business and the lives of your audience?
- Do you have the time, capacity, and finances to launch and sustain a podcast until you could land a couple of sponsors?
- What would be the goal behind the podcast itself?
I don’t think you should start a podcast if you don’t have a clear direction for it … if you want it to be a hobby, then go for it … but if you want to use it as a way to grow your business then definitely have a plan.
Lisa Mustard
Lisa’s podcourses!Lisa had a brain wave when she noticed a need that needed to be met. With some patience and a creative rest period, she decided to come up with Podcourses.
With an expert, Lisa will record a one-hour-long podcast episode.
It was really important to me that the therapists or anybody out there could listen to this information without having to pay for the knowledge or the information.
Lisa Mustard
Afterward, if the listener liked the content, they can go over to Lisa’s website to purchase the podcourse – a self-study course – where afterward the listener can take a self-evaluation quiz, and receive their certificate of completion for one CE contact hour!
How to market a courseIf you want to create continuing education courses but don’t want to go through the hoops of getting the NBCC credentials because it’s just more time and money, you can always consider partnering with someone that’s already credentialed!
[If I were you] I would look to start networking with like-minded people. Talk with them, see how they are promoting [their work] … my podcast is a huge marketing arm for my courses, maybe you want to consider starting a podcast? But you definitely want to have an email list! Lisa Mustard
Your email list may seem outdated, but it is a golden field of connectivity. Once your course is ready, email your audience and offer them something small to try it out, like a 20% discount or something along those lines.
Additionally, there are classical options for marketing, like Google Ads, blogging, SEO, marketing on Facebook groups, and so forth.
[Marketing] is something that you should start thinking about now before you even start your course … like I said, the fun part is creating the course and the harder part is getting it out there and having people know it exists! Lisa Mustard
Coaching versus counselingCounseling focused on healing and recovering from the past. It gets you from a place of feeling stuck in the old ways to a place where you can safely feel present in the current moment. From that place, coaching becomes possible.
Coaching is not about processing the past, and it’s not about processing trauma. It may come up, but it is not the focus. Coaching is forward-facing and takes a person onto the next level of their personal or professional lives.
I think you just have to define what your life-coaching framework looks like, and then you have to be … aware of when you are working outside of it.
Lisa Mustard
Lisa’s advice to private practitionersStay open and curious about new opportunities, because when you do, new good possibilities will present themselves to you along the way.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Lisa Mustard’s website, listen to her podcast, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* What to Do at Every Stage of Private Practice with Lisa Mustard | POP 877 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post CE Podcourses with Lisa Mustard | POP 878 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need a quick branding recap on the essentials of building a strong brand? How is branding like your bucket of business answers? Why is it essential for you to be mindful of the colors that you use?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about how building a strong brand identity can help you build a practice that you love with Samara Stone.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Samara StoneSince 2005, Samara has been the Founder of The Stone Foundation, a behavioral health firm in Maryland.
Samara created PerfectedPractice in 2013 to support behavioral health professionals in building private practices that make a minimum of 5k a month within 6 months of opening their doors. These therapists make the leap from employee to entrepreneur giving them the freedom to live and work on their own terms without fear of burnout or lack.
As a coach, Samara is the perfect balance of compassion and accountability, offering insightful strategy while nurturing the emotional resilience needed to approach entrepreneurship with the confidence to take inspired action.
Visit Samara Stone’s website, Perfected Practice, and Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Samara’s definition of branding * Branding paints the blank canvas * Why colors are important in branding
Samara’s definition of branding
Branding is kind of what you do before you start marketing your practice. It’s the clarity that you have around your niche.
Samara Stone
It’s important to first understand that branding and marketing are two separate entities, because when people traditionally think of “branding” they are actually thinking about marketing strategies without realizing it.
[Branding is about knowing] who you want to work with, the position that you want to have in the field, what your unique strengths are, and the way in which you want to communicate with your audience … so that they come to know, like and trust you and understand who you are and what value you bring to the table. Samara Stone
Branding is about finding that initial understanding of who you are, what you do, who you do it with, and why you are doing it, and then marketing is how you explain and share those values with your community.
Branding paints the blank canvas
I like to say that when we are facing the blank canvas and trying to figure out, “What am I going to say to get myself started and get my clients in the door?” Branding is there to provide answers.
Samara Stone
So, if you are at the very beginning of your branding journey – or you want to rebrand your business – literally take a pause.
Take a moment to be still and present with yourself so that you can be thoughtful and consider what you want to be doing with your work over the next few years:
- Who do you want to serve?
- What do they need the most from you?
- How can you best describe to them that you have what they need?
These are the barebones of a branding foundation that you can use for answers when you are making choices for the rest of your business, like your consistency, your messaging, and your visuals.
Are you branching out? Look in your branding bucket for answers, so that you can stay true to the foundations of your business while expanding it.
Why colors are important in brandingColors are important in branding for three main reasons:
- They unify all the aspects of your business, from your website to your socials and even your business cards
- Color psychology is real and you can use it to produce the desired effect on your audience when they look at your materials
So, color is one of the layers that helps communicate your message about who you are and what folks can expect when they’re working with you, so use that as an advantage!
Samara Stone
- Using your colors consistently creates consistency and that consistency is key to your audience finding you trustworthy and noticing your posts in between their other social media posts
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Visit Samara Stone’s website, Perfected Practice, and Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* How To Use Storytelling To Increase Your Brand with Anthony Butler | GP 172 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How Building a Strong Brand Identity Can Help You Build a Practice that You Love with Samara Stone | GP 174 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Insurance or private pay? Why should you always be experimenting with your schedule, especially when launching your private practice? When’s the time that you start to hire clinicians into your private practice?
In this reverse podcast episode, Lisa Mustard chats with Joe Sanok about what to do at every stage of private practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Lisa MustardLisa Mustard is a Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist in South Carolina. When she turned 40, she had a wake-up call. Lisa was tired of going through the motions of her life and career as a therapist and wanted to pivot her skill set and do new things. Yet, she didn’t know what those things would be, so she began testing out ideas and business opportunities. Some were busts, while others were successes!
Her Midlife Magic for Moms Coaching Program helps midlife mamas who are family-focused move through midlife challenges with ease, find joy, have happier relationships, and experience better emotional health. The Therapy Show With Lisa Mustard helps talk therapists learn clinical information and skills, introduces them to others who are doing incredible work in the field, and teaches them professional development and much more.
Visit Lisa Mustard’s website, listen to her podcast, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Where to spend your time when opening a private practice * Always be experimenting! * Insurance or private pay? * When to hire a clinician * Truly be the owner
Where to spend your time when opening a private practiceRight at the beginning, you have to figure out the mindset that you want to work with going forward:
- A hustle, “keep things cheap” mindset for starting completely fresh, or
- A practical approach that can build off of any pre-existing savings or capital
Both of these approaches are valid and can be beneficial but for different reasons. You might opt for the “hustle” approach if you want to test out private practice and see if it is for you without investing too much at the get-go.
Or, if you know that you want to quit for a full-time job and invest in private practice, then you can start methodically and lay the foundations fully, piece by piece.
So the first decision that you need to make is [about] how much of your time and hustle are you going to put in? Or, are you going to pay somebody else for some of those things?
Joe Sanok
So, essentially, at this stage you are figuring out where you want to spend your money and where you want to spend your time.
Always be experimenting!At every phase of private practice, experiment with what you like. Maybe you really love numbers and want to do the bookkeeping! Or maybe you tried it but honestly cannot stand it.
Do what you like and outsource what you don’t, within reason and budget.
Maybe you need to bootstrap it in the beginning, but once the income starts to equalize, get to focusing on doing what you like and are good at, and giving what you don’t like to someone else to do – they may even be good at doing it too!
[It’s] probably the advice that we’d be giving to our clients if they were struggling with time management. Lisa Mustard
Insurance or private pay?No matter which one you choose, you can always change later, so don’t feel like you need to decide which one to use for the next 40 years.
To help you decide, start with your personal goals and what is possible for you right now. Do you have the time, energy, and capacity to handle insurance billing now? Do you want to leave your full-time job and do private practice only?
Remember that with private pay, you will be spending more time and effort in your marketing efforts compared to insurance, even though with private pay you tend to earn more. So, evaluate the pros and cons and choose what best suits you.
When to hire a clinicianJoe Sanok’s golden rule: start the hiring process for a new clinician to join your private practice and/ or raise your rates when you are 60% full.
Every October [or] November when people are thinking through their annual deductibles … you’re going to want to say, “I’m charging $175 for private pay, you’re at $125, so as of January 1st I’m going to be raising your rates to $150” … assuming you’re doing that and you’ve got people coming in, that’s when you want to start to look at starting a group practice.
Joe Sanok
When someone joins your practice, they are bringing some of their network with them, so you don’t have to stress about filling up their schedule by yourself!
Truly be the ownerOnce you start hiring clinicians and your private practice is developing into more of a group, you need to start taking hats off, and truly become the CEO of the practice.
Have everyone, yourself included, in the practice complete this list:
- Things that you absolutely hate doing and shouldn’t be doing
- Things that you love doing that you know you shouldn’t be doing
- Things that you love doing and should keep doing
Depending on these lists, start to structure your business, so that people can do what they are best at and enjoy, which is where the success starts to come in and flow sustainably.
Whatever your skillset is, we want you to do more of that and we want the clinical oversight, the supervision, and the operations to be with people that are really with those things.
Joe Sanok
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Lisa Mustard’s website, listen to her podcast, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Finding Real Fulfillment and Flourishing in Your Work with Erin Gibb | POP 876 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post What to Do at Every Stage of Private Practice with Lisa Mustard | POP 877 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the common problems that many therapists have to overcome? Do you struggle with often self-sacrificing even though you try to teach your clients self-empowerment? How can therapists experience real, true fulfillment in the work that they do?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about finding real fulfillment and flourishing in your work with Erin Gibb.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Erin GibbErin Gibb is a therapist, clinical supervisor, group practice owner, podcast host, Therapist Fulfillment coach, and early adopter of the weird and wonderful that accelerates expansion.
She created Therapist Expanded (her podcast and coaching business), after years of mentoring therapists and seeing how deeply the industry conditioning goes, and how courageously living from the source of our dreams incites mental health revolution.
Visit Erin’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube.
Freebie: What’s Your Therapist Fulfillment Flavor?
In This Podcast* Macro problems in therapists’ lives * The underbelly of empowerment * How to make positive progress for therapists * How therapists can experience fulfillment * Erin’s advice to private practitioners
Macro problems in therapists’ livesThe earliest experiences of most therapists are often the same.
Somewhere in childhood we learned that having needs wasn’t as good as looking after other people’s needs. That is a common story for therapists in the making.
Erin Gibb
As many therapists continue on their working journey, they come to discover that they used the empathetic response to survive when they were young children in a potentially difficult or lacking household.
Unfortunately, many places in the world struggle with systemic problems that impact almost every family.
When we fast forward to higher education, we start getting the message that [we] need to comply … to be obedient to these systems.
Erin Gibb
This combination often leads most therapists to be overly compliant in every aspect, from checking the boxes in a hierarchical manner to moving through grad school.
There’s a disconnect where therapists are taught that they are only guides in their client’s recovery, but that if a client dies in their care, then they are held liable in some way.
Due to this, so many graduate students receive their qualifications with a deep sense of fear.
The underbelly of empowermentTherapists are smart, quick-thinking, and resourceful problem-solvers that know what to do and when to do it.
They have a powerful wealth of knowledge and skills that equip them to handle some of the toughest situations. However, there is an underbelly that can cause therapists to undervalue themselves.
Then there’s the moment where we need to choose to prioritize ourselves over others, and that comes up many times in our careers. It can come up when you’re fee-setting it can come up when you need to make a change in practice, [and] it can come up in the micro level all the time in the therapy room.
Erin Gibb
The only sustainable way forward is for therapists to first look after themselves completely before opening the door to someone else.
How to make positive progress for therapistsThere can be real, genuine fulfillment for therapists in the work that they do without requiring them to undervalue or sacrifice themselves along the way.
The first step is to find and reconnect with the center of yourself. What inspired you to do the work that you are currently doing? What were you like as a child, before you were conditioned to self-sacrifice or over-empathize for survival or safety?
Secondly, when therapists live fully and freely, they can take everyone that they support much farther.
[When] we stop accepting broken systems [that] starts to revolutionize mental health, not by going after the system directly … [but when] we change ourselves, we change the world.Erin Gibb
How therapists can experience fulfillment Sure, therapists do need money to live comfortably which affords them the chance to focus well on their clients instead of worrying about their own finances. However, true fulfillment goes deeper than that.
There’s such a difference between success and fulfillment, and success may or may not have anything to do with fulfillment. It might be what we thought we needed to do from our conditioning.
Erin Gibb
Fulfillment is not about money. It’s about finding the state of being within yourself that feels like fulfillment, and then reversing the strategy to find the process of how to get there.
So, rather than focusing on what to do from the get-go, let yourself explore what fulfillment feels like for you by being aware of when you feel that moment of joy and peace, and excitement, and then notice how you ended up getting there.
Erin’s advice to private practitionersFundamentally, we will take clients as far as we’ve gone. By you investing in your own fulfillment, you can watch how that will unlock that ability and sanctify that same behavior for your clients.
Books mentioned in this episode:Dr. Gloria Mark – Attention Span: A Groundbreaking Way to Restore Balance, Happiness, and Productivity
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Apply to Work 1-on-1 with a POP Consultant!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Erin’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube. Listen to Therapist Expanded. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Ask Joe: 10 Money Tips | POP 875 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Finding Real Fulfillment and Flourishing in Your Work with Erin Gibb | POP 876 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What does a wealthy, healthy, and fulfilled life look like to you? How can you plan for the life that you want to live for yourself and your family? Why should you invest in yourself?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok offers 10 money tips.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
In This Podcast* The tool of budgeting * Set financial goals * Separate your personal and business finances * Monitor your cash flow * Manage your debt * Build an emergency fund * Save for retirement * Hire a professional in specific areas * Review your expenses regularly * Invest in yourself
The tool of budgetingCreate a budget, personally and professionally.
Creating a budget and sticking to it is telling you where you want your money to go … [and] to make sure that you’re not overspending.
Joe Sanok
Consider your budget like a tool. It is something that helps you achieve your goals and ambitions, not something that holds you back.
If you want to build your money and use it well, then you have to be smart with it. Of course, you can adjust this as you need to, depending on your needs and what happens in life.
Set financial goalsThis ties into your budgeting tool.
You can budget all day long, but for what purpose? What is your financial goal, and what do you want your money to help you do, accomplish, or build?
Separate your personal and business finances
If you haven’t done this, then you need to do it right away!
Joe Sanok
It’s a good idea to separate your personal and professional finances because:
- It makes doing taxes so much easier
- It protects you legally and financially to keep your practice funds separate from your personal funds
Talk with a local accountant and lawyer from your state who can help you to figure out how to register your practice so that it can become its own entity financially and legally.
Monitor your cash flowHow much money is coming in and out of your hands and your business?
[Look] at your profit and loss each month. Is your payroll more expensive than what’s coming in [to] your private practice?Joe Sanok
Look at what adjustments you can make to boost income and lower expenses wherever feasible.
Manage your debtConsider paying off high-interest debt sooner and negotiating lower rates with creditors.
There are a lot of ways to manage debt and what you can pay off now versus later.
In general, go with what helps you to sleep at night with a full belly.
Build an emergency fund
I never want a decision that I make in the business to negatively affect my personal life.
Joe Sanok
There will be times when you take a risk in your business to try something new and see if it works.
With any new attempt, there may be hiccups, and an emergency fund protects you and your family if a risk doesn’t pay off.
Save for retirementUtilize compound interest!
Work with an accountant to see how you can set up saving for your retirement in the correct way when it comes to taxes, but start now, and let compound interest build on those savings for you.
Tip: deposit on Mondays and sell on Thursdays!
Hire a professional in specific areasHire an accountant to look at your taxes. Hire an attorney to make sure your practice is correctly set up.
These people are professionals and experts in their fields, so leave them to do their magic because they will know how to help you based exactly on your needs.
Hiring a financial planner on a cost-per-hour basis to help you get things set up can be a really smart use of your money.
Joe Sanok
Review your expenses regularlyReviewing your expenses regularly can help you to identify areas where you might be overspending, or where you could cut back on something that you used to use but no longer really do.
Sometimes monthly payments can stack up, so be sure to do a sweep-through and see who you are paying for what, and whether it’s still necessary.
Invest in yourself!
Invest in yourself by attending workshops, doing continuing [education], and hiring a business coach [or] consultant to help you improve your skills.
Joe Sanok
Make the time to invest in yourself, because ultimately, everything that you do is coming from you. You are the source of your work, your life, your habits, and the way things run.
So, make sure that you pour into your own cup!
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Apply to Work 1-on-1 with a POP Consultant!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Submit your questions for the podcast! * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Ask Joe: 10 Tips to Grow Your Caseload Quickly | POP 874 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Ask Joe: 10 Money Tips | POP 875 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can representation in therapy be one of the vital keys to healing and recovery for a client? Do you speak the language of a client base in your area that is looking for counseling? Are there other counselors that you can connect with to serve a client niche that needs assistance?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about why representation matters in therapy with Dr. Claudia Gonzalez.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Dr. Claudia GonzalesClaudia Gonzalez, PsyD. is a bilingual clinical psychologist. She is the owner and founder of Goal Mentality Psychotherapy & Medication services, a group private practice where she helps professional women, other therapists, and healthcare providers who feel disconnected, isolated, and burnt-out, create a plan for success in relationships and work life. Dr. G (as most of her clients call her) completed her training at Harvard-affiliated teaching hospitals. She is passionate about helping her Latinx community and offering therapy in her native language Spanish.
Visit Goal Mentality and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Representation in supervision * Why representation matters * Offering training
Representation in supervision
[There’s a] huge gap for [supervision] in bilingual services and bilingual therapists where we offer the services in Spanish but then all the supervision and training that we get is in English. Dr. Gonzalez
One of the key areas where representation is lacking and highly needed is supervision. In communities where most clients are bilingual or monolingual in languages apart from English, supervision can become difficult if they only speak English because:
- The therapist needs to translate everything back and forth between the client and the supervisor
- The paperwork and notes are doubled
- There is very little cultural connection
So it’s so important for us to actually get supervision from someone that understands all the cultural nuances and so you don’t have to translate and spend so much time [and] brain power just translating and being the cultural broker.
Dr. Gonzalez
Why representation mattersRepresentation matters in therapy not only to save time and efficiency, but because clients want to work with therapists that they feel they can relate to, and feel safe around.
Clients will come to those whom they feel they can best connect with … you want somebody who can hear you and listen to you.
LaToya Smith
Often, clients might choose their therapist based on how familiar they feel or whether or not they believe that the therapist will be able to empathize with them and truly understand where they are coming from.
Beyond that familiarity, representation in therapy can be key to offering progress in a client’s therapeutic journey.
Offering trainingIf you are a bilingual therapist, connect with other therapists! There is a huge need for therapy in languages besides English, and especially for Spanish in America.
My next step is hiring another therapist who’s also bilingual and I love teaching and supervising … and training other bilingual therapists is key, like training them in cultural responsive care.
Dr. Gonzalez
Connect with other private practice owners and solo practitioners to network together and set up a referral system for each other.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Visit Goal Mentality and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* How To Use Storytelling To Increase Your Brand with Anthony Butler | GP 172 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Why Representation Matters in Therapy with Dr. Claudia Gonzalez | GP 173 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to take a couple of weeks off over the summer? How can you prepare your practice to cope financially and systematically without you being there, hands-on? What are the tenets to boosting your client base and expanding your audience?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok discusses 10 tips to grow your caseload quickly.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast* Start with your ideal client * Network! * Optimize your website * Consider offering some free consultations * Leverage social media * Offer package deals * Ask for reviews – ethically! * Get listed in directories * Offer teletherapy * Stay up to date
Start with your ideal clientThis is the very first step to increasing your caseload is to know who your ideal client is so that you can streamline your marketing strategy and hone in on the right copy to connect with them.
Identify your niche and your target audience so that you can tailor your market to them. What I really recommend is giving this person a name, an age, and maybe even finding an image that, to you, represents that person.
Joe Sanok
- Where does your ideal client work?
- What do they do?
- What are their weekend hobbies?
- What types of pain points are they struggling with?
- How can you specifically meet and resolve their needs?
Network!
If you’re looking to boost your caseload, you want to get out there and meet people. Attend conferences, join local professional organizations, and connect with other therapists in your area.
Joe Sanok
Reach out, follow up, meet up, and nurture a professional connection.
Soon you will both be sending one another referrals and finding ways to support each other’s practice.
Look for therapists both inside and outside of your niche.
Optimize your websiteYour website is often the first impression that people have of you. This is where your curious ideal clients will go to get more of a feel of you while they are deciding where to place their money.
By optimizing your website, you can show these curious and undecided clients exactly why you are the right choice and how well you understand them and their needs.
Remember to make your website:
- Easy to navigate
- Appealing to scroll through and look at
- Can direct your clients to where they need and want to go
Consider offering some free consultationsThink about the possibility of offering a free 15-minute chat with a curious client that is interested in working with you.
This can really give potential clients a chance to chat with you and see if you might be a [good] fit. [They can] get a sense of your tone, and it allows them to see if you might be someone that can help them out.
Joe Sanok
Remember this is entirely optional. If this is not possible for your budget or time, then there are other techniques you can employ to boost your caseload!
Leverage social mediaWhat’s your favorite social media? Don’t just be on all of them to trawl through potential clients, and instead be intentional with where you spend your time and how.
Do you love reels? Great, then try to make some!
Do you live to chat with clients and your audience? Then try weekly live videos!
Offer package dealsIf you have clients that fit within a specific niche or have a specific need, then consider offering them a package deal with different offers.
The package may include:
- Some group work
- E-courses
- A checklist or weekly track sheet of progress
If you know that people are going to have the most success if they come a certain number of sessions, you may say, “I do six-session packages because I know that if people don’t commit to at least six sessions then it’s [difficult] for them to get the progress that they want”.
Joe Sanok
Ask for reviews – ethically!Make sure to check your license within your state! For most codes of ethics, therapists cannot ask their clients directly for reviews. However, you can always ask other colleagues or referral sources to review you.
Get listed in directoriesList your private practice, or yourself, under a handful of reputable online directories, such as:
- Psychology Today
- Good Therapy
- TeleWellness Hub
- Online Therapy
Offer teletherapy
Teletherapy is one of the best ways to get new clients because it can help you to reach clients who live outside of your immediate area, in the state that you’re licensed in.
Joe Sanok
Teletherapy can help you to expand your client base to boost your caseload.
Additionally, you can optimize your SEO for towns other than the one that you are based in, allowing you to reach a wider audience.
Stay up to dateKeep your finger on the pulse of the therapeutic world:
- Attend conferences
- Keep up with the latest trends and research in the field
- Read journals
- Participate in continuing education credits
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Submit your questions for the podcast! * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Raising Healthy, Resilient Kids with Dr. Sarah Bren | POP 873 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Ask Joe: 10 Tips to Grow Your Caseload Quickly | POP 874 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you raise healthy and securely attached kids? Do you want to improve the relationship that you have with your kids? Why should you always commit to repairing after a rupture?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about raising healthy, resilient kids with Dr. Sarah Bren.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Dr. Sarah BrenDr. Sarah Bren is a licensed clinical psychologist and mom of two, whose passion is helping parents find their inner confidence and raise healthy, resilient kids. Dr. Sarah is the host of the podcast Securely Attached and the co-founder of Upshur Bren Psychology Group in Pelham, NY where she treats parents, children, and families.
Visit Dr. Sarah Bren’s website, connect on Instagram, and listen to her podcast.
In This Podcast* Attachment theory versus attachment parenting * It depends on the family too * Tips for therapists working with attachment * Dr. Bren’s advice to private practitioners
Attachment theory versus attachment parenting
All [attachment theory] says, in a nutshell, is that human beings from birth are hard-wired to form an attachment bond with their primary caregiver as a mechanism to increase their chances of survival.
Dr. Bren
Since attachment theory was first suggested in the 1950s, it has blossomed and been extensively researched up until the present day.
Therefore, “attachment theory” has become an umbrella term and within it, there are different schools of thought and research possibilities that have branched out. One of these schools of thought is “attachment parenting”.
[Attachment parenting] is one way to parent a child and I don’t want to diminish it because I think for some families it works very well. My problem with it is that it’s a very highly demanding ask for the parents. Dr. Bren
The difficult truth is that attachment parenting is not guaranteed to create a secure attachment between the parent and the child.
It depends on the family too
I think there’s a bit of a … dichotomy in the world of parenting where it’s like sometimes people are really focused on helping parents learn about child development [but] don’t think about the … parent’s mental health.
Dr. Bren
It is important to explore ways in which parenting can be beneficial for the child. However, it’s equally important to consider the parents or caregivers in the context because the approach to parenting also has to take their needs and strengths into consideration.
The parent is then feeling like they’re failing and it’s affecting their ability to show up confidently, and then that’s not a good alignment for that family.
Dr. Bren
So, there’s a space between a child’s development and the parent’s mental health. In that space, there is an overlap, and that’s where the secure attachment can be nurtured that benefits both the child and their caregiver.
Tips for therapists working with attachmentIf you are working with a child, teenager, or adult about their attachment styles and needs, you need to observe their whole family system.
A person does not develop their attachment style in a vacuum because it is impacted by family dynamics from their youngest years.
You cannot look at a person without understanding this relational context … even if they’re an adult, you have to go and look at what their early attachment relationships [were like] because those relationships create the blueprint that then all of us subsequently use to anticipate how other people are going to respond to us, or how we imagine they will respond to us, which shapes how we show up.
Dr. Bren
Additionally, therapists can work with their clients – especially parents that want to improve their relationship with their kids – to understand that some of the healthiest relationships have a rupture that is followed by a repair.
So, if there is a rupture and the parent yells at the child, don’t leave it there, they need to repair that connection.
Relationships that have no rupture are nice but … they’re usually pretty superficial … really intimate relationships do have rupture because there is closeness [and so the risk] of missing the mark.
Dr. Bren
When there is repair after rupture, those relationships are often more intimate with a deeper level of knowing one another and a sense of trust.
Dr. Bren’s advice to private practitionersRecognize your role as the relational piece, as a therapist, when you are working within a family dynamic. Realize that relationships are tools to gain self-awareness.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Check out Podcast Launch School!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Upshur Bren, Dr. Sarah Bren’s website, connect on Instagram and listen to her podcast. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Grieving Over Service Animals and Pets with Beth Gustin | POP 872 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Raising Healthy, Resilient Kids with Dr. Sarah Bren | POP 873 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you been trying to create content to boost your marketing, but to no avail? Are you exasperated by the idea of marketing to Google’s algorithms rather than to your ideal clients? What stories can you share to connect with your audience?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about how to use storytelling to increase your brand with Anthony Butler.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Anthony ButlerAnthony Butler is the founder of the digital marketing agency Can-Do Ideas and the creator of the Primal Storytelling content system. A highly regarded expert in brand storytelling and digital marketing, Anthony graduated from the United States Military Academy at West Point and the US Army Ranger School. He is a combat veteran and commanded an infantry company in Iraq during the invasion of Baghdad. He is also a Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu blackbelt and currently resides in Montana with his wife and two sons.
Visit Primal Storytelling and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* How can you get the word out about your business? * How to tell your story * Remove the obstacles * The three core stories you should tell
How can you get the word out about your business?Of course, you need to market your private practice. Of course, you need to get people to know you and see your name and understand your services.
However, you need to get the word out to the right people about your business. So, rather than advertising anywhere for anyone, be specific, and work to truly connect with your ideal clients.
I think the big mistake that every business is making is that they create content because they want organic traffic, so they’re writing for Google, they’re writing for the bot that Google sends out to the website … they create content that they think is pithy and smart but they’re not thinking about who their actual audience is.
Anthony Butler
Due to the importance of SEO and keywords and backlinks, many companies have focused on writing for Google and the algorithm more so than they have for their clients, and that can backfire if you don’t find the balance.
Sure, write for the algorithm to market you, but also write for the person who is actually looking for your help.
How to tell your storyFocus on a group of people that you love working with and on the main problems that they face, and talk about them.
How can you help that person overcome, heal, or resolve that problem?
How do we impact someone’s life? I’m sure in a [private] practice, maybe you’re helping people overcome anxiety … if you have a specialty, focus on the audience and who you’re really wanting to work with, start with them. Talk to them, [and] create content for them.
Anthony Butler
You might feel like you don’t have a story but think deeper because you do.
- Start with your origin story: how did you get started?
Avoid:
- Putting yourself on a pedestal: people don’t connect with that.
People appreciate and are drawn to authenticity, and that means that a person is honest, upfront, and genuine about their successes and failures.
Remove the obstaclesThere is always hesitation in a person when they are about to start a new relationship, whether that relationship is with a therapist, the new neighbor in the building, or a potential friend.
So, make it easier for your ideal clients to talk with you. Remove any obstacles or things that could prevent them or dissuade them from trying to reach you.
How do I alleviate the fear ahead of time so that when someone wants to make the decision to work with you, you’ve already taken away all [of] those obstacles right up front … make it as easy as you possibly can.
Anthony Butler
Explain what you do, how you do it, and what you can do for them. Explain some of your background, your skills, and how they can benefit your clients. Finally, explain how they can get in touch with you through a simple and easy-to-follow process.
The three core stories you should tell1 – Your origin: how you got started and why you are going it.
2 – Vision story: what are you trying to accomplish? Who are you trying to help?
What are you trying to accomplish? In [this] vision story, you really want to talk about who you are trying to help because you want to connect with your best audience, and not everyone is going to be a good fit for exactly what you do and that’s okay.
Anthony Butler
3 – Value stories: a story with a takeaway that your audience will find either inspirational, aspirational, or educational.
Books mentioned in this episode:Anthony Butler – Primal Storytelling: Marketing for Humans
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Visit Primal Storytelling and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Should You Start A Group Practice? With Allison Puryear | GP 171 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How To Use Storytelling To Increase Your Brand with Anthony Butler | GP 172 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How is pet loss a nuanced grieving experience? What is the difference between losing a pet versus a service animal? How can therapists help their clients through the grieving of a pet?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the grief of pet loss with Beth Gustin.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Beth GustinBeing born blind never stopped Beth from accomplishing her goals. It did give her a unique perspective on a different kind of grief and loss. Combining this with her personal experience of human, pet, and service dog deaths throughout her life, and professional training and certification in grief and loss, and Transitioning Through Change, PLLC just made sense. Beth uses humor, empathy, and wisdom to guide clients on their grief journey. Much like guide dog teamwork, therapy is similar.
Visit Beth’s practice website, Transitioning Through Change. Connect with her on Facebook and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Grieving pet loss * Losing a pet versus losing a service animal * The grieving process * Beth’s advice to private practitioners
Grieving pet lossFor people who have busy routines with social lives and loved ones, their pets are important parts of the family, and are grieved deeply when they pass on.
However, for some people with little friends, connections, or loved ones, their pets can become their closest companions.
Oftentimes, when we don’t have a large circle of support, our pets are our only source of support [and] our whole life revolves around their care and their routines, so not only do you lose that pet but you also lose that routine, those secondary losses.
Beth Gustin
For some people, their pets are companions that they feel the safest talking to and expressing their thoughts to without receiving judgment they might from other people. So, losing their pet feels like a loss of a deeper, safe connection as well.
Losing a pet versus losing a service animalService animals will often go with their people into places and spaces that their pets cannot go to, and help people to be their eyes, and ears, help them to regulate their emotions, and even alert them of medical conditions.
A service animal when it retires or when it is not working is like a pet too. Therefore, when a service animal retires or passes away, it leaves a big sense of loss behind.
You’re grieving, I think, on more levels because of the role that they have in your life.
Beth Gustin
The grieving process
[A feeling of guilt can occur] largely due and part because we are having to make decisions for our pets and service dogs that we can’t talk through with them. Beth Gustin
The grieving process for the loss of pets or service animals is different from the grieving of losing a human loved one because there can often be a sense of guilt left behind.
When our pets become too old, or sick, or their quality of life has degraded, we need to make decisions about their lives, and we may feel unsure about the decision or even uncomfortable with the fact that we have to make it.
Therefore, apart from the guilt, sometimes clients that are grieving the loss of a pet would benefit from some self-forgiveness work as well.
Pets are not replaceable, and people need to understand the role that pets can play in people’s lives.
There are mutual benefits to owning pets for both the animal and their person, and they can contribute love and support through the deep bonds that they have with their owners.
I wish society would just realize [that] it’s not just a dog, or a cat, or a bird … it really does hurt [to lose them], we do grieve that loss very deeply.
Beth Gustin
Beth’s advice to private practitionersBe yourself because that brings a whole new level into the service that you can provide to your counseling clients. Be open-minded and don’t be too attached to the outcome; let yourself be guided.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com * Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Go to pillarsofpractice.com to retrieve your free resources!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Beth’s practice website, Transitioning Through Change. Connect with her on Facebook and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Supporting Cancer Patients through Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) with Carly Fleming | POP 871 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Grieving Over Service Animals and Pets with Beth Gustin | POP 872 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do any of your clients have a cancer diagnosis? How can you provide a more nuanced therapeutic approach to clients that are overcoming cancer? Which positives can EFT specifically provide therapists who are working with clients battling cancer?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about working with people with cancer through Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) with Carly Fleming.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Carly FlemingCarly Fleming is a Registered Psychotherapist in Hamilton, Canada and is the owner of a virtual practice called Everwell Counselling. Carly spends half her time in clinical practice, specializing in supporting people dealing with cancer and grief using Emotionally Focused Therapy. The other half of her time is spent running her group practice and developing ways to support psychotherapy students and contractors in this wild and wonderful career.
Visit Everwell Counselling and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Nuances of working with people with cancer * How to work well with clients battling cancer * Core EFT teachings * Carly’s advice to private practitioners
Nuances of working with people with cancer
I think everything gets incredibly intensified. So, where there was some conflict, where there was some insecurity, where there was some relationship distress, you add a cancer diagnosis and treatment into that and those things all get incredibly intensified.
Carly Fleming
This intensification that can often happen with clients that are overcoming cancer is sometimes not what they expected.
For example, some might expect that the diagnosis can help relationships to reform or become better, rather than worse if there was tension already present.
Furthermore, that threat to survival looms in the background and can add another heavy layer of tension.
The threat to the survival of the people that you love is incredibly distressing. If we look at it through an attachment lens, it is sort of a primal fear, and so that is never far away in a counseling session with somebody who has cancer or who is caring for a loved one with cancer.
Carly Fleming
How to work well with clients battling cancerIf you are working with clients that are currently battling cancer or who are caring for a loved one with cancer, realize that a stoic nature may come up that can – accidentally – suppress their emotions.
This could either be an intentional or accidental suppression, but that stoic nature to get to all the appointments, undergo tests, and get through treatment can leave little time for dealing with the emotions that are pushed underground.
Sometimes those emotions are not welcome, either.
I have found, depending on the care team, depending on the family, it’s really scary to be in the presence of that significant emotion … which can start to add to their stress.
Carly Fleming
Therefore, using an emotionally-focused therapeutic lens with clients can help equip them with the skills to process their emotions as they come and go so that additional stress can be avoided.
Returning to emotion is a natural thing and I find that clients respond to it extremely well when they’re invited to then come back and interact with their emotional experience safely, and that’s where the therapy space creates this safe, accepting, warm environment for a client to share their emotion when they may not be finding that [space] elsewhere.
Carly Fleming
Core EFT teachings* EFT is an attachment-based intervention: it looks at all human interactions between individuals as a seeking of connection, safety, and authenticity. * Through the lens of attachment, EFT looks for distress: emotional or relational tension * EFT can be used for any type of relational attachment between couples, parents, and children, and even (in the case of cancer patients) between doctors and the clients themselves
The two main approaches within EFT are empathic reflection and then intentional relationship restructuring (if necessary). Afterward, these new stories of attachment are consolidated.
Even in that initial assessment and intake, we are really looking for ways that the client is narrating their emotional experience to give us an idea of how accessible and safe they feel with their own sense of emotion.
Carly Fleming
With cancer work, realize that it can often be like working with grief, bereavement, or anger.
Carly’s advice to private practitionersTend to yourself! Therapists give so much to their clients and carry their stories of suffering. Remember to intentionally let go of what is not yours, and maintain a healthy boundary between your life and theirs.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Starting a practice? Get the 28-step checklist totally FREE! * Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Everwell Counselling and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Helping people with social anxiety with Cordelia Miller Muhammad | POP 870 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Supporting Cancer Patients through Emotionally Focused Therapy (EFT) with Carly Fleming | POP 871 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you feel pressured to start a group practice because everyone is telling you to? Instead of chasing shiny objects, have you stopped to consider what is best for you? How can you take the next right step based on where you are and where YOU want to go?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about whether you should start a group practice with Allison Puryear.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Allison PuryearAllison Puryear (rhymes with “career”) is a therapist who burned out on agency work & then built successful private practices in 3 wildly different markets. After her caseloads grew faster in each “saturated” market, Allison realized that practice building is not rocket science when you have clarity, confidence, & a figured-out formula. So, Allison started Abundance Practice Building to help other therapists build their own full & happy private practices – because a happy therapist is a better therapist, y’all!
Visit Abundance Practice Building and connect on Facebook and Instagram.
In This Podcast* Is a group practice right for you? * Do you want more money for less work? * Contribute sustainably
Is a group practice right for you?Always be careful about following the crowd and don’t be fooled into doing something that doesn’t fully align with you just because everyone around you is doing it. This also includes how you run your business.
Group practice is great for some therapists, and can very well be the next logical step for them in their process, but it doesn’t mean that it’s the right choice for therapists across the board.
If you’re responsible for somebody’s livelihood, there are going to be certain expectations on you, and I don’t want any group practice owner – whether they’re there with a clear intention or whether they fell into it – to be contributing to this huge problem we have in the mental health field of toxic work environments.
Allison Puryear
Don’t contribute to an already potentially stressful environment just because people tell you to.
You need to sit down with your dreams, ambitions, and desires to figure out what it is that you actually want to do, and whether it would be beneficial for you, your clients, and your potential staff.
Do you want more money for less work?Many people step into private practice because they believe that they can make more money with less work.
You must realize that private practice is not “less work”, it’s actually a lot of work! Perhaps fewer hours directly in-session with clients, but not fewer hours working overall.
If you do want to earn more money for less work, there are other ways that you can do that without starting a private practice, such as:
- Consulting
- Selling products
- Working with groups
You don’t have to monetize [everything] … you can if you want, but I think therapists also need to learn how to chill out and do things for [themselves] that are fun.
Allison Puryear
Contribute sustainablyWe live in an age where there are so many options, so you can definitely decide where you want to go based on what you want to do.
Whatever it is that you decide to spend your time doing, it needs to be sustainable. Burning yourself out in the name of success is not a success, it’s a short-term win with long-term disadvantages.
You’re hungry to do more because you want to contribute in some way and how you contribute is really important. It’s not just that you contribute, it’s how, because it’s got to be sustainable or you’ll resent the whole thing you set up.
Allison Puryear
What is your “why”? Because if you are just chasing money, it’s a never-ending journey. Having a “why” helps you to set out achievable goals.
Whatever reason makes you stand out, blow that up … that’s you, and you can have an audience for what you do.
LaToya Smith
Let some numbers be part of the guidelines, but add a structure that’s different from just money so that you don’t work without an end in sight.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free! * Visit Abundance Practice Building and connect on Facebook and Instagram.
Check out these additional resources:* High Achieving Black Women in Practice with Dr. Mēgan Pickens | GP 170 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Should You Start A Group Practice? With Allison Puryear | GP 171 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you work with clients that predominantly experience personal or social anxiety? How can you help clients to feel calm and present both in session and in reality? Why should you make sure to invest in your personal peace?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about helping people with social anxiety with Cordelia Miller Muhammad.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Cordelia Miller MuhammadCordelia Miller Muhammad is the CEO and Founder of Shifa Living, PLLC. She is a Board Certified TeleMental Health provider and licensed clinical social worker in the states of Illinois and Michigan.
It is her mission to empower adults and adolescents who struggle with fear, worry, or self-doubt. And because for them, the opinions of others matter a lot, they rarely feel like what they have to offer is enough.
In recent years, she’s focused on building a successful virtual private psychotherapy practice specializing in the treatment of Anxiety. Practice wisdom has taught her that emotions are like wild animals, either you manage them, or they will manage you.
Visit Shifa Living and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Invest in your personal peace * Helping clients to feel calm * Classically helpful tips for treating anxiety * The difference between social anxiety and general anxiety * Cordelia’s advice to private practitioners
Invest in your personal peace
The biggest “Aha” moment [for me] was when I realized how my anxiety was getting in the way of me being able to recognize some of the things that were happening in the room.
Cordelia Miller Muhammad
One of the most powerful tools that Cordelia learned was that being in a “relaxed body” would help her much more in the therapy room than anything else.
If she was calm, present, and able to self-regulate her feelings, then it would be easier for her to be there and be present with someone else.
When you’re getting ready to work with someone else, if you’re not scanning and paying attention to what’s going on inside of you, then you’re not necessarily going to be available [for] the client.
Cordelia Miller Muhammad
So, Cordelia makes sure to invest in her peace before a session begins with a client so that she can offer them the best therapy.
This practice extends to clients as well. Therefore, Cordelia will invite her clients at the beginning of a session to relax their physical bodies because it will also help them to have a productive session.
Helping clients to feel calmIf the majority of your clients are people that struggle with social anxiety, then teaching them actionable skills to still their minds and calm their bodies is a key tool in empowering them to self-regulate.
This is helpful for them both in session and in their personal lives.
At the beginning of some sessions, Cordelia will invite her clients to do a check-in to see how they are feeling because often, with anxiety, clients can get stuck in anticipating the worst of a situation.
The self-compassion is what helps the client to be able to give themselves a break … and give themselves the benefit of the doubt.
Cordelia Miller Muhammad
By balancing a dose of self-awareness and self-compassion, Cordelia invites clients to learn how to witness themselves growing and developing.
Classically helpful tips for treating anxiety* Bodywork like massage and yoga to relieve built-up tension and notice what changes in the body can feel like from a tense state to relaxation * Sound healing frequencies for clients to listen to while doing basic tasks to practice feeling calm and to destress * Practicing guided meditations for beginner clients to ease them into meditation to teach them how to become more present
The difference between social anxiety and general anxietyIt is important to understand social anxiety through a cultural context. There are typically two types of clients that experience social anxiety:
- Some have a lot of self-criticisms about how they think they are perceived by those around them in a social setting
- Some people may avoid a social situation because they want to avoid being treated differently
There’s this hesitancy to show up and to express themselves when they’re feeling like they are in a setting where they [experience an] anticipatory fear … that [they’re] going to be humiliated or judged.
Cordelia Miller Muhammad
One of the biggest tools that Cordelia equips her clients with is trust in themselves so that they can be brave in those moments when they experience fear.
Cordelia’s advice to private practitionersPay attention to what’s important to you because that’s how you find your niche. In that area, don’t wait on getting more skilled so that you can become a more effective clinician in your zone of genius.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Request a free 30-day trial, at blueprint-health.com
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Shifa Living and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Redefining Trauma with Anna Saviano | POP 869 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Helping people with social anxiety with Cordelia Miller Muhammad | POP 870 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you an EMDR therapist? Can the definition of trauma be broadened to help more people? Can you use EMDR during intake to set the course for the best-fit treatment plan?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about redefining trauma with Anna Saviano.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Anna SavianoAnna Saviano is the group practice owner of Heartland Therapy Connection. Her therapeutic practice focuses on resolving past issues that continue to interfere with the client’s current life. Anna is also a Licensed Professional Counselor trained in DBT (Dialectical Behavior Therapy) and certified in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing).
Anna has a wide range of professional experience, including working as an Intake Specialist at MOCSA (Metropolitan Organization to Counter Sexual Abuse) and at Two Rivers Psychiatric Hospital early in her career. She has been an adjunct professor at UMKC for over ten years.
Visit the Heartland Therapy Connection website, and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram.
Connect with Anna on Instagram and LinkedIn. See also Life Plot Twist.
In This Podcast* Fleshing out the understanding of trauma * Use EMDR during intake * Top EMDR specialist news * Anna’s advice to private practitioners
Fleshing out the understanding of traumaTrauma is a wide-ranging umbrella term for many different types of events, emotions, or situations that happened either once-off or habitually to a person that has some type of recurring impact on their present lives.
Really to say [that] some of the stuff that you went through as a kid might still be messing with you and it doesn’t have to have been “that bad” … that’s a lot of times what people will do [which is to] minimize or dismiss their experiences because, “Well, it wasn’t as bad as that guy”.
Anna Saviano
Therapy and trauma work should be available to anyone to improve their lives. They do not have to “qualify” for therapy.
Use EMDR during intakeDuring intake sessions with new clients, be sure to listen out for any adverse life events that they may have experienced.
These are the traumas or events that contribute to “negative cognitions”, the thoughts that they have about themselves or the world around them that get in the way of them leading a freer, more peaceful life.
If you’re listening for that, you can hear it at the beginning of treatment and it really can shape how the work goes, and I think it goes faster and people get more results more quickly and benefits more quickly because I can conceptualize it through that lens that EMDR provides.
Anna Saviano
Top EMDR specialist newsRight now, EMDR specialist therapists are doing the necessary and good work of destigmatizing trauma.
Things that happened when you were younger count as trauma and you don’t have to live this way … you don’t have to achieve just for the sake of achieving, you can do it, but with a healthier, more holistic attitude and your life doesn’t depend on it.
Anna Saviano
Therapy, especially after the pandemic, is bringing people’s attention to the good work and the benefits that can be done from engaging in it.
People do not have to trudge through and carry on living in harmful cycles in their lives, because there is a way to change them and improve their quality of spiritual, emotional, mental, and physical living.
Anna’s advice to private practitionersDon’t be scared of working with trauma. Sitting with patients that are dealing with trauma while using EMDR can offer up some of the most magical work and transformation.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* To learn more about Blueprint and to request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Starting a Practice? Get this 28-Step Checklist free!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit the Heartland Therapy Connection website, and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram. * Connect with Anna on Instagram and LinkedIn. See also Life Plot Twist. * Article: Anna Saviano Of Life Plot Twist On How Authenticity and Vulnerability Pay Off and Help You Win Personally and Professionally * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Common Triggers and Trauma of Therapists, First Responders, and Helpers with Jessica Wright | POP 868 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Redefining Trauma with Anna Saviano | POP 869 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a high-achieving person? Do you often chase your ambitions with all that you’ve got? How can you keep your achiever mentality under control and not lose sight of what’s important to you in life?
In the second part of this two-episode series, LaToya Smith speaks about how to start a membership community with Dr. Megan Pickens.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Dr. Mēgan PickensDr. Mēgan Pickens is a Licensed Professional Counselor Supervisor with nearly 20 years of clinical experience. She provides supervision and training for counseling students and associates new to the field (about LPC Supervision).
Dr. Mēgan was once a High Achieving Black Woman (HABW) who struggled with setting boundaries in all of her relationships. During a ten-year troubled relationship, she learned that the more you accept and allow people to take what they want, the more they will continue to take. She worked in the counseling field for several years before realizing that she had a calling to help other HABW, specifically black women who have been socialized to believe that the only normalcy is not having healthy boundaries.
Visit The Volition Collective and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.
In This Podcast* Are you a high achiever? * Slow down and appreciate it! * Keep your achiever mentality in check with your values
Are you a high achiever?A simple yet profound way to assess whether or not someone is a high achiever is to look at what they choose to do.
Do they choose to do the difficult tasks? Do they choose the high road, or the long road when it comes to achieving their goals?
Dr. Pickens works with high-achieving black women and helps them to navigate, overcome, and dismantle unique challenges and obstacles. Some of these include:
- Creating and maintaining strong relationships
Love relationships, family relationships, and relationships with God and spiritual aspects I think are a lot of the things that they’re dealing with.
Dr. Megan Pickens
- Boundary setting and upholding those boundaries with themselves and other people
- Being vulnerable about struggles without feeling shame
Do you know how great you are? Do you take time to enjoy all the things you’ve built or are you always looking for the next thing?
Dr. Megan Pickens
Slow down and appreciate it!If a person is a high achiever, they will often have their sights set on a distant goal and do everything that they can to reach it, even if it impacts their physical or mental health.
Even though this dedication is admirable, it is not sustainable.
[Stop] to smell the flowers because you lose sight … you miss out on the joy and the beauty of the little things if you’re constantly chasing [goals]. LaToya Smith
If you are a high achiever yourself, practice taking a step back and enjoying what you have accomplished. Appreciate your hard work, have a short rest, and make sure that you are taking care of yourself when you next continue to work on your goals.
Keep your achiever mentality in check with your valuesWhen you are chasing a goal and focusing all your energy on it, you may not only let your health or relationships fall to the wayside, but your values perhaps too.
If you are chasing a certain number as a goal for your income, you may let other things that are also important to you go in the pursuit of that number. Is that true success?
Do I know how to love myself enough to pause … to find the relationships that best fit me? … like, “Yeah, I made $350k but what’s my value to really to those around me?” Do I [see] worth in myself outside of this salary?
LaToya Smith
You have to find yourself in between your goals and dreams. Your aspirations are important to you and a part of them does define a part of who you are, but not all of who you are.
You also have an intentional choice in who and what you become, and a part of doing that is to see whether or not you are living out your values.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Visit The Volition Collective and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.
Check out these additional resources:* How to Start a Membership Community with Dr. Mēgan Pickens | GP 169 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post High Achieving Black Women in Practice with Dr. Mēgan Pickens | GP 170 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Which traumas or triggers do most first responders and helpers struggle with? How does a simple act of self-care make a huge impact on your day? How do you care for yourself amidst clients, work, and family?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about some of the common triggers and trauma of therapists, first responders, and helpers with Jessica Wright.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Jessica WrightJessica Wright, is an LCSW with 15 years of experience helping the helpers. She is the owner of Wright Choice Counseling, a faith-based practice in Illinois and WA state. She specializes in assisting the helpers to decrease their stress and burnout and improve their marriages.
Visit Wright Choice Counseling and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn.
Email: jessica@wrightchoicecounseling.com
In This Podcast* Being a helper of helpers * The power of a simple act * Common traumas and triggers for first responders * Jessica’s advice to private practitioners
Being a helper of helpers
When you’re getting certified with Gottman, there’s a really good PTSD training he offers that he talks about [in] our whole Sound House … all of that is shifted when you’re a helper.
Jessica Wright
If you work as a helper; a therapist, a first responder, or anyone else in the industry, your life often takes on a very different shape from those around you.
As a helper, your self-care needs to look a little different from the average person around you so that you can maintain your emotional, mental, and physical needs to keep continuing to serve others without sacrificing yourself.
The power of a simple actSelf-care does not need to take a long time or be a big event you need to commit a huge amount of energy to. A powerful yet simple act of self-care can be just going for a walk.
If you have had a difficult day with clients as a therapist, or you are struggling with emotionally bringing work home with you, going for even a five- to ten-minute walk can do wonders in relieving tension, clearing your mind, and getting a fresh perspective.
[Going for a short walk] can [help you] to find a sense of peace and [give] grace to [your] partners or kids that are driving [you] crazy when [you’re] stressed out. Jessica Wright
Common traumas and triggers for first responders1 – “I’m responsible” – taking ownership and responsibility for everyone’s emotions, mental states, or actions and helping them through those consequences.
2 – “I’m in control” – never allowing vulnerability into play or letting someone else support you when you need it.
3 – “Black and white thinking” – feeling like you have to do the tough things and you have to help people whenever there is help needed somewhere.
These are the common issues that many helpers or first responders struggle with both in their professional and personal lives.
If you find yourself struggling with these problems, try some of the following steps to reconnect with your center:
- Come back to your values: use your values as a compass to guide you back to what truly matters instead of getting lost in doing everything for everyone without thinking it through.
Knowing what you value is a big [help to reduce triggers]. For me, I value peace, so if I’m seeing 30 clients a week and working full-time … I don’t feel peace anymore, I feel exhausted.
Jessica Wright
- Connect with your community: whether it is fellow colleagues or loved ones, make space and time to connect with the people that truly see and love you outside of the services that you provide. Let yourself be supported by them.
- Enforce boundaries: enforce your boundaries with yourself and with others.
Jessica’s advice to private practitionersFind something that brings you joy and doesn’t feel like work – and don’t post it on social media! Don’t hustle it, and keep it as something just for you.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* To learn more about Blueprint and to request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * What’s your phase of practice?
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Wright Choice Counseling and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn. * Email: jessica@wrightchoicecounseling.com * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Grief and Trauma Healing with Ashley Mielke | POP 867 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Common Triggers and Trauma of Therapists, First Responders, and Helpers with Jessica Wright | POP 868 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you and some of your colleagues interested in creating a group that’s beneficial to your practices as well as your skillsets as therapists? Would you create a membership community? How can you take what you already have and build from it?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about membership communities with Dr. Mēgan Pickens.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Dr. Mēgan PickensDr. Mēgan Pickens is a Licensed Professional Counselor Supervisor with nearly 20 years of clinical experience. She provides supervision and training for counseling students and associates new to the field (about LPC Supervision).
Dr. Mēgan was once a High Achieving Black Woman (HABW) who struggled with setting boundaries in all of her relationships. During a ten-year troubled relationship, she learned that the more you accept and allow people to take what they want, the more they will continue to take. She worked in the counseling field for several years before realizing that she had a calling to help other HABW, specifically black women who have been socialized to believe that the only normalcy is not having healthy boundaries.
Visit The Volition Collective and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.
In This Podcast* The MBHPN * How to start a membership community * Create a variety of offerings
The MBHPNThe Multicultural Behavioral Health Provider Network is an organization made up of therapists.
Dr. Pickens created a group of therapists with her supervisor – and later mentor – to facilitate and create a space where black mental health providers could connect.
As the organization began to evolve, they could start providing CEUs.
MBHPN right now is a membership group. We have a private network, [and] I still answer questions [personally].
Dr. Pickens
MBHPN hosts talks, continuing education, supervision, peer revision, and much more. It’s a community of black mental health providers where people can learn from and support one another in their private practice journeys.
How to start a membership communityAt a foundational level, you can just start it! Meet with people and start collaborating. Dig into your existing network, see where you can create a network, plan a day and a time, and invite them to join with any questions or ideas to dive into.
Therapy can be very isolating, especially if you’re an individual practice, and I think even more so for group practice owners because you’re the boss, so there’s a layer between you and the employees in a sense … so, I would say, just start it!
Dr. Pickens
If you don’t yet have a following, think twice about charging a joining fee. Build up a base and a name first before charging people to join, otherwise, it might be difficult to get people in the door.
Create a variety of offeringsOnce your community starts building a following and your attendees are committed enough to invest in it, consider offering a variety of different choices that they can choose from.
Have free events or meetings available, and then events or speakers too.
We have the regular monthly events and then … bonus events … so if you’re a member of MBHPN you can get that for free as part of your membership.
Dr. Pickens
If your membership is well-structured and well-resourced, it could be cheaper than other CEU programs that your attendees might be considering.
A membership community of therapists is not only then a place for networking and support, but also more affordable continual education and skill development.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Visit The Volition Collective and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.
Check out these additional resources:* Scale Your Practice with Speaking Engagements with Dr. Laura Louis | GP 168 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How to Start a Membership Community with Dr. Mēgan Pickens | GP 169 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a therapist that specializes in grief and trauma counseling? How can you develop your skillset to work with clients through grief? Why is grief counselling a universal need?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about grief and trauma healing with Ashley Mielke.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Ashley MielkeAshley Mielke is a Registered Psychologist, Founder, and CEO of a large group private practice in Alberta, Canada called The Grief and Trauma Healing Centre Inc. She is passionate about supporting heart-centered practice owners in starting, growing, and scaling their businesses.
Ashley was called to start her company after the tragic death of her father by suicide in 2010. It was the purpose she found through her healing that inspired the ‘WHY’ that drives her 7-figure company today. It brings Ashley great joy to support other heart-centered leaders in building successful practices that are aligned with both their business goals and their deepest calling.
Visit The Grief and Trauma Healing Centre and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Connect with Ashley Mielke on Instagram and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Being a heart-centered practice * A masterclass on grief and trauma healing * How to build your skills * Ashley’s advice to private practitioners
Being a heart-centered practiceTo maintain a group practice that specializes in grief and trauma healing, Ashley and her team are open and heart-centered when it comes to sharing their personal experiences of grief in their lives.
When we are hiring people to the team to join … we ask them about their personal loss experiences, and how those experiences have shaped them, and why it is important that they show up to help grieving people.
Ashley Mielke
By doing this, Ashley, her team, and the private practice are known as a heart-centered space where therapists are passionate about providing healing to clients both through having had a personal grief experience and through a resilient skillset.
At the foundation of what we do really comes from the Grief and Recovery Institute and … the grief and recovery method, so that’s what we’re known for.
Ashley Mielke
Being heart-centred translates to always choosing love. To be authentic, warm, and create a space for true humanness.
A masterclass on grief and trauma healing* Realize that loss lies beneath most of the issues that people deal with.
If you look at someone through the lens of loss and they’re talking about some presenting symptoms like anxiety or depression, loss of meaning or purpose, I would want to know what happened. What are the losses that are underlying some of those symptoms?
Ashley Mielke
- A grieving person just wants to be seen, heard, and witnessed in their experience. They do not want to be fixed because grief cannot be “fixed”. It can only be worked through with love, patience, and acceptance.
- View a person’s grief through the human lens instead of seeing it as a mental health issue because it is a normal human process that everyone in the world goes through.
By seeing grief just as grief and not something to be fixed, you earn that person’s trust.
How to build your skillsIf you are a therapist that is either currently assisting clients with grief and trauma healing, or you want to develop your skillset to be able to do that, then follow and attain the Grief Recovery Method certification.
You can take the online four-day certification training.
It’s highly educational, it integrates many different therapeutic perspectives and it actually is a roadmap to walk someone through a loss in their life. It’s an actionable tool, and that’s what’s so amazing about it.
Ashley Mielke
Additionally, in working with trauma, Ashley recommends that therapists work with EMDR therapy as well as somatic-based therapies.
Ashley’s advice to private practitionersPursue the desires of your heart! If it’s joining a Mastermind, attending trainings, or launching a private practice, give your dream a go.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * What’s your phase of practice?
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit The Grief and Trauma Healing Centre and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * Connect with Ashley Mielke on Instagram and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Incorporating ACT, CBT, and Mindfulness into Anger and Anxiety Work with Alisa Kamis-Brinda | POP 866 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Grief and Trauma Healing with Ashley Mielke | POP 867 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you use ACT and CBT in your therapeutic work with clients? How can you explain the benefits of mindfulness to a brand-new client? How have these teachings impacted your life as well?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about incorporating ACT, CBT, and mindfulness into anger and anxiety work with Alisa Kamis-Brinda.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Alisa Kamis-BrindaAlisa Kamis-Brinda, LCSW, LCADC is the owner of Serenity Solutions, LLC, a group psychotherapy practice in Philadelphia, PA, specializing in anger management, anxiety, addictions, and postpartum mood and anxiety disorders. She has over 20 years of experience helping overwhelmed, stressed-out professionals and parents learn how to slow down angry and anxious thoughts in healthy ways so they can be in the present moment, relax and enjoy life again.
Visit Serenity Solutions and connect on Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* The impact of ACT on everyday life * Explaining mindfulness and CBT to new clients * Turning training into real-time practice * A quick masterclass for listeners * Alisa’s advice to private practitioners
The impact of ACT on everyday life Acceptance and commitment therapy is a powerful therapeutic tool to use with both clients and in your personal life as a therapist.
It has helped me to become more mindful. To be aware of my thoughts and my feelings in the moment, and what my thoughts and feelings are telling me to do, so that I can then decide, “Wait, is that what I want to do? Or do I do the thing that I wanted to do?”
Alisa Kamis-Brinda
When you are unaware of your thoughts and feelings, you find yourself acting on impulse. These impulses are attempts at keeping you safe and secure, but they may be coming from a dysregulated nervous system or an old trauma response.
Becoming aware of those impulses, developing that awareness, and then choosing how you want to respond in that moment is the key.
It has helped me to choose what I want to do in the moment instead of my thoughts and feelings choosing for me.
Alisa Kamis-Brinda
Explaining mindfulness and CBT to new clientsClients that are completely new to therapy and mindfulness might associate being mindful with meditation or clearing the mind. Even though those are practices within mindfulness, it is not the full definition.
It is about learning how to be right here, right now, in this moment … when we’re feeling anxious or when we’re feeling angry, we are often either in the past … or the future.
Alisa Kamis-Brinda
With CBT, clients can be taught how to challenge thoughts that are limiting or harmful, or untrue.
The combination of using mindfulness with CBT teaches clients how to pause, address the thought, and bring themselves back to the real, present moment instead of being carried away by the impulse or thought.
Turning training into real-time practiceThe most helpful tool that Alisa brought with her from training and education into the therapy room with her client is the mindfulness piece. From that standpoint, anything is possible.
People often go through life on autopilot and don’t pay attention to what is happening around them, and they just do things the same way that they have always done. Mindfulness is the starting practice of shifting away from autopilot to awareness, and a truer, freer choice.
That becomes really meaningful for them to then realize, “Hey, if I can notice that then I can also notice what is happening inside of me, and how that’s impacting me”.
Alisa Kamis-Brinda
A quick masterclass for listenersThe main aspects that Alisa wants listeners to know are that:
- feelings are okay
- you can sit with feelings
- your feelings are never going to be bigger than you
You do not need to constantly fall back on what you used to do to cope with your life right now. You are big enough and capable enough to rise and change the narrative of your life by changing your responses to life.
Alisa’s advice to private practitionersSitting with discomfort is a helpful tool to use to live a meaningful life. Apply this personally and professionally for amazing insights and positive changes!
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* What’s your Level of Practice? * To learn more about Blueprint and to request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Serenity Solutions and connect on Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Working with Toxic Families with Donna Hunter | POP 865 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Incorporating ACT, CBT, and Mindfulness into Anger and Anxiety Work with Alisa Kamis-Brinda | POP 866 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you work with trauma and toxic families? What is the most beneficial practice you can offer your clients? How can you protect your energy as a therapist from difficult sessions?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about working with toxic families with Donna Hunter.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Donna HunterMeet Donna Hunter LCSW, the founder of Global Therapy Inc. Donna graduated from Syracuse University and has been a therapist for over 30 years.
Donna specializes in working with individuals who are dealing with depression, anxiety, addictions (both substance or behavioral), and individuals who are working through, surviving, and thriving after childhood and adult trauma. She has used tools such as EMDR to help individuals gain freedom from the past. Additionally, she is qualified as a Substance Abuse Professional (SAP) and provides evaluations for DOT, substance-impaired employees.
Visit Global Therapy and connect on Facebook and Instagram.
In This Podcast* The healing power of presence * Core elements necessary for working with toxic families * How to protect your energy as a therapist * When to refer clients out * Donna’s advice to private practitioners
The healing power of presence
When we’re talking about toxic families, we are talking about very broken relationships with others and a broken relationship with ourselves.
Donna Hunter
In these contexts, Donna thinks of a Carl Jung quote that reminds her that it’s not just about therapeutic tools and techniques, but that at the heart of healing, sometimes you just need to be one person that is witnessing the journey of another.
I think too often in therapy and what I saw in agencies was the focus on, “Well, we have to have this treatment plan done in 90 days, and we have to have a specific diagnosis, and meet all of these requirements …” that we forget that we’re talking to people, and that people just want to be able to connect.
Donna Hunter
Clients have to feel the click of interpersonal safety and connection with the therapist as well. They have to feel safe enough to be vulnerable and to reveal themselves, and that often only comes when the therapist is vulnerable too.
Core elements necessary for working with toxic familiesOne of the first things that Donna wants therapists to know when they work with toxic families is that a dynamic is much more than just a diagnosis.
It’s [about] understanding those family systems, [and] understanding how a healthy family works and at the same time being able to parallel how this particular family is working.
Donna Hunter
Secondly, Donna advises therapists to become well-versed in childhood attachment theory and how that can develop and shift relationships into adulthood.
Additionally, Donna teaches her clients that still want to have a relationship with their family, even if they’re toxic, to “put on their hazmat suits” when going to family gatherings.
You didn’t choose to be brought up by the toxic waste dump, but when you become an adult you get the choice as to whether you’re going to leave it … or stay there. If you’re going to leave it and come back and visit, you need to have that suit of armor that allows you to take in the parts that are good … but you don’t let the toxicity continue to affect you.
Donna Hunter
How to protect your energy as a therapistWorking with clients that are dealing with volatile emotions, outbursts, or intense issues can be very draining or difficult for a therapist, no matter how experienced you might be.
There are some tips that you can try to keep work in the office and not take client issues home with you:
- Go for walks: daily walks have been proven to stimulate healthy brain function, allowing you to process thoughts and feelings (even subconsciously)
- Work in another location: if it’s possible or feasible for you to work elsewhere, then try it. Physically going to and leaving a location helps your mind to associate different places with different activities.
- Try writing: journaling and writing are great tools for you to use to process your emotions and thoughts. It creates a space for your thoughts and feelings to go so that you don’t feel like you are carrying everything around with you all the time.
- Create a community: create and be part of an active community of either friends or other therapists that you can talk with.
I think that having friends and people to talk to and call [is helpful], whether it be other therapists to talk through issues … I consistently stay [under] supervision and I’ve been doing this kind of work for almost 40 years!
Donna Hunter
- Have a regular practice: regularly practice something, whether an activity or a hobby, that reminds you that you have a personal life that moves on beyond what happens in the lives of your clients so that you do not get pulled into their orbit.
When to refer clients outIt is completely okay for some clients not to work well with you. You can refer them out, and you do not have to keep working with them if the sessions are harmful either to your mental health or well-being and theirs.
Consider referring clients out when:
- The topic hits too close to home and triggers you
- The clients often cross your boundaries
- Clients discuss very different issues than what was initially discussed in the intake sessions
Honestly, I’ve had the experience of people that I’ve said “no” to have referred people to me because I was honest with them and I got them to where they needed to be.
Donna Hunter
Donna’s advice to private practitionersOffering therapy is a journey. There is always something to be learned, and you can learn a lot from your clients, so be open to what they have to say because it can benefit your growth.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * To learn more about Blueprint and to request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Global Therapy and connect on Facebook and Instagram. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Offering Specialty Care for LGBTQ+ and Treating Financial Trauma with Jason Nicholsen | POP 864 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Working with Toxic Families with Donna Hunter | POP 865 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to become a speaker and be well-compensated to speak about your passions? How can you connect with great media and companies to get speaking gigs? Can you deliver on your niche?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about how to scale your practice with speaking engagements with Dr. Laura Louis.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Dr. Laura Louis Dr. Laura Louis, Licensed Psychologist – graduated from Florida State University with a Bachelors Degree in Psychology and a Master’s Degree in Counseling. Her Ph.D. was earned from Howard University’s APA-accredited Counseling Psychology Program.
Laura has worked in the field of psychology for over 10 years. She has expertise in multicultural counseling and couples counseling. Laura has specialized training in assisting couples with increasing intimacy and rebuilding trust after infidelity.
As a therapist, her role has been to provide a supportive safe environment to empower my clients. This allows them to make decisions, break past patterns and move closer to their goals.
Visit Atlanta Couple Therapy and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Hone in on your niche * What’s your topic? * Consider the solution that you provide * “Spell out the benefit” * Level up your speaking
Hone in on your nicheThe very first step of becoming a speaker and landing speaking gigs in the business world is to be completely clear on who your niche is: who the people are that you serve, what the need is that you fulfill, and why your work is necessary for the community.
Some therapists are nervous to niche down because they think that it will cost them money and clients, but it’s the opposite! When you can clearly and loudly broadcast exactly who you can help, those people will flock to you.
We start [by] getting super clear about who [you] want to speak to. Who’s that ideal audience that, if you could work with them every single day, you would never get tired of them?
Dr. Louis
Niching down and establishing yourself as an expert within that field or with that group of people signifies that you are an expert, and people want to work with experts.
What’s your topic?What do you want to speak about?
What excites you to discuss with people, whether your clients or other fellow colleagues?
This topic lies in the overlap between your skills and your passions, so sit with yourself and dig down into your passion. What excites you?
It’s already a confidence boost because you know who you want to talk to, [and] you know what you want to talk about … I can talk about this for hours, so I’m not even nervous about going in front of somebody and saying, “Hey, how about we set this up?”
LaToya Smith
Consider the solution that you provideWhen you want to know how you can help your ideal clients, you need to think about their pain points, because then you can consider the solution. Think about:
- The people that you are talking to, the audience themselves, and what their direct pain points are. Get very clear on this!
- The needs, desires, and pain points of the organization that is writing the cheque for you to speak, how can you help them too?
Make sure those two parts are in the conversation; the audience’s pain points and the person who’s writing the cheque, their pain points.
Dr. Louis
Simply put, let the organization that you are working with know how you can help them too.
“Spell out the benefit”
One of the mistakes that I see a lot of people make when they are pitching [to] media is [to say], “Well, I have this book! I have this thing!” rather start with, “How can I serve the audience?” What are some things that you do that can fill a gap in their audience?
Dr. Louis
When you are pitching and working with new media, you have to show them the benefit that you can provide, and you do this by explaining that you know what their audience needs and how you can fulfil those needs.
Pro tip: spend some time familiarizing yourself with the current content of that media group and present some connections between their work and yours in your pitch so that they can see how well-aligned you are with their audience and their niche.
Remember with media:
- Make sure your social media is easy to find
- Ensure that your handles and names are appropriate
- That you have great, professional, and recent headshots available
Level up your speakingLike with anything, if you want to get better, you have to practice.
Give your talks to family members and friends, in front of the mirror, while you’re going about the house cleaning, or even record yourself and listen.
The more familiar you are with your content, the easier it will flow.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Visit Atlanta Couple Therapy and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* The Power of A Counseling Collective with Avery Rosser and Nafis Ricks | GP 166 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Scale Your Practice with Speaking Engagements with Dr. Laura Louis | GP 168 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you work with clients in the LGBTQ community? Have you done some financial trauma work with your clients? Do you also, as a therapist, need to work through some personal financial stress management as well?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Jason Nicholsen who has a specialty in LGBTQ care and a personal specialization in treating financial stress.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Jason NicholsenWhen Jason first meets with new folks, he often refers to the pillars of life: what we lean on when life gets challenging. Usually, those pillars include family, friendships, work/school, romantic relationships/partnerships. The last pillar is always the fun stuff – things that really recharge our batteries. Full disclosure: Jason’s is Star Wars.
Visit Within Reach Therapy and connect on Facebook and Instagram.
In This Podcast* Offering specialty care in the LGBTQ * Jason’s advice to all clinicians offering LGBTQ care * The issues with umbrella terms * Treating financial trauma * Personal financial therapy work for therapists * Jason’s advice to private practitioners
Offering specialty care in the LGBTQ
So when I’m hiring and recruiting new clinicians … I’m attempting to build a culture that allows my clinicians and staff to be who they are as well. I want them to be able to show up … to take care of themselves so that [they] can continue to show up for [their] clients.
Jason Nicholsen
Offering a specialty should not be exclusive to your clients.
If your private practice is founded on certain principles that cater to the needs of your clients, those principles and values should be offered to your staff as well.
From a specialty perspective, LGBTQ care is vital and needed in wider communities. Additionally, the nuance of working with LGBTQ clients requires clinicians to be able to make and hold space for them.
What we’re really doing is communicating [with] our values and I value authenticity and transparency and hopefully a little whimsy or fun at some points [as well] … and I make as many spaces as I can for folks to play with those things and show those values through their action[s] and how they care for folks.
Jason Nicholsen
Jason’s advice to all clinicians offering LGBTQ careThe most important value that Jason encourages other clinicians to have and practice is acceptance.
We don’t know everything and it’s okay for me to ask questions. It’s okay for me to not necessarily have the exact same experience as the client who’s sitting in front of me.
Jason Nicholsen
A combination of offering full acceptance combined with a gentle curiosity is one of the most healing and soothing approaches that you can offer your clients.
Can you partner with your client to understand their life alongside them? Make them another expert in the room, and work with one another to make that progress.
The issues with umbrella termsOne of the common things that clinicians might get wrong when it comes to offering LGBTQ specialty care is treating LGBTQ issues under an umbrella term.
It’s so nuanced depending on where your client is from, what their experience is … [if] it becomes more generalized then I think it becomes diluted, so it’s not nearly as effective in the therapeutic space as I would like [for] it to be.
Jason Nicholsen
Your clients have nuanced backgrounds, histories, and experiences that all contribute to who they are today and what they experienced in the past.
Treating financial trauma
I [always] get a sense of [how] my client’s relationship with money was shaped, what their family experience and relationship with money looks like because that really does inform our current relationship with money.
Jason Nicholsen
Jason has a specialty in treating financial stress and trauma.
As with most therapeutic experiences, Jason starts with their background and family history when it comes to money, what it meant to have it, and what it meant not to.
Some therapists avoid talking about money with their clients, but there are a lot of nuances lost there because it is through discussing money stress that so much healing – from stresses that impact other areas of life – can take place.
Personal financial therapy work for therapistsInitially, you need to become curious about your personal relationship with money, and this includes your beliefs about it as well.
How do you interact with money? Do you make a connection between your hourly rate and your worth, or for the sake of your clients?
Can you acknowledge any discomfort that is there for you? Do you struggle to follow up on payments due from your clients?
I think we devalue our own time in a detrimental way. My ability to take care of myself and my family allows me to show up for my clients in a way that could not be done if I were still at an agency job.
Jason Nicholsen
When you hold your boundaries around money, you can create space for yourself that allows you to hold space for your clients too. Additionally, you are modeling healthy boundary behavior to them as well.
Jason’s advice to private practitionersYou are not alone. We all have moments of doubt but remember that connection is the key here, so find a community of like-minded therapists to sit and talk with through the journey of being in private practice.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Check out Group Practice Boss * To learn more about Blueprint and to request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Within Reach Therapy and connect on Facebook and Instagram. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Implementing the Gottman Method for Infidelity and Trauma with Anne Burkart | POP 863 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Offering Specialty Care for LGBTQ+ and Treating Financial Trauma with Jason Nicholsen | POP 864 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a couple or family therapist? How can a therapist and the clients work together to strengthen the marriage? What are the important red flags that you need to notice in clients during therapy?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about Gottman Level 3 couples therapy on infidelity with Anne Burkart.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Anne BurkartAnne is a Marriage & Family therapist in Charlotte, NC. She specializes in working with couples, healing and strengthening their relationship, adult individuals strengthening the relationship with themselves, and leading groups and workshops on self-esteem and communication. Anne believes that healing the relationship with ourselves allows us to heal and more fully experience or relationships with others.
Visit Embrace Relationship Counseling and email Anne at anne.embracecounseling@gmail.com
In This Podcast* Implementing the Gottman method for infidelity and trauma * Important red flags to notice * Using Gottman training in everyday life * How to strengthen and maintain a marriage * Allow for silence * Anne’s advice to private practitioners
Implementing the Gottman method for infidelity and trauma
What was going on within the marriage before those moments occurred? … What was happening? What [is] each person bringing into the relationship?
Anne Burkart
The first step that Anne takes in therapy when treating a couple that’s recovering from issues with infidelity is to go back to before the events happened to unravel the story. What are each person’s little or big traumas?
Are they bringing some past into their marriage? Which parts of their past did they bring into the marriage, and could they possibly be triggering these situations or feelings?
We peel back to that a little bit and get to some vulnerability and understanding of who we are as a person and how that’s affected us, sometimes down to our core.
Anne Burkart
A part of this therapeutic approach is to help the partners get to a place where they can see each other in a new light, accepting what was, and what is, and then finding a way to decide from there.
Important red flags to noticeOne of the biggest red flags that Anne notices in her therapy with some couples that might be too far gone after an event of infidelity is complete rigidity, and a refusal to change, where one person only sees one solution or one option.
That to me is, very often, the person’s trauma speaking and that indicates to me [that] while one person may have hope and is saying, “I’m willing to be here”, being there to only present that rigid stance … indicates to me that [it might be] counter-productive to begin couples therapy at that point.
Anne Burkart
There may need to be a lot of individual work and healing that needs to occur first for that rigid partner before both people can be present and vulnerable in the room together at the same time.
Using Gottman training in everyday life
Being a therapist, I find that I listen to conversations differently than I did before. As a couples therapist, I feel that I am much more in tune with watching dynamics between people.
Anne Burkart
Being a therapist, as well as having Gottman training, allows Anne to see and understand more subtle meanings and moments in daily life.
Additionally, she can lean into uncomfortable feelings – both her own and those of other people around her – without abandoning herself.
This skill can be used not only with clients but also with friends and family, making daily life with loved ones rich and intimate.
How to strengthen and maintain a marriageOften couples will come to therapy to improve their communication. However, the underlying meaning to this is that one person – or both of them – wants their voice to be heard by the other.
That’s what we work on; how to speak in a way that our message is heard.
Anne Burkart
Sometimes people trip themselves up when they want to deliver a message, and so communication as a skill is not only about talking to someone else but about learning how to clarify and express yourself better.
Allow for silenceAs the therapist, you are protecting and directing, and holding the environment wherein your clients can navigate their emotions and words. Sometimes there might be silence, and you should allow it.
You do not need to “say the right thing” or give some wise words every time there is a lull in the conversation because that silence can be an invitation for a client to keep going, perhaps to a place where they have not gone before without interruption.
We feel like we have to have these nuggets of wisdom or prove our worth [but] really that makes it about the therapist rather than [saying], “Let’s just take our time here and sit with what you just told me”.
Joe Sanok
Anne’s advice to private practitionersBe true to yourself! Following what feels right for you will guide you to powerful connections and success in your life, so stick to it! The opportunities will come when you are being your authentic self.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Check out Group Practice Boss * To learn more about Blueprint and to request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Embrace Relationship Counseling and email Anne at anne.embracecounseling@gmail.com * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Attention Span and Screen Time with Researcher Dr. Gloria Mark | POP 862 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Implementing the Gottman Method for Infidelity and Trauma with Anne Burkart | POP 863 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can you get grant funding for your private practice? What is the problem that your private practice solves or tends to in your community? How can you find the best organizations to connect with in your wider community to reach more of your ideal clients?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about how to get grant funding for your practice with Dr. Omolara Uwemedimo.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Dr. Omolara Uwemedimo Dr. Omolara Thomas Uwemedimo is a healthcare founder, social entrepreneurship coach, healthcare practice funding consultant and growth strategist for women of color in healthcare. She is also the host of the podcast, Funding Your Healthcare Vision.
Her career as a pediatrician spans almost 2 decades and includes her work as a public health researcher & professor for over a decade. Her work has been defined by a passion for social justice, serving as an advocate and working as a global physician across sub-Saharan Africa, Asia, and the Caribbean.
Visit Strong Children Wellness and Melanin & Medicine. Connect on Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Sign up for Dr. Omolara’s Workshop!
In This Podcast* Vet your practice * Identify your pipeline * Packaging * Pitching * Partnership agreement * Promotion!
Vet your practice
We have to see whether your practice can be positioned as what we call a “social enterprise” … is your practice in any way taking care of a population that might be disadvantaged, neglected, [or] underserved? It doesn’t have to be that they’re low income, it could just be that … there’s a healthcare inequality.
Dr. Uwemedimo
Does your practice solve a solution problem? Does your practice offer a group of people in your community a direct service or solution to a need of theirs that either hasn’t been met before or is not met by the services already provided?
We need to stop explaining your practice as what you do and [rather] explain it as what’s the problem you solve.
Dr. Uwemedimo
Your chances are a lot higher for receiving grant funding for your private practice if you can prove that the work that you do directly serves a need that’s been either unaddressed or underrepresented in the past.
However, since there is a huge need for mental health services in general at the moment, most private practices might qualify, so give it a go either way.
Identify your pipeline
That pipeline is referring to [looking at] potential partner organizations, potential foundations who might fund [you] … and if any, grant opportunities.
Dr. Uwemedimo
Some of the research that you do is to identify your pipeline.
It’s a great process for you to assemble so that you know which of the already-existing organizations around you would be beneficial to partner with throughout the journey.
PackagingThe nice thing about a partnership with a non-profit is that you can usually choose and partner up with a non-profit that already has a development officer or a grant writer.
You want to build out an executive summary which is your one or two-pager that you can give to different organizations to explain what you do, how you solve it, what the partnership would look like, and how much it is going to cost.
The grant writer is very pleased and happy to have that because now there’s no more back and forth. They can literally do their job and go to the funder with that in tow.
Dr. Uwemedimo
This is called packaging, how you wrap up your private practice and present it to the grant writer, which takes you into the next step, which is pitching.
PitchingThis is your short and sweet attempt at connecting with your preferred organizations. It is something that you say to someone to explain:
- What you do
- Why it’s important
- What’s the impact it will have
During that time, if they’re interested, there will be a discussion [around], “Okay, this is what we can provide. This is what I can provide” … and you start to build out what the partnership terms look like.
Dr. Uwemedimo
Partnership agreementYou can find contract templates to make sure that you can share information with your new partnership, ensuring that the terms of how you’re going to work together and give services are clear.
Remember that this is something for your lawyer to do, and you can sit in on the discussion, but at the end of the day, your lawyer is the one who’s meant to sign off on the fine print.
Promotion!You don’t have to always do this alone! You can create a workforce of interns or new employees to help you set out the plan.
These interns can help collect paperwork, reply to emails, and schedule calls, and so forth, helping to increase your reach and your growing network of connections.
That promotion part also includes [those interns] starting to get information from what’s happening through your partnership and getting that on LinkedIn so that you can attract more funders.
Dr. Uwemedimo
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Visit Strong Children Wellness and Melanin & Medicine. Connect on Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* The Power of A Counseling Collective with Avery Rosser and Nafis Ricks | GP 166 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How To Get Grant Funding For Your Practice with Dr. Omolara Uwemedimo | GP 167 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to improve your relationship with technology? Have you often lost hours to endless scrolling and screen time? How can you develop a healthier, freer, and more positive approach to using technology in your daily life?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about attention span and screen time with researcher Dr. Gloria Mark.
Podcast Sponsor: PsychMavenStarting with 2021’s Killin’ it Camp, we started hearing from so many of you about your dreams of creating new sources of income outside of the traditional practice setting. Particularly, we saw a lot of interest in learning about new income streams that could really scale.
So, with all that in mind, I wanted to see if you might join me live for a free webinar next week! Dr. David Hall with PsychMaven was a recent guest of mine on the podcast and in our episode, we talk about David’s passion for doing therapist continuing education trainings, and how these can provide an amazing, scalable income.
I’m going to be live with David for this exclusive Practice of the Practice webinar, it’s called “Three Therapist Secrets to Making Money Through Continuing Ed Trainings”. It’s how continuing education income from in-person and online offerings is way more achievable than you might think.
It’s going to be live on Thursday, April 13 th 2023 at 2 o’clock Eastern, 1 o’clock Central, noon Mountain, and 11 o’clock Pacific, and it’s going to be hosted by PsychMaven. And even if you can’t make it for the live webinar, we are going to have replays available. David is an expert in this area and I’m so excited to be partnering with him on this!
Please sign up at joe.mavenwebinar.com. Also, it’s free!
Meet Gloria MarkGloria Mark is Chancellor’s Professor of Informatics at the University of California, Irvine. She received her PhD from Columbia University in psychology.
Gloria’s research interest is in understanding the impact of digital media on people’s lives and she is best known for her work in studying people’s multitasking, mood, behaviour, and stress in real world environments. Her goal is to create a holistic picture of people’s technology use using objective measurements combined with other data. She has published over 200 papers and is author of the books Attention Span and Multitasking in the Digital Age.
Visit Gloria Mark’s website and connect on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* The impact of a shorter attention span * Are digital detoxes effective? * You might be interrupting yourself * How parents can teach healthy tech habits to their kids * How to improve your relationship with tech * Dr. Mark’s advice to private practitioners
The impact of a shorter attention spanPeople’s attention spans have been gradually getting shorter over the last couple of years. The main consequence of a shorter attention span is an increase in stress.
We know from decades of laboratory research that when people are shifting their attention among different tasks, we know that blood pressure rises. There’s a physiological marker in the body that indicates people are stressed.
Dr. Mark
Screen switching continuously not only decreases attention span, but as Dr. Mark explains, it increases stress simultaneously.
Not only does switching between tasks make them longer to complete, but people often also make more errors on the tasks that they are working between.
Are digital detoxes effective?A digital detox is like a crash diet. You do something extreme for a short period until you see changes, and then you drop the change and go back to how you were before, which often makes things worse than they were at the beginning.
The answer is the same: if you want sustainable, positive change, then you need to make small and sustainable positive shifts until the habits that make up the daily routines are transformed.
It’s just not feasible [in a technological world to avoid it] … I’m an advocate of changing our behaviors so that we have a permanent solution for how we use our devices.
Dr. Mark
Rather than depending on software blocking apps or extreme detoxes to limit your screen time, address and adjust your habits so that you can retain your agency and be in control.
Now, [software blocking apps] did have a benefit for people who have poor self-regulation skills, and again, the software was doing the work for them, but for these individuals, I would much rather [they] learn how to take command of their ability to control their attention and resist distractions.
Dr. Mark
You might be interrupting yourselfExternal distractions and interruptions happen often like phone calls or emails or another person asking you a question.
However, from studies done, researchers found that 49% of the time people interrupted themselves while they were completing a task. These interruptions could be:
- An urge
- A memory to do something
- An automatic habit to keep checking the phone or emails
How parents can teach healthy tech habits to their kids
The executive function helps people control [their response to] distractions and helps regulate what people do, and for young kids to be exposed to technology at such a young age before their executive function is mature is just not a good idea.
Dr. Mark
Dr. Mark suggests that parents, especially for young children, limit screen time and encourage kids to play off-screen.
Instead, you can also teach children to learn to love reading because reading is a powerful yet peaceful learning tool for a developing brain.
Be careful about what you’re teaching your children, and this comes from your own behaviors as well. Model to your kids that life is much bigger and better than sitting in front of a screen and letting it entertain you.
How to improve your relationship with techOne of the main things that you can do to develop an agency over your technology usage is to become aware of your automatic actions.
We have all kinds of automatic actions when we use our devices. We’re just habituating to picking up our phone when we look at it when we’re checking email … the goal is to make these kinds of unconscious or automatic actions [present] to our conscious awareness.
Dr. Mark
Develop your meta-awareness which is an awareness of what you are doing while it is unfolding. Simply put, it is being intentional with what you are doing. When you feel the urge to do something on a screen, ask yourself:
- Do I really need to do that right now?
- Why do I need to do it?
Commit to learning how to regulate your attention and concentration by practicing meditation. Even for a couple of minutes a day, because it helps you to focus your mind, settle on one task, and let your brain rest from constant stimulation.
Dr. Mark’s advice to private practitionersBe willing to take risks. Playing it safe will keep you safe, but if you want to grow, develop, and improve, then you need to get yourself out there and try new things with the courage to fail and to succeed.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Joe.mavenwebinar.com: sign up for the webinar!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Gloria Mark’s website and connect on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Growing through your team with Danielle Levy | POP 860 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Attention Span and Screen Time with Researcher Dr. Gloria Mark | POP 862 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you heard of counseling collectives? How do they offer profound benefits for both the clinicians that work through them and the clients that they serve? Which doors of success can you unlock when you work alongside like-minded and loving, motivated clinicians?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about the power of a counseling collective with Avery Rosser and Nafis Ricks.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Avery RosserAvery Rosser is a Licensed Professional Counselor and Certified Professional Counselor Supervisor with a wealth of experience in counseling. He holds a Master’s degree in Community Counseling from Columbus State University and is currently enrolled in a Ph.D. Counseling Education and Supervision program at the University of Georgia. His status evidences Avery’s commitment to professional development as a National Board for Certified Counselor Minority Doctoral Fellow, a recognition of his dedication to advancing his education, skills, and community advocacy efforts.
Visit We Climb and see also The Counselling Brothers
Meet Nafis RicksNafis Ricks is a clinical mental health counseling M.S. student. His research interest centers on the effect of how trauma plays a role in black men participating in sports and what is the psychological impact that may occur. His career goals include providing counseling and therapy services that combat stigma in the black community and providing a platform to increase the number of diverse clinicians in the psychology space.
Connect with Nafis on LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* The Counseling Brothers of Atlanta * How to truly connect with your ideal audience * A teamwork-based connective collective
The Counseling Brothers of AtlantaThe Counseling Brothers of Atlanta is a collective of different black male therapists that focus specifically on serving and working with the black community.
It’s a collective of black males that own their own private practice[s]. We’re a nonprofit organization where we’ve come together … men of like mind … to put our resources together, to put our practices together to provide resources … specifically for the black community.
Avery Rosser
Some of the resources that they provide include:
- Counseling services
- Educational resources
- Training
We own and operate our own practice[s] but we’ve come together under the umbrella of the Counseling Brothers of Atlanta to ensure that we can fill that gap within our community.
Avery Rosser
How to truly connect with your ideal audienceWhen you have a cause that you’re passionate about and you know that it revolves around a pain point of many people within your community, it becomes imperative that you learn how to get in front of those ideal clients and connect with them.
You need to meet them where they are at, both emotionally and physically.
It’s the idea of, “Hey, when we show up, we show up in numbers and we show up vulnerable, we show up available, and ready to have a conversation.
LaToya Smith
The Counseling Brothers of Atlanta are great at connecting with their ideal clients because they have an experience that mirrors their personal lives.
They go to barbershops, gyms, and places where their ideal clients will be and where they know that they can meet them with honesty and vulnerability.
A teamwork-based connective collectiveIn the Counseling Brothers of Atlanta, all the present members that run their own private practices share the work and the responsibility.
The collective has Avery as the CEO, but the collective is based on input from the members who are all passionate about the cause and excited to be part of it.
[We create that teamwork] by always stressing what our mission is … that’s one thing that I always do as the president [which] is to emphasize our mission and to understand that we can’t do [fulfill this goal] alone and it’s going to require all of us to come into this process with humility, grace, and with the idea [that] we are better together. Avery Rosser
Keep any egos in check by respecting your team members. That is what Avery and his team do, and it helps them to remain humble while ambitious and focused on the goal and on one another.
Figuratively and literally … we hug over here a lot, and we embrace each other when we see each other! There’s always love … and just genuine connection and admiration for each other.
Nafis Ricks
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Visit The Counselling Brothers * Visit We Climb and connect with Nafis on LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Building a Big Practice with Dr. Larry Beer | GP 165 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post The Power of A Counseling Collective with Avery Rosser and Nafis Ricks | GP 166 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the basics of private practice? Would you choose private pay or insurance? How can you set up a business plan for your new business?
In this reverse podcast episode, Beatriz De La Espriella hosts a private practice Q&A with Joe Sanok for the Southwest Florida Therapist Network.
Podcast Sponsor: PsychMavenStarting with 2021’s Killin’ it Camp, we started hearing from so many of you about your dreams of creating new sources of income outside of the traditional practice setting. Particularly, we saw a lot of interest in learning about new income streams that could really scale.
So, with all that in mind, I wanted to see if you might join me live for a free webinar next week! Dr. David Hall with PsychMaven was a recent guest of mine on the podcast and in our episode, we talk about David’s passion for doing therapist continuing education trainings, and how these can provide an amazing, scalable income.
I’m going to be live with David for this exclusive Practice of the Practice webinar, it’s called “Three Therapist Secrets to Making Money Through Continuing Ed Trainings”. It’s how continuing education income from in-person and online offerings is way more achievable than you might think.
It’s going to be live on Thursday, April 13 th 2023 at 2 o’clock Eastern, 1 o’clock Central, noon Mountain, and 11 o’clock Pacific, and it’s going to be hosted by PsychMaven. And even if you can’t make it for the live webinar, we are going to have replays available. David is an expert in this area and I’m so excited to be partnering with him on this!
Please sign up at joe.mavenwebinar.com. Also, it’s free!
Meet Beatriz De La EspriellaBeatriz helps Children, Teens, Young Adults & Women: ones that have it within them to improve their quality of life, but just need the support and guidance to get there.
She helps her clients increase their self-confidence, self-awareness and achieve inner peace, by providing them with the tools they need to understand and make sense of their emotions and experiences.
Visit Beatriz’s website and connect on Facebook and Instagram.
In This Podcast* Don’t overthink it * Networking is necessary * Get your marketing strategy organized * Private pay and insurance
Don’t overthink it
We’ve been taught [in grad school] to do things right, to do things perfect[ly], to follow the ethics … all of those things are right, it makes us overthink things and delay and take way too much time to launch something.
Joe Sanok
Running a practice as a businessperson is different from running a practice as a therapist. In the therapy room, you have to be patient and aware of how the process unfolds with your client, but with your business, you need to go at a different pace.
When your CEO hat is on, you need to be quicker, less attached to the outcome, and prepared to fail so that you can move forward.
Get a checklist like the one through this link to make sure you’re hitting all the milestones while developing your private practice.
Networking is necessaryNetworking is important to grow your network, but it’s way more effective when you network correctly. There are three main ways to network:
You don’t have to be salesy and try to convince people to work with you, because they’re also most likely not your people if you have to persuade them.
- Be intentional and work in and around your niche, and connect with other therapists that see clients adjacent to yours. Ask other therapists for a quick coffee meeting, or set up a quick 20-minute zoom call.
Have those relationships [and] see it as friend-building. See it as connection-building … see it that way instead of [thinking], “Oh, I gotta get business out of this coffee date”.
Joe Sanok
- Approach other therapists in your area who work in your niche as well and strike up a relationship there too because if they’re full, the chances are that they will refer their clients out to you now that they know you.
- Network with other medical health professions like the wellness industry, yoga classes, church events, and so on. Wherever your ideal client is, connect with those other businesses and set up a referral system.
Get your marketing strategy organizedWhether you dedicate certain days or times of the day to marketing, it’s good to have a strategy in general.
Look at what works, and double up on that.
Knowing the numbers and the flow, and making sure that [you’re] tracking that is going to help us be as focused with our marketing as maybe we would be with our networking.
Joe Sanok
Test your system and keep track of any progress. Remember that failure isn’t really a failure, and use it as a redirection to try something new that could work better!
Use the know, like, and trust method for your marketing process:
1 – Know: the community has to know that you exist. You need to get your practice name out there and circulating in common knowledge.
2 – Like: you connect with your ideal clients through your content and what you post on social media. This is the first contact that they have with “you” and your practice before you meet in person.
[Make] sure that on your website people know right away that you’re a therapist and they [can clearly see] who you help. Joe Sanok
3 – Trust: use platforms like HARO to show the community that you know your stuff and that you provide quality services. Put things in your local newspapers and magazines so that the community can get to know you more.
Private pay and insuranceIf you are deciding which routes to take to grow your practice, whether it’s through private pay or through taking insurance, first start by looking at your community.
Where do you like spending your time? Because, if you do private pay, it’s going to be a lot more on the marketing and showing your value and niching in often times whereas, with insurance, the insurance is going to [spend] more time on billing, making sure things are correct, and getting authorizations.
Joe Sanok
No route is better than the other, it mostly comes down to how you enjoy spending your time and which bracket your ideal client mostly falls into. Find a common ground there, between those two aspects.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Joe.mavenwebinar.com: sign up for the webinar! * Check out audience building academy!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Beatriz’s website and connect on Facebook and Instagram. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Growing through your team with Danielle Levy | POP 860 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Private Practice Q&A with Southwest Florida Therapist Network | POP 861 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the two fundamental aspects of private practice? What does it take to create your dream private practice and make it a place that you want to work in? How can you manage success without burning out?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about growing through your team with Danielle Levy.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Danielle LevySought-after business coach and strategist, Danielle Levy, helps six and seven-figure online business owners expand with clarity and efficiency. After her experience in the traditional business world, Danielle established The Boardroom League to give other entrepreneurs a little black book of trusted industry professionals to help them grow and scale their businesses.
Visit Danielle Levy’s website and connect on Facebook and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Identify and Prevent Blindspots in Your Business
In This Podcast* Danielle’s learned skills that could benefit therapists * First steps for your dream practice * Tools for managing your success * Danielle’s advice to private practitioners
Danielle’s learned skills that could benefit therapistsIn any service-based business, there are two aspects to consider:
- The practice of it, the teachings, and the technical skills
- The process of applying this knowledge and these teachings
So, as a counselor, when you are evaluating your company, you are balancing both your personal expertise as a therapist with the skills needed to run a business. There are those same dual aspects.
What is important to [you]? What kind of practice do [you] want to have? How involved do [you] want to be with your patients? What is the culture that you want to have? Is this a small … or large practice?
Danielle Levy
You need to make sure that the vision of your practice brings you the joy that you are looking for. Business is not necessarily supposed to be fun, but it is often a lot more successful and productive when it is fun.
So, make sure that you (and any of your employees) are enjoying the work that you do each day.
First steps for your dream practice1 – Think about what your place is in the business.
Really define and write a job description for yourself. Is that day-to-day with the patients, or is that more the face of the team? … really understand what your role is, what lights you up, what you’re really good at, and then build your practice around that.
Danielle Levy
2 – Make sure that your practice is not fully dependent on you.
You need to create your business and its processes so that you can step away when you need to (or want to) and things can continue to function well without you being there to oversee everything.
3 – Test the strength of your business. Once you have applied this advice, try it out, and step away for a day at a time. Later, a few days. Later, a week, and then more.
Really think about [what] cross-training is involved, what the client experience is, [and has] the business been set up so that any person, including the main practitioner, can step away, and [remains] on solid footing.
Danielle Levy
Tools for managing your success* Don’t think of someone in your business as the unicorn that knows everything about the business just because they have worked there the longest. * The knowledge of how your business runs need to be accessible and available to whoever needs it. * Remember to train your employees correctly. Train them to be authentic, accountable, proactive, and creative. * Document all processes and procedures. Review them and edit them often and as necessary.
Even if you find that person, they’re going to leave at some point, and if all of that [information] is with that one person, you’re never going to be able to replace them.
Joe Sanok
Danielle’s advice to private practitionersConsistently reflect on who you are now, who you want to become, and make sure that your activities and choices are taking you from where you are now to where you want to go.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Audience building academy: join the 6-month Audience Building Academy course! * Joe.mavenwebinar.com: sign up for the webinar!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit the Energetic Alignment Academy and connect on Instagram. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Capturing Your Authentic Self while Using Artificial Intelligence and ChatGPT with Marc Longwith and Gabriel (G) Omat | POP 859 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Growing through your team with Danielle Levy | POP 860 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you been thinking about using AI and ChatGPT for your marketing? How can you use AI tools to improve your current and past copy to reconnect with your ideal clients? Is the voice that you use in your marketing voice genuinely authentic?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about capturing your authentic self while using AI and ChatGPT with Marc Longwith and Gabriel Omat.
Podcast Sponsor: PsychMavenStarting with 2021’s Killin’ it Camp, we started hearing from so many of you about your dreams of creating new sources of income outside of the traditional practice setting. Particularly, we saw a lot of interest in learning about new income streams that could really scale.
So, with all that in mind, I wanted to see if you might join me live for a free webinar next week! Dr. David Hall with PsychMaven was a recent guest of mine on the podcast and in our episode, we talk about David’s passion for doing therapist continuing education trainings, and how these can provide an amazing, scalable income.
I’m going to be live with David for this exclusive Practice of the Practice webinar, it’s called “Three Therapist Secrets to Making Money Through Continuing Ed Trainings”. It’s how continuing education income from in-person and online offerings is way more achievable than you might think.
It’s going to be live on Thursday, April 13 th 2023 at 2 o’clock Eastern, 1 o’clock Central, noon Mountain, and 11 o’clock Pacific, and it’s going to be hosted by PsychMaven. And even if you can’t make it for the live webinar, we are going to have replays available. David is an expert in this area and I’m so excited to be partnering with him on this!
Please sign up at joe.mavenwebinar.com. Also, it’s free!
Meet Marc Longwith and Gabriel Omat Marc and Gabriel are Building Heart-Centered Entrepreneurs. They help other coaches, healers, and service-based businesses make a lot of money, without compromising their morals and values. At Energetic Alignment Academy, they believe each one of their clients has immense value to offer the world.
Marc and Gabriel have a unique approach – combining a healthy balance of both feminine and masculine energies as the foundation of their business-building strategy. They help their clients shift their beliefs, get crystal clear on who they serve and what problem they solve, embrace their own unique genius, and create tangible strategies to get them in front of scores of their ideal clients each and every month.
Visit the Energetic Alignment Academy and connect on Instagram.
In This Podcast* The difference between coaching and counseling * The impact of genuine marketing * How to find your true marketing voice * Using AI in marketing * Marc and Gabriel’s advice to private practitioners
The difference between coaching and counseling
Counselling and therapy [are] really for people who … are struggling with more serious conditions, whereas coaching is more for people who are already doing well in life, they’re thriving, but they want to reach another level.
Gabriel Omat
A counselor can help a client by giving diagnoses and helping them to heal and recover from past difficult traumas and experiences.
Similarly, a coach also helps people, but they are not trained in therapy and generally focus on working with clients that want to improve and reach higher levels in their personal or professional life.
In therapy and counseling, you can really dig into the past and the things that affect the way that you see the world today and [how] you experience things today, whereas coaching is more future-focused, so it’s like, “Let’s look forward. What do we want to create there?”
Gabriel Omat
If a counselor helps to clear the earth and lay the foundations of a happier, healthier life, then coaches help to add the buildings and the bells and whistles afterward.
Additionally, you can work with a counselor and a coach simultaneously, but a coach cannot provide the same services as a counselor.
The impact of genuine marketingInauthentic marketing is instantly noticeable. People can feel and see when someone is trying to sell them something just to get some income.
When you want to be successful, you have to care about the people that you are working with and be passionate about your mission.
You, the person, and you showing up authentically, and you actually caring about your clients: that is what sells.
Gabriel Omat
How to find your true marketing voiceYou need to show up as yourself authentically and get comfortable with practicing testing.
I think the best way to show up authentically is just to get out there and see what feels good, and to test.
Marc Longwith
- What kind of audience are you attracting?
- What kind of energy are you putting out there?
- How is this energy showing up in your copy and your marketing?
- Which people is this type of energy attracting?
- If it’s not yet the type of people you want, how can you shift the energy to connect with your ideal audience?
How is everything I’m doing actually landing, and who is it bringing into my ecosystem?
Marc Longwith
Using AI in marketingUse ChatGPT and give it specific prompts. Over time in the platform, you can refine your questions, until it starts giving you information that you can use.
You can ask ChatGPT to give you quotes or questions that you can then edit and shift depending on what type of content you are looking for.
Later on, you can use this same approach even for email content. You can even put any previous content that you’ve written into an AI program to clean it up or edit it for you.
Marc and Gabriel’s advice to private practitionersGabriel: The work that you do offers life-changing benefits, and know that there are people out there who are willing to invest in truly improving their lives with the services that you can offer them.
Marc: Your clients are looking for your authenticity. They do not want false promises, they want genuine care and consistency. If you can offer that, they will be excited to work with you.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* 3 Therapist Secrets to Money-Making CE Trainings
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit the Energetic Alignment Academy and connect on Instagram. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Using AI for SEO in growing a group practice with Craig Alsup | POP 858 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Capturing Your Authentic Self while Using Artificial Intelligence and ChatGPT with Marc Longwith and Gabriel (G) Omat | POP 859 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you successfully maintain a culture of teamwork and cohesion in a large group practice? What does it take to set your practice up for success in the long run? What are the foundations of successful marketing strategies for big group practices?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about building a big practice with Dr. Larry Beer.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Dr. Larry BeerDr. Larry Beer is the founder and president of Child and Family Psychological Services. He is a licensed psychologist and licensed professional counselor who sees approximately 25 clients a week.
Dr. Larry is also an adjunct assistant professor in the CECP program at WMU and a fellow of 2 divisions of APA and a former president of Division 51 (Men and masculinities)
Visit the Child and Family Psychological Services and find out more about Dr. Larry on LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook.
In This Podcast* Set up your practice for success * Lay the foundation * How to maintain teamwork and culture * Dr. Beer’s advice to new group practice owners
Set up your practice for success
One of the things that really helped me get going in practice was [that] I found a niche … it helped me get my foot in the door, and then, you know, once I had that niche I started getting involved in other areas [and] doing other types of therapy.
Dr. Beer
One of the key aspects that you need to figure out to set up your group practice for success is to find your niche and dig down into it.
You need to know who you serve, what it is that you do, why it is important for you to do it, and what your vision is. Your mission, vision, and values will connect you to your niche, and vice versa.
Your niche is the starting point as well as the focal point of your success in group practice.
Lay the foundationOnce you have identified your position, you need to take action. If your budget allows it – or perhaps if it doesn’t, even more reason to do it! – get out into the community and spread your name.
- Take speaking gigs that are unpaid so that people learn who you are, especially if you are new to the community and the world of private practice.
- Network and set up meetings with people both within and around your niche to build referral systems.
- Hire clinicians that you connect with authentically and vet them accordingly because when you hire a therapist, you’re also hiring their network, and that can be a great thing!
I focused more on the person than I did on a particular niche at first … I would [ask] myself, “How would it feel to me to go to therapy with this person?”
Dr. Beer
How to maintain teamwork and cultureDepending on the culture that you are building in your group practice, focus on looking for community-oriented people.
You can find loads of great therapists but if they prefer to work solo or to have their privacy, then they may not be the best-fit candidates for a group practice work setting, especially if you are striving to build a community-centered practice.
I wanted people who were collaborative in nature because that really helped me a lot … brainstorming with some of the associates who joined me. They brought up things that I might not have thought about and I really tried to use their ideas whenever I happened to agree with them.
Dr. Beer
Dr. Beer’s advice to new group practice ownersAlways keep in mind that things need to be fair to all parties.
Sometimes, you will have to let clinicians go when they move on and let them. Don’t hold anyone back and encourage them on their journeys.
Personally, I’m not a big believer in non-compete clauses … you don’t want people there who don’t want to be there [because] it’s just not good for the practice.
Dr. Beer
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Visit the Child and Family Psychological Services and find out more about Dr. Larry on LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook.
Check out these additional resources:* Creating Systems for Your Practice with Brandy Mabra | GP 164 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Building a Big Practice with Dr. Larry Beer | GP 165 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is it possible to use AI in your marketing? Can you use ChatGPT to help you write your blog posts? How can you combine your professional skills and interests with new technology to launch a successful side hustle?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about using AI for SEO in growing a group practice with Craig Alsup.
Podcast Sponsor: PsychMaven WebinarStarting with 2021’s Killin’ it Camp, we started hearing from so many of you about your
dreams of creating new sources of income outside of the traditional practice setting.
Particularly, we saw a lot of interest in learning about new income streams that could really
scale.
So, with all that in mind, I wanted to see if you might join me live for a free webinar next
week! Dr. David Hall with PsychMaven was a recent guest of mine on the podcast and in our
episode, we talk about David’s passion for doing therapist continuing education trainings,
and how these can provide an amazing, scalable income.
I’m going to be live with David for this exclusive Practice of the Practice webinar, it’s called
“Three Therapist Secrets to Making Money Through Continuing Ed Trainings”. It’s how
continuing education income from in-person and online offerings is way more achievable
than you might think.
It’s going to be live on Thursday, April 13 th 2023 at 2 o’clock Eastern, 1 o’clock Central, noon
Mountain, and 11 o’clock Pacific, and it’s going to be hosted by PsychMaven. And even if
you can’t make it for the live webinar, we are going to have replays available. David is an
expert in this area and I’m so excited to be partnering with him on this!
Please sign up over at joe.mavenwebinar.com.
Meet Craig AlsupCraig Alsup is a seasoned entrepreneur renowned for his dedication to simplicity and efficiency. He is the owner of a successful 13-therapist Group Counseling Practice in Texas, and leverages his extensive experience to coach business owners and entrepreneurs across the United States and globally on the creation of strategic plans for system efficiency, marketing, and finding freedom in practice.
Craig is also an author, having written books and guides, including the Grow Your Practice Workbook and the Private Practice Google Business Optimization Course and Workbook.
In addition to his coaching and counseling practice, Craig provides marketing consulting services such as Search Engine Optimization and Google Business Optimization.
Visit Live Beyond Counseling and connect on Facebook. Email Craig at craig@livebeyondcounseling.com
In This Podcast* Tips for owners: when to hire * Tips for owners: how to get full * Expand on your natural skills * Using AI for SEO * Craig’s advice to private practitioners
Tips for owners: when to hire
When everybody gets to about 70% full, I start the process of trying to get resumes in, trying to reach out to people that have already applied [to see] if they’re still interested … and start the process of hiring at that point.
Craig Alsup
Start hiring new clinicians into your group practice when your existing therapists are around 70% full.
It takes time to find the right people, train them and onboard them, so by the time your new hires can start to see clients, your other employees will nearly be fully booked. So, don’t wait too long.
Tips for owners: how to get fullSome of the essentials for successful marketing include:
- Having a great website
- Uploading good content on the website that describes the services that are offered
- Avoid being too broad or general in your wording and in describing your services
- Use great-quality headshots and authentic photos of your clinicians
- Write 500+ words per page on your website
- Optimize your Google My Business
It’s just been great because as a local practice that clients often come to, Google Business is probably the best way to get in front of those people that are super hyper-local to your practice.
Craig Alsup
- Be specific with your community networking
Expand on your natural skillsIf you have had something on your mind – but you’re holding back because you feel unprepared – can you move regardless? Taking the first step and moving before you feel completely ready is often the key to success.
Are there different aspects of business that you’re really good at? Which skills or strategies come more easily to you than to other clinicians, and can you teach them? How can you set up a side hustle that comes from your side hobbies?
I think I’ve been doing that my whole life. It came a little naturally to me to just go, “Okay, I know a little bit. Let me see if I could help somebody and find a way to monetize it”.
Craig Alsup
Using AI for SEOThere have been some exciting new developments with ChatGPT, especially when it comes to using it as a tool for business and marketing.
I’m looking at [using AI for SEO] as sort of an option for building outlines for blogs and coming up with great blog post titles … I think that a lot of the leg work on research … can be shortened by using ChatGPT [although] I think we have to be very careful to not copy-paste.
Craig Alsup
Use ChatGPT and AI tools as methods for boosting your own creativity. Use them as guidelines or helpers in setting up the guidelines for your work, and then complete the actual creative work yourself.
Often, it’s the small details that trip us up when it comes to letting creativity flow, so let ChatGPT do the heavy lifting for you while you focus on writing what’s relevant and true for your marketing and your clients.
Craig’s advice to private practitionersGrowing a group practice is a step-by-step process, and once you have a great roadmap that you can follow with accountability partners and mentors, there is no limit to what you can accomplish.
Books mentioned in this episode:Craig Alsup – Grow Your Practice Workbook
Craig Alsup – Private Practice Google Business Optimization Course and Workbook
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Level Up and Launch Your Practice! * 3 Therapist Secrets to Money-Making CE Trainings
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Live Beyond Counseling and connect on Facebook. Email Craig at craig@livebeyondcounseling.com * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* How to Host Your First Continuing Education Event with Dr. David Hall | POP 857 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Using AI for SEO in growing a group practice with Craig Alsup | POP 858 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you create systems with a CEO mindset? Are your systems streamlined within your private practice? What can you do to smooth out and transform chaos into cohesion for your team?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about how to create systems for your practice with Brandy Mabra.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Brandy MabraBrandy Mabra is a CEO coach for private practice business owners and CEO of Savvy Clover Coaching & Consulting, with over 15 years of experience in the healthcare industry helping to build, manage and lead multi-million dollar group practices from the C-Suite. She helps her clients increase their profitability and time by teaching them to look at their businesses holistically using the 6 Pillars of Business Excellence and her 9-step signature method.
She is a 2021 & 2022 Forbes Coach Council and has been featured online in Forbes, Fast Company, Entrepreneur, Create & Cultivate and on select podcasts.
Visit Savvy Clover and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Download Brandy’s Free Business Health Checklist to elevate yourself to CEO status.
In This Podcast* Create systems with a CEO mindset * Use structure in your systems * How to start setting your systems * Look at root causes * Face any chaos
Create systems with a CEO mindsetLook at your systems from a team perspective.
When you start your practice, you are the central focal point. All the systems are set up to accommodate you because you are the only one who is using them.
However, once you start thinking about expanding, hiring, and growing your practice, you need to level up your systems so that they can be easily understood and used by other people in your business.
Coincidentally, as more people can run the systems in your practice as a team, the easier it is for you to become the CEO.
As your practice gets bigger and you start to hire and your practice grows, you now have to take on that CEO mindset because [it’s] not just you anymore in the practice.
Brandy Mabra
Use structure in your systemsWhat is the ultimate point of this system?
What is this process designed to do, help, improve, streamline, or simplify? Is it part of marketing, admin, client conversion, or hiring?
If there’s anything that is lacking when it comes to structural [aspects] or any kind of chaos, or if there’s no clarity, then that’s where a lot of frustrations can definitely come into play, and that’s where chaos can happen, and that’s where overwhelm can happen, and that’s where folks [will] definitely lose money because the systems aren’t on point.
Brandy Mabra
How to start setting your systems* Find a document: whether it’s a sheet of paper or a Google Doc, start with anything to begin the process of documentation. However, if you do start with paper, make sure to digitize it to share it with your team! * Note your steps: take note of your process when you do things, from the smallest details to the bigger pieces. They are all important! * Identify and categorize: allocate different digital documents to each system and refine those steps in their processes. * The purpose: be sure to explain the purpose of this system. Why do you do it? Why have you done it this way? * Give access: make sure that these digital documents are in a place where they are accessible to your team.
In this way, members of your team can easily consult the document to answer their questions before they come to you, saving you the time and effort of having to answer the same question numerous times.
When you start to document, it needs to be in some type of electronic format … and then to add to that, you need to think about … creating some type of hub for where you can put these documents [and share them] so that you can make sure that your team has access.
Brandy Mabra
Look at root causesIf you ever notice that something is not working well in your business, from a system to a lightbulb that is out, check the deeper system network.
What needs to happen for this problem to not happen again? How can the system be refined, reworked, or redone in a way that things do not fall through the cracks, or if there could be a backup plan in case something does?
When you’re thinking about your operations [and] when you’re thinking about your team … about your clients and patients, you want to know what the root cause [is] of what’s happening operationally and [if] things are efficient, [if] they are connected, are they talking to each other?
Brandy Mabra
Face any chaosIf you are experiencing overwhelm, confusion, or chaos in your business, you need to address it, both as the CEO alone, and together with the team.
Be open and honest with your team and create a space of honesty as well as one that rewards proactivity when it comes to putting up a hand and asking for help, pointing out an issue, or asking for clarification.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Visit Savvy Clover and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Stabilize and Scale Your Practice with Shaelene Kite – Part 2 | GP 163 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Creating Systems for Your Practice with Brandy Mabra | GP 164 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is one thing that you can do to combine creating a new stream of income with growing your practice as well as your network? Have you considered hosting a Continuing Education event? Did you know that it’s not as complex as you might’ve considered?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to host your first Continuing Education (CE) Event with Dr. David Hall.
Podcast Sponsor: PsychMaven WebinarStarting with 2021’s Killin’ it Camp, we started hearing from so many of you about your
dreams of creating new sources of income outside of the traditional practice setting.
Particularly, we saw a lot of interest in learning about new income streams that could really
scale.
So, with all that in mind, I wanted to see if you might join me live for a free webinar next
week! Dr. David Hall with PsychMaven was a recent guest of mine on the podcast and in our
episode, we talk about David’s passion for doing therapist continuing education trainings,
and how these can provide an amazing, scalable income.
I’m going to be live with David for this exclusive Practice of the Practice webinar, it’s called
“Three Therapist Secrets to Making Money Through Continuing Ed Trainings”. It’s how
continuing education income from in-person and online offerings is way more achievable
than you might think.
It’s going to be live on Thursday, April 13 th 2023 at 2 o’clock Eastern, 1 o’clock Central, noon
Mountain, and 11 o’clock Pacific, and it’s going to be hosted by PsychMaven. And even if
you can’t make it for the live webinar, we are going to have replays available. David is an
expert in this area and I’m so excited to be partnering with him on this!
Please sign up over at joe.mavenwebinar.com.
Meet Dr. David HallDr. David Hall is a family therapist and mental health counselor who is the Clinic Director of Haven Counseling Center, which he founded as “Haven Family Psychiatry” in 2015. His expertise is in the therapeutic use of story, imagery, and metaphor as ways to help people see their lives and new solutions. Dr. Hall also provides clinical supervision for post-graduates seeking LPC-MHSP and/or LMFT licensure in Tennessee.
Along with his clinical work, Dr. Hall is the Founder and Creative Lead of PsychMaven, a group that provides courses, consulting, and other resources for behavioural health professionals seeking career/business development as well as clinical continuing education training.
Visit PsychMaven and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIES: A free training to do with Joe on April 13, 2023 AND a a free online therapist assessment on your “builder type” as a therapist.
In This Podcast* Why you should consider hosting a CE event * Different styles of CE events * Welcome learning in all forms * Dr. Hall’s advice to private practitioners
Why you should consider hosting a CE event
If you’re really into a topic: you’ve read books, you’ve listened to podcasts, you’ve seen people that are the true experts in your mind, and there can be [a] thought of, “Who’s going to come to hear me?” … but ultimately, you have a very unique voice in it.
Dr. Hall
As Dr. Hall mentions, expertise is overrated. It doesn’t mean that it doesn’t matter, but expertise isn’t all that you need when it comes to delivering information.
Your unique experience, passion, and approach to the topic all come into play as well, and they can make a powerful impact on your ideal audience.
It’s really hard to become an expert until you start doing something.
Dr. Hall
Remember, you cannot reach your expert level without taking your first steps. If you are nervous about hosting a CE event because you are new to it, realize that you cannot host your 5th when you haven’t done your 1st.
Your voice is worthy to be heard even if it’s not the same level as somebody else that you have in mind … that doesn’t mean that you don’t have something else to offer.
Dr. Hall
Different styles of CE eventsAfter the pandemic in 2020, the world has become more used to using technology for conferences. However, the balance has tipped back again, and there is still a market for in-person events that people are now more willing to pay for and attend.
Your CE event can be:
- Fully virtual
- In-person
- A hybrid of virtual and in-person
- On a smaller scale like a workshop or retreat
I think sometimes people think that to do this [it has to be] one thing, and it’s not one thing, it’s lots of things … some people like a big crowd and they can thrive off [of] that … for some people, they’re introverted … for them, do something small.
Dr. Hall
Depending on what you enjoy the most, feel the most comfortable presenting in, and the preferences of your ideal clients, you can decide on the style of your CE event.
At the end of the day, these types of events are not a one-size-fits-all type of thing. They are adaptable, and you can change their parameters to suit the event that you want to create and launch.
Welcome learning in all formsThere will be times when things do not go well and remind yourself that it doesn’t mean that you have failed, but rather that you have learned something new.
If you want to get into things like this and you’re expecting them to go off without a hitch, it won’t, sorry! But, when it goes well, it’s great and even mistakes are [opportunities for] learning.
Dr. Hall
Value your mistakes when things go pear-shaped because they can offer you valuable insights if you choose to learn from them instead of feeling disheartened.
Dr. Hall’s advice to private practitionersCE events scale well. As your name builds, and your credibility develops, you can go from hosting an event to one hundred people to one thousand. So, don’t be nervous to start!
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Level Up and Launch Your Practice!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit PsychMaven and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * Check out smartpassiveincome * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Hiring Associates into Your New Group Practice with Dr. Larry Beer | POP 856 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post How to Host Your First Continuing Education Event with Dr. David Hall | POP 857 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you bring celebration into business? What is a great bonus of hiring associates into your new group practice? How can you make your practice a better place for everyone involved?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about growing a group practice with Dr. Larry Beer.
Podcast Sponsor: Level UpMarch 20th – 23rd is Level Up Week, and we are offering over 20 webinars focused on helping you Level Up totally for FREE.
We have guests like Valerie Harris, talking about how to grow your practice with insurance. We have speakers from the Speaker Lab. We’re going to talk with you about the new public speaking gigs, as well as Experts on how to get a TEDx talk as well as every single phase of practice.
We’re talking about five simple marketing techniques you’d have to master and how to add virtual assistants to your practice. We have Profit First professionals coming in to teach you how to grow your money.
Whether you’re starting a practice, growing a group practice, or expanding to do multiple streams of income, Level Up week is for you. Mark your calendars, March 20th-23rd
See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/nlpdoor
Meet Dr. Larry BeerDr. Larry Beer is the founder and president of Child and Family Psychological Services. He is a licensed psychologist and licensed professional counselor who sees approximately 25 clients a week.
Dr. Larry is also an adjunct assistant professor in the CECP program at WMU and a fellow of 2 divisions of APA and a former president of Division 51 (Men and masculinities)
Visit the Child and Family Psychological Services and find out more about Dr. Larry on LinkedIn, Twitter, and Facebook.
In This Podcast* A wonderful bonus of running a group practice * Bring celebration into business * What to evaluate in your practice to make it a better place * How to handle hiring tension * Working with business partners * Dr. Beer’s advice to private practitioners
A wonderful bonus of running a group practiceThere are many benefits to starting and running a group practice; from earning more money to reaching more clients, and being your boss.
When different clinicians work alongside one another, they share ideas and support, and all add to the growing capacity and force behind the mission and vision of the group practice.
When people came aboard, they would add their own special something to the mix where everybody else had, and so I really benefitted from having associates join. They had ideas that really helped the whole practice.
Dr. Beer
Bring celebration into businessCelebrating doesn’t only have to be for personal accomplishments.
You can – and should – celebrate your professional progress as well, especially alongside your colleagues!
Celebrations [in business] help to create a positive [and] affirming atmosphere.
Dr. Beer
On one level, people are simple creatures in that they are drawn to what makes them feel good and they avoid or try to leave what makes them feel bad.
So, when it comes to business, how does it make you feel? How does it make your employees feel? Can you increase the overall efficiency and effectiveness of your practice by intentionally making it a place where people want to work?
I think sometimes people forget that at the core of what we do [is] that we’re helping people improve the quality of their lives. It’s a great mission, and so, that’s what we did [in our practice as well].
Dr. Beer
What to evaluate in your practice to make it a better placeAsk the CEO, ask yourself:
- What type of practice would you like to be part of?
- What would feel good for you if you were a clinician working in your practice?
Once you have your answer, take the first step to make that place a reality!
How to handle hiring tension
You want to bring people [on board] that can really enhance what you already have and when that person comes aboard, you’re not just getting them but you’re also getting their network … so if you get a quality person aboard, it reflects positively upon the entire practice and will help referrals, and those referrals will go to some of my existing associates.
Dr. Beer
Sometimes group practice owners can struggle with hiring new associates not because it is difficult to find them, but because their current clinicians do not yet have full caseloads.
However, you as the CEO of the group practice can consider the perspectives of your clinicians, but you ultimately see the bigger picture and therefore need to make the final calls.
When you are hiring new associates, ask these two questions:
- Are they good with people? Are they community-oriented, and will they contribute to it?
- Are they reliable? If they say that they are going to do something, can you trust them that they will do what they say?
Working with business partnersSome group practice owners are unsure of whether to work with practice partners because, as with anything, there are pros and cons with either choice.
It could be more profitable because even though you share the revenues, you can have greater revenue by the amount of volume that you can create by the joint margins to open multiple locations.
Whatever you do, keep in mind [that] you have to try and find a formula that feels fair to all parties because if the other person doesn’t feel like it’s fair, they’re going to wind up resenting you and that’s going to be a toxic factor in the environment and your relationship with them, so you don’t want that.
Dr. Beer
Let fairness and self-evaluation about what you would want as well be core aspects of your decision-making process.
Dr. Beer’s advice to private practitionersTake on a great new adventure! Owning a group practice can be a difficult journey, but it is completely worth it. Work with others and create a great business that you are proud to be leading.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Level Up and Launch Your Practice!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit the Child and Family Psychological Services and find out more about Dr. Larry on LinkedIn, Twitter and Facebook. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Grow a Group Practice: Nicole Wallace started a Practice and had 4 Clinicians in 18 months | POP 855 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Hiring Associates into Your New Group Practice with Dr. Larry Beer | POP 856 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why does having a vision for your business help you to stabilize your growing group practice? How can you develop a mature business mindset? Why should you make sure to invest in and stick with your plans to keep moving forward?
In the second episode of this two podcast series, LaToya Smith speaks about how to stabilize and scale your practice with Shaelene Kite.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Shaelene KiteShaelene Kite is a DBT-LBC Certified Clinician, Registered Yoga Teacher, Approved Clinical Supervisor and the owner of DBT of South Jersey. She leads a group practice of 20 that has continued to grow rapidly since its opening in 2018. DBT of South Jersey hit its first $1 million plus in revenue just two short years after opening its doors and continues to grow and thrive.
Shaelene is also the owner of Rebelmente, her impact brand where she trains others in the areas of DBT, mindfulness, yoga and trauma. She also hosts T-Talk Podcast, where she shares the therapy tea related to all things healing.
Visit Rebelmente and listen to the T-Talk Podcast.
FREEBIE: Check out Shaelene’s free Organizational Checkup List
In This Podcast* What does a stable practice look like? * Your vision helps you to stabilize * Stick with your plans
What does a stable practice look like?Of course, a stable practice will look different depending on the values, vision, and mission that it was built around.
However, some commonalities help to stabilize any practice:
- Do you have a clear vision?
- Is it in writing?
- Is it followed by everyone in the company?
- Is everyone in the company adhering to the core values?
There are all of these different things that are a part of what it means to have your company or group practice be one that’s stabilized.
Shaelene Kite
Additionally, how do you as the practice owner feel? Are you feeling stressed out and anxious about your practice, or relatively calm, even excited and motivated? How do your clinicians and staff feel?
That also plays a part in whether or not your practice is running at a good pace for everyone involved.
Your vision helps you to stabilize
The stabilization of your business or company … part of that comes from having a clear vision.
Shaelene Kite
Your vision is the destination to which you are guiding your group practice, like a port on the other side of an ocean, and you need to guide the ship of your practice toward that port.
If you do not know to which port you are sailing, then no wind is favorable, and you will end up going in circles because you do not know where to go or how to measure how far you’ve come.
[Ask yourself] Are the things that I’m working on today relevant to that [destination]?Shaelene Kite
Stick with your plansStay committed to the tasks that you set up for yourself and for your practice.
If you get distracted by each new exciting thing, you will end up sabotaging your progress by putting your attention elsewhere instead of where it needs to be to get you moving forward.
So, be careful about blindly following trends or doing the things that someone else is doing just because it looks cool doing it.
Be able to stay relevant and … attached to the vision and the values that you have [because] that’s a great space to be in, and there’s more peace there than [feeling] scatter-brained.
LaToya Smith
Check in with yourself first, check in with your vision, and then make the intentional and conscious choice.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Rebelmente and listen to the T-Talk Podcast. * Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Check out All Things Practice and Jennifer Agee * See practiceofthepractice.com/levelup to sign up for Level Up Week’s 20+ amazing webinars!
Check out these additional resources:* Stabilize and Scale Your Practice with Shaelene Kite – Part 1 | GP 162 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Stabilize and Scale Your Practice with Shaelene Kite – Part 2 | GP 163 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you transitioning from a working therapist to an acting CEO in your group practice? How can you start to spend more time thinking about the business than working in the business? How can you hire the right clinicians for your group practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Nicole Wallace about starting a practice and having 4 clinicians in 18 months.
Podcast Sponsor: Level UpMarch 20th – 23rd is Level Up Week, and we are offering over 20 webinars focused on helping you Level Up totally for FREE.
We have guests like Valerie Harris, talking about how to grow your practice with insurance. We have speakers from the Speaker Lab. We’re going to talk with you about the new public speaking gigs, as well as Experts on how to get a TEDx talk as well as every single phase of practice.
We’re talking about five simple marketing techniques you’d have to master and how to add virtual assistants to your practice. We have Profit First professionals coming in to teach you how to grow your money.
Whether you’re starting a practice, growing a group practice, or expanding to do multiple streams of income, Level Up week is for you. Mark your calendars, March 20th-23rd
See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Meet Nicole WallaceU.S. Army veteran Nicole Wallace is the owner of Transformation Counseling & Consulting, PLLC and a therapist. She specializes in working with women to manage or eliminate anxiety and depressive symptoms.
In 2021, Nicole founded Transformation Counseling & Consulting, PLLC in pursuit of her dream to establish a private practice which addressed the needs of people experiencing anxiety, depression, and past trauma.
Visit Nicole’s website and connect on Facebook and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Transitioning from solo to group * A big challenge for new group practices * Thinking like a CEO * Nicole’s advice to private practitioners
Transitioning from solo to groupIn 2020, Nicole was working three different counseling jobs.
Even though all these jobs required her time, effort, and energy, Nicole was able to figure out which type of work she enjoyed doing the most. It gave her direction for where she wanted to go as a group practice owner.
I came to find out that working with women was really my passion, even though I had a long history as a school counsellor and as a teacher. I really enjoyed this season in my life working with women, especially moms who were making their transition back to work … so I decided to take the jump!
Nicole Wallace
Once Nicole got going on her new group practice, she found that, because she followed her passion for working with women, many women came to her group practice – both clients and clinicians.
Through working with Practice of the Practice, Nicole was able to receive the knowledge and tools that she needed to nurture her new group practice into a successful and self-sustaining business.
I watched the videos, I attended the sessions, the coaching sessions, and I took to heart what was being said … not like, “You have to do this way”, but rather, “This is some information, take it and make it your own.”
Nicole Wallace
A big challenge for new group practicesThe biggest challenge that Nicole faced was navigating her first hire.
She was able to find someone great, and they are still working together almost a year later, but it took some brainstorming and open conversations to figure out what was expected of each person, and how it would be delivered.
So, as we’ve gone through the process, she and I have had to define who [they] want to work with … and that has helped me define my mission statement as well, [and] becoming clear on whom we are trying to service, what does that client look like, and where we can find that client.
Nicole Wallace
Thinking like a CEOInitially, Nicole would take one day a week to focus on the business and four days to see clients. On that main business day, she would assess the billing, resolve administrative tasks, and look at marketing efforts.
As the practice has grown, I’ve needed to be more interactive with the clinicians [which] meant I also took on the job of being the case manager.
Nicole Wallace
Now, Nicole is looking at where she can cut back on seeing clients herself and focus more on running the practice.
When she hires people for the practice, she uses the practice’s vision and mission statement as well as her shared values to make sure her new hires match with the foundational pillars of her group practice.
Nicole’s advice to private practitionersLet go of your fears as much as you can. Try new things out! Remember that you can always pivot. Face your fears and take the first step because that is more important than never taking the step at all.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup – March 15th and March 16th, 2023 2pm EST membership Q&A and Open-Houses
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit Nicole’s website and connect on Facebook and LinkedIn. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Group Practice Trends with Joe Sanok and LaToya Smith | POP 854 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Grow a Group Practice: Nicole Wallace started a Practice and had 4 Clinicians in 18 months | POP 855 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the current private practice trends? How are you managing your finances in 2023? What can you do to overcome the tough hiring environment at the moment?
In this reverse podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about 5 private practice trends in 2023 with Joe Sanok.
Podcast Sponsor: Level UpMarch 20th – 23rd is Level Up Week, and we are offering over 20 webinars focused on helping you Level Up totally for FREE.
We have guests like Valerie Harris, talking about how to grow your practice with insurance. We have speakers from the Speaker Lab. We’re going to talk with you about the new public speaking gigs, as well as Experts on how to get a TEDx talk as well as every single phase of practice.
We’re talking about five simple marketing techniques you’d have to master and how to add virtual assistants to your practice. We have Profit First professionals coming in to teach you how to grow your money.
Whether you’re starting a practice, growing a group practice, or expanding to do multiple streams of income, Level Up week is for you. Mark your calendars, March 20th-23rd
See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
In This Podcast* Asking and answering the important money questions * An increase in marketing investment * There’s a tough hiring environment * Awareness and evaluation of lifestyle * How to level up beyond standard practice
Asking and answering the important money questionsSome money questions that most therapists are asking and need to answer include:
- Whether you have an emergency fund for your practice?
- How much do you pay yourself in your private practice journey?
- What is the best amount to invest in marketing?
People are sensing that there’s a shift happening … we don’t know if there’s going to be a recession or … if there’s going to be a major downturn in the economy, but we’ve had several years that were thriving.
Joe Sanok
In general, most therapists have questions and queries about getting a handle on their numbers, what they mean, and how to work well with them.
An increase in marketing investmentTherapists and practice owners are currently putting more money into marketing efforts than they have in the past.
We’re finding that a lot of the practices that are thriving right now, in an uncertain financial environment, are the ones that are saying, “We’re going to intentionally put some money and some staff time into leveling up faster”.
Joe Sanok
What is a step outside of the box of what the average counselors are doing that you can take to set yourself apart in the best way possible?
There’s a tough hiring environmentThe average job posting for a therapist used to garner multiple requests. Nowadays, it’s much fewer.
This could be because fewer therapists are looking for work, and it could be because many practices are settled in the number of clinicians that they already have.
[Recognize] that it’s a difficult hiring environment [right now] so think about what you can differentiate within your group practice that’s beyond pay. Joe Sanok
What are the unique selling points that potential employees can enjoy through working for you, and within your business?
How can you make yourself stand out and attract your best-fit employees, beyond just offering more money?
The little things go a long way when it comes to retaining staff.
Awareness and evaluation of lifestyleAnother remnant of the pandemic is that most people have become more attuned to how they currently live.
They think about how they want to improve themselves and create a better lifestyle for mental, emotional, and physical health.
Because of that, on a personal [aspect], that’s carried over into the business world where we’re seeing a lot of clinicians and group practice owners asking the questions … on burnout prevention.
Joe Sanok
People are more inspired nowadays to integrate healthier boundaries into their working lifestyle and schedules, both for themselves and for the benefit of their clinicians too.
How to level up beyond standard practiceMany clinicians are considering how they can develop their practice so that it is not wholly dependent on them, or solely on accumulated clinical hours in sessions, to earn an income.
A lot of group practice owners are saying, “I want to get my practice … [to a place] where it’s not dependent on me to be the primary income.”
Joe Sanok
How can practice owners slowly remove themselves from direct clinical hours and expand their role as the CEO, and level up themselves and their practice as a result?
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup – March 15th and March 16th, 2023 2pm EST membership Q&A and Open-Houses
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Launch a group private practice month: How to hire virtual part-time W2s with Dr. Wendy Marsh | POP 853 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Group Practice Trends with Joe Sanok and LaToya Smith | POP 854 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is it possible to hire part-time W2 employees? Can you have assistants in other states? When’s the right time to launch a group practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to hire virtual part-time percentage-based W2 assistants with Dr. Wendy Marsh.
Podcast Sponsor: Level UpMarch 20th – 23rd is Level Up Week, and we are offering over 20 webinars focused on helping you Level Up totally for FREE.
We have guests like Valerie Harris, talking about how to grow your practice with insurance. We have speakers from the Speaker Lab. We’re going to talk with you about the new public speaking gigs, as well as Experts on how to get a TEDx talk as well as every single phase of practice.
We’re talking about five simple marketing techniques you’d have to master and how to add virtual assistants to your practice. We have Profit First professionals coming in to teach you how to grow your money.
Whether you’re starting a practice, growing a group practice, or expanding to do multiple streams of income, Level Up week is for you. Mark your calendars, March 20th-23rd
See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Meet Wendy Whitcomb MarshWendy Whitcomb Marsh is an award-winning author and board-certified behavior analyst specializing in autism. After a career working with children on the spectrum, she took early retirement to write books and to provide autism assessments for adults.
Since retirement she has written 7 books about autism, (working on the 8th ) including Recognizing Autism in Women and Girls, (2022) and the upcoming series, Adulting While Autistic (2023). She started a small private practice, Adult Autism Assessment, in 2018, and in 2022 she formed a group practice, which now has 10 employees.
Visit Wendy Marsh’s website and see also Adult Autism Assessment.
Connect with Wendy on Facebook, Youtube, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Why Wendy moved to group practice * How to work with W2 employees in other states * Wendy’s advice to private practitioners
Why Wendy moved to group practice
I was getting overwhelmed. I was seeing people every day, [and] at one point I got up to seven days a week and I said, “That’s crazy!” People don’t do this, even if you enjoy it, people don’t do this seven days a week.
Dr. Wendela Marsh
Even though Dr. Marsh enjoyed her work and seeing clients, it became just too much. There was such a demand that she kept getting fuller and fuller, until she was working every day of the week.
That’s when she knew that she had to switch from a solo practice to a group practice.
I heard [Practice of the Practice] talking about group practices and although I had never considered it, it suddenly felt right, and it’s like “do it”, you know? … I’m too old to think about things for a long time [so] if it’s worth doing, let’s just do it! Let’s jump in with both feet.
Dr. Wendela Marsh
How to work with W2 employees in other statesIt is legal to hire part-time W2 employees to work with you in your group practice. However, if they are working remotely from other states, you need to hire an attorney.
They will guide you through the process of filling out the correct paperwork for what it takes to be an employer in each of those states.
If you’re telehealth and you want to hire someone and they live somewhere else … because I employ them, I had to go through that paperwork to become an employer in those states.
Dr. Wendela Marsh
To make the process easier, Dr. Marsh uses a variety of different systems to keep everything streamlined:
- Brighter Vision for her website
- Therapy Notes for the EHR system
- Hush Mail for encryption and private communication
- Simplified SEO Consulting for SEO optimization
- Green Oak Accounting for accounting and financial services
It had to be W2s for me because I want there to be consistency across states. You can be [from] anywhere, but if you come to Adult Autism Assessment, you’re going to get [the same] service.
Dr. Wendela Marsh
Wendy’s advice to private practitionersFollow your heart. If you have to gather a team around you, don’t wait for the “right” moment to start a group practice – jump in! The water’s fine.
Books mentioned in this episode:Dr. Wendela Whitcomb Marsh – Recognizing Autism in Women and Girls: Opening Doors to Success
Dr. Wendela Whitcomb Marsh – Independent Living with Autism: Your Roadmap to Success (Adulting while Autistic)
Dr. Wendela Whitcomb Marsh & Raun Melmed – Autism Parent Handbook: Beginning with the End Goal in Mind
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Wendy Marsh’s website and see also Adult Autism Assessment. * Connect with Wendy on Facebook, Youtube, and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Launch a group private practice month: Going from solo to a small group practice with Matt Fowler | POP 852 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Launch a group private practice month: How to hire virtual part-time W2s with Dr. Wendy Marsh | POP 853 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you proactively stress-test and stabilize your practice? Are you working with a process or often winging it as change occurs? Do you have a vision that’s guiding your decisions?
In the first podcast of this two episode series, LaToya Smith speaks about how to stabilize and scale your practice with Shaelene Kite.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Shaelene KiteShaelene Kite is a DBT-LBC Certified Clinician, Registered Yoga Teacher, Approved Clinical Supervisor and the owner of DBT of South Jersey. She leads a group practice of 20 that has continued to grow rapidly since its opening in 2018. DBT of South Jersey hit its first $1 million plus in revenue just two short years after opening its doors and continues to grow and thrive.
Shaelene is also the owner of Rebelmente, her impact brand where she trains others in the areas of DBT, mindfulness, yoga and trauma. She also hosts T-Talk Podcast, where she shares the therapy tea related to all things healing.
Visit Rebelmente and listen to the T-Talk Podcast.
FREEBIE: Check out Shaelene’s free Organizational Checkup List
In This Podcast* Work out a process * What’s your vision? * Track your progress
Work out a processBeing busy and getting the work done is great, you need to do it to get everything completed and moving.
However, just working on whatever lands in front of you can only get you so far. When you want to reach your goals, you need to be reminded of them and be intentional with working toward them instead of simply just working on whatever is around you.
While trying to scale [the practice] you can’t wing it in that way for so long, you need a process, so I started feeling the growing pains of that last year when I was trying to grow.
Shaelene Kite
What’s your vision?Winging it when you’re starting out is a process that many entrepreneurs are familiar with. After a while, there comes a point where you need to sit down, take a pause, and figure out your direction.
What is your vision? What is your mission? Where do you want to take your practice and what do you want to achieve with it?
I gotta think about what my long-term vision is [because] if I’m going to get there, it’s not going to be by accident, you know, [because] people who do really well in business don’t get there because they’re likable… you need to back that vision up with work and with people who are going to follow that, and for that to happen you have to be clear and you have to have a plan.
Shaelene Kite
Track your progressCheck in regularly with your practice, your team, and also yourself. Get into the habit of assessing and keeping an eye on things, and consider:
- What is working?
- What can be improved?
- Are the numbers averaging, getting higher, or lower?
If you think about [what] it means to stabilize, it’s like, “Can we get this strong? Can we get this structure and foundation to be solid? Because we’re about to put more pressure on top of it … [because] if there’s a weak link or there’s moving pieces then everything’s going to fall down”.
Shaelene Kite
Stress-test your business. Does everyone who works in your practice know what their role is in the business? Are they accountable for that?
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Rebelmente and listen to the T-Talk Podcast. * To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Check out these additional resources:* Is It Time For You To Start A Group Practice? | GP 161 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Stabilize and Scale Your Practice with Shaelene Kite – Part 1 | GP 162 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you just on the cusp of switching from solo to a new group practice? What is important to make sure you have in place when you finally launch? What is the best tip for new group practice owners?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about going from solo to a small group practice with Matt Fowler.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quick and easy at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Matt FowlerMatt Fowler IS the owner of Olde Port Counseling, PLLC and is a licensed Marriage and Family Therapist located in Portsmouth, New Hampshire. His practice helps children, parents, and couples overcome obstacles, improve relationships, and better their lives. His personal clinical practice focuses on helping families uncover the issues associated with childhood anxiety, depression, and ADHD and find solutions to help them obtain the vision they always wanted for their child and family.
Visit Olde Port Counseling and connect on LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Transitioning from solo to group * Early operational decisions * Get comfortable with the unknown * Matt’s advice to private practitioners
Transitioning from solo to groupAround 2019, Matt started working on his solo practice.
During 2020 when the pandemic hit, Matt decided to pivot, because the three-person office space that he was sharing with two other therapists might’ve been lost.
[I thought], “Oh well, this is something I want to do in the future, and here it is a little bit sooner!” So, I started the process of getting involved and thinking more a little bit seriously about [starting] a group practice at that time. Matt Fowler
Once Matt decided to give launching a group practice a go, he started speaking to other therapists that he knew in the area about their experience and advice.
There’s no rulebook and guidebook, at least that I felt at the time anyway, to set that up. So, I just started researching a little bit.
Matt Fowler
Through his research, Matt discovered the Practice of the Practice Group Practice Launch program, and decided to sign up!
Joining that and doing your Group Practice Launch really started an outline and a process for me of [how to start] putting all the pieces together.
Matt Fowler
Early operational decisionsTo set up his group practice successfully, Matt thought backward.
He asked himself, “What do I need to anticipate a new clinician to be able to do to get everything well, up, and running?”
Matt put a brainstorming list together to make sure that he had all of the bases covered, such as considering:
- Which steps new clinicians would need to know about how the practice works
- How the email system would work
- How the clinicians would access the EHR program
You don’t know what you don’t know until you know it, so … I was very honest and open with [my new clinicians] at the beginning that there [were] things that I [didn’t] know so we were working collaboratively with them to get things up and running.
Matt Fowler
Matt’s tip for new group practice owners: document everything! It will help you to refer back, make adjustments, and see where and how the best flow works.
Get comfortable with the unknownMatt’s main challenge at the beginning of launching his group practice was getting used to the fact that he won’t always know everything because there are often learning curves and new challenges to face.
There will be moments when you aren’t sure, or you make a mistake, or you figure out how to do something the right way once you’re halfway already finished with it. In those moments, view the experience as feedback and not as a failure.
So [try] to get comfortable with [the fact that], you don’t know it but you’ll figure it out and you’ll put all of those pieces together as you go.
Matt Fowler
Matt’s advice to private practitionersDon’t be afraid to start! Gather information and set your eyes on the goal, but then get to it. Don’t wait around trying to always learn, because you need to take action to get traction!
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Apply to work with us!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Olde Port Counseling and connect on LinkedIn * Find out more about Group Practice Launch * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Launch a Group Private Practice Month: When to Start a Group Practice with Emily Runyan | POP 851 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Launch a group private practice month: Going from solo to a small group practice with Matt Fowler | POP 852 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
When is the right time to start a group practice? Have you been struggling with a full schedule and too much to do? Would you like to work in a community of like-minded therapists?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about whether it is time for you to start a group practice!
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast* Are you feeling overwhelmed? * Do you have loads of intake calls? * Have you been yearning for a community? * Is your vision getting bigger? * Do you want to create multiple streams of income?
Are you feeling overwhelmed?
I was swamped, and I knew it was absolutely time. I was doing way too much stuff for the practice on my own.
LaToya Smith
When your solo practice takes off and you start to see more clients, the paperwork and admin increase, and you are struggling to find the time to get to everything because your schedule is totally full – it is time for you to start a group practice.
A lot of times I’ll say to people when they ask me, “When’s the time to hire? When’s the time to think about adding another [clinician]?” and I’ll always say [it’s] when you’re about 75% full – so don’t wait until you’re already full and overloaded before you bring somebody on board!
LaToya Smith
If you know that you’re reaching your end point where there is just too much to do and you are struggling to get to do it all, then you need to consider hiring someone else and shifting into a group practice.
Do you have loads of intake calls?Is your phone ringing off the hook? Are you missing potential clients because you are in session when someone is calling? Are you constantly referring clients out because your schedule is full? It may be time to hire.
What would it look like for you if you had another therapist in-house, within your practice, that you can refer to?
LaToya Smith
How much more beneficial would it be to your practice if you could allocate clients to a therapist that is on your team, instead of referring them elsewhere?
Now, [having] a group practice, those referrals can stay in-house. That means that you can begin to help more people, and also, it will help [your] income.
LaToya Smith
Have you been yearning for a community?Therapy can be a lonely profession.
Starting a group practice can create a professional community where you and other like-minded therapists work together, sharing the effort, and supporting one another in between sessions with clients.
[With group practice] you have community. You have a team of people who have come together under the vision and mission of your practice, who understand the values of your practice, and who are all in and connected, and you are building a team. LaToya Smith
If you want to work with people around you, then look for like-minded therapists who share your values and bring them in under the banner of your practice to serve and work together.
Is your vision getting bigger?Is the dream that you have for your practice getting bigger, and more attention from your ideal clients, and you need some help to serve them all?
Build around your vision!
Hire another therapist that also works with your ideal clients, or hire a therapist that works with clients that relate to your ideal clients.
You know it is time to start a group practice when your vision is shared by many people, clients, and therapists alike.
Do you want to create multiple streams of income?
Adding therapists to your practice is a great way to bring in more money, because right now if you are solo and you’re thinking about doing a group practice, [then] you’re the one who’s doing the building, you’re the one who’s collecting the funds and if you don’t work, then where’s that money coming from?
LaToya Smith
By adding therapists, you not only get to provide more access to mental health care to your clients, but you also supplement the income into your practice, which takes a lot of financial burden off your shoulders.
Once income starts being made from other therapists, you can be free to think creatively and attend to other aspects that need doing in the practice.
I can focus more now on growing my practice [and] scaling my practice if I had other people on board who are also seeing clients.
LaToya Smith
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes and use the promo code JOE to receive your first two months for free! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/levelup: March 20th to 23rd 2023 is Level Up Week!
Check out these additional resources:* 5 Private Practice Trends in 2023 with Joe Sanok | GP 160 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Is It Time For You To Start A Group Practice? | GP 161 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the next step from launch to growth? How can you reframe self-doubt on your private practice journey? How do you balance your personal and professional life?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about when to start a group practice with Emily Runyan.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quick and easy at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Emily RunyanEmily Runyan is a therapist in Gallatin, TN, and the Founder and CEO of Tennessee Mental Wellness. Taking what she learned from the traditional model of mental health care, Emily set out to create something different when she started her private practice. Her attention to detail to the whole client experience and treating her staff exceptionally well have built a reputation of excellence that is recognized by the community.
Emily has been working in the mental health field since 1997. She started as an instructor at a wilderness treatment program for at-risk youth and later became a therapist in community mental health, a Christian-based counseling clinic, and finally opened her own practice in 2017.
Visit Tennessee Mental Wellness and connect with Emily on Facebook, Instagram, and Psychology Today.
In This Podcast* Lessons learned from hiring clinicians * Going from launch to growth * Develop your lifestyle outside of work * Emily’s advice to private practitioners
Lessons learned from hiring cliniciansWhen you are shifting from a solo practice to a group practice, it is normal to feel daunted by the number of things that need to get done.
Help yourself out by joining a mastermind group or finding an accountability partner that can help you in the process.
I still felt overwhelmed but it helped just to plod away at it, so I would set aside time … in the week and just force myself to sit down and do something related to the group practice.
Emily Runyan
Emily’s first hire went well, a pre-licensed clinician that reached out to her. What Emily learned with the hiring process is to lean into her authenticity, and to trust her instincts.
Be aware and intentional of what you are looking for in a new clinician instead of hiring people just to tick off boxes.
I [wanted] to build a practice that is a reflection of me in that I want the clinicians to be genuine, and I want them to have had some transformational experience because I feel like my life experiences have helped shape me, and helped me be a better therapist.
Emily Runyan
Going from launch to growthOnce you have settled into your new group practice with one or two clinicians, your focus may change and shift toward growth.
Where is your private practice now regarding capacity? What is the space capacity of your current office? Is there room to add more clinicians?
For marketing, I’m really focused on connecting to my local community because my practice is private pay [with] a boutique-like feel … I want to be ingrained into that community.
Emily Runyan
Develop your lifestyle outside of workWhere do you find satisfaction and empowerment?
What gives you energy, refreshes you, and makes you feel excited to work on?
As a group practice owner and an everyday person, you need to find ways to get to everything in your life – professional and personal – without burning out.
To really scale and grow and get the kind of income that I want … I do need to delegate. I had to confront fear and take some leaps of faith to, for example, hire an assistant and take some time to train her.
Emily Runyan
Emily’s advice to private practitionersThere is no way that you can have it all figured out. There will be times of overwhelm or self-doubt, but know that it is just part of the journey. Use self-doubt as an indicator that you may need extra compassion and support, and not to stop entirely.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Apply to work with us!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Tennessee Mental Wellness and connect with Emily on Facebook, Instagram, and Psychology Today. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Start a private practice month: How Not to Chase Everything with Cordelia Miller Muhammad | POP 850 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share the social media below!
The post Launch a Group Private Practice Month: When to Start a Group Practice with Emily Runyan | POP 851 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
We sat down with Shannon Heers, a regular contributor to Practice of the Practice and one of our Group Practice Boss Alumni, and more recently, an Audience Building Academy community member. Here’s what she had to say about her journey in Group Practice Boss and why it is the place for you if you’re thinking of fine-tuning the art of being a boss and finding that work-life balance. FYI: You can make it happen from March 20 – 23 during our Level Up Week.
How Did You Get to Group Practice Boss?I had been in solo practice for quite a while and decided I wanted to open a group practice because my caseload was full and I didn’t like turning away people. I was also still in touch with a lot of my therapist friends and really enjoyed working with people. I really loved working within a team.
But…I had absolutely no idea how to open a group practice and start that process. I originally did some research on private practice business consulting and that’s when I found Practice of the Practice. I started working with one-on-one consulting and I found them incredibly helpful. But I realized that I wanted more community, so I think at that point I joined Group Practice Boss and became a part of that community.
I learned so much from all the content that they have that Joe and the other consultants put out, as well as all the live trainings that they did.
What Really Worked For You In Group Practice Boss?I would say all the information that’s being put out that I didn’t even know I needed. The live trainings done every week on different topics were incredibly beneficial. I could pick and choose what topics I wanted to cover, and I found it really helpful. If I couldn’t attend live, then I could listen to the recording afterwards. I really found a lot of value out of that because when I started a group practice it was more of I didn’t know what I didn’t know.
I didn’t know what questions to ask and I didn’t know a lot of things. So I felt there was just so much information out there at times – it was information overload.
I thought I was learning too much, and I had to scale back a little bit because you know you have to learn and then you have to implement, and I originally didn’t have time to do implementing because I was learning so much. I had to scale back from the learning and focus on what I was going to implement and put it into place in my practice.
What’s Next For You In Your Journey?Well, I joined Audience Building Academy (ABA) last year with the idea to launch a separate clinical supervision and consultation program. And I did that and it’s now launched, so what I’m doing over the next year is really kind of fine-tuning that, really kind of honing in on what our vision is for that program. I’m also looking at:
- How to market for that program?
- How to get therapists into that program?
- How to make that successful?
So at this point, I’m going to be starting some individual consulting with Joe to get that even further fine-tuned so so we can grow that program.
About GPBIf you’re inspired by Shannon’s journey and want to follow suit and level up between March 20 – 23, here’s more information on Group Practice Boss:
If you have a growing group practice and are looking for ongoing business support, we have a new membership community especially for you.
Every month we will be taking a deep dive into topics that group practice owners need the nitty gritty details of including:
- Managing People
- Creating a Positive Work Culture
- How to increase retention of clients
- Money management
- Hiring
- Marketing and Branding
- Office Space
- And many more!
Ready to level up? Sign up to Group Practice Boss here.
Previous Articles By Shannon For Fellow Group Practice Bosses:Take It From One Group Practice Owner: Things You Shouldn’t Do
Take It From One Group Practice Owner: Things You Should Do
How to Get Through the Holidays as a New Group Practice Owner
Setting Up Your Group Practice Website
How to Find Good Therapists to Hire for Your Group Practice
How to Hire Your First Therapist When You’ve Never Hired Before
Don’t Settle When Hiring Clinicians
Hiring Your First Clinician, Part 1
Hiring Your First Clinician Part 2
Hiring Your First Clinician Part 3
Shannon HeersShannon Heers is an experienced therapist, clinical supervisor, and the founder of FirelightSupervision. Firelight Supervision provides clinical supervision and clinical consultation to counselors and social workers pursuing licensure, as well as post-licensure professional development. Shannon is also the owner of Catalyss Counseling, a group private practice located in Colorado. Shannon specializes in providing clinical supervision to beginner to advanced therapists, and is passionate about burnout prevention in the counseling field.
The post Shannon Heers: From One Group Practice Boss to Another appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
We took some time to speak with Brian Cooper from North Collective Counseling, one of our Next Level Practice members who joined last year September. With just a few weeks to go before the next Level Up Week (March 20-23), here’s some more information on what you can expect from NLP and how it helped Brian start his own private practice.
How Did Your Private Practice Journey Start?I’m very new to the counseling field. I got my degree and I jumped right into private practice. So I had some health incidents that kind of put me into this existential kind of “what are you gonna do with your life?”, you know “what do you want your life to be when it’s all said and done?” I was working in marketing and doing some stuff in sales and I had this thought process that I didn’t want to die a salesperson.
I didn’t want to die doing marketing. So I went after this degree, and once it got to the point that I was ready to practice, I didn’t want another boss. I didn’t want to work for someone else. I wanted to build something of my own.
It was very interesting, I had always been following Next Level Practice and Practice of the Practice and Joe for probably three years while I was in graduate school, and I knew I eventually wanted my own practice. So I just started listening to the podcast and always thought those were really helpful and interesting.
I saw that they were going to start another cohort of NLP, and at this point I wasn’t sure if I was going to join. I wasn’t sure if I was going to start my own practice or not, and Joe did an information call where you could join and ask questions. Looking at it I don’t think I really thought it was going to be with Joe, I thought it was going to maybe be one of the other representatives or kind of like a pitch or something like that.
It was me and one of the other members of Next Level Practice who’s still with me right now, Gina and Joe. We got an hour with Joe to just ask him about Next Level Practice and ask him about his advice on some of the things I was looking to start in my own practice. He gave me great advice on starting that out, and that was the catalyst.
Joe told me a lot about his story of starting his own practice, and it really gave me the impetus to be like, “hey, you know what, I might as well try it!”
The running joke in my family is: if I’m not ambitious like I’m gonna at least try. I might not, you know, knock everything out of the park, but I didn’t want to get stuck in a situation where I was going to be working for a group. And honestly where it got comfortable so that I wouldn’t want to step out and start my own thing.
That’s why I joined Next Level Practice a couple months before I launched my practice in January of 22, and the rest is history.
How Has Next Level Practice Helped You Start Your Own Private Practice?I’ve been really active with Next Level Practice and received some really good information. The practice has really grown. On average, when I first started out, I took some clients in from my internship and some other clients that I just signed up for my first month or two, and I was probably averaging around three or four clients a week. Right now, I probably have around 15 clients a week, and it’s just been really good now.
The caveat of this is: I kept my main job. I still do digital marketing from nine to five and then I do counseling from 7 to 9 in the morning and then I meet my other clients from five to ten in the evening. It works for what it is now. It actually takes the impetus off of responsibility in terms of money we’re providing for my family. But it also gives me a taste of what I want to build and what I want it to look like. It’s gone much better than I think I thought it would. Next Level Practice is a big part of that right now!
What Is Next On the Cards for Your Private Practice?Last year I really ramped up right around probably July / August. That’s where things really took off. So joining Next Level Practice, getting great information, and building things up, networking and things of that sort really started to pay off around July August. From then I was pretty full. I was probably averaging around 10 to 12 clients, and by the end of the year I was up to around 15 or so.
With that being said, this year it’s very interesting for me to see what January through June look like. What things will go well? January has been really good for me – it’s been my best month I’ve had since starting the practice. So when I think about what this year looks like for me is to a point almost the proof of concept. Can I really sustain this for a full year with a good circulation of clients? Not only working with current clients, but maybe some new clients coming in, and interest?
So the real question isn’t necessarily as much, what this year will be about. It is what is this time in 2024 going to look like? It’s time to start asking some tough questions:
- What can this be like?
- How can this really build into something that’s full-time?
I would love at some point if I can even bring on a couple of other clinicians and make a small group. The ultimate goal is to build that client load up to a point where I feel like it’s sustainable for my family to support them, and to continue to grow the business.
Why Should Someone Join Next Level Practice?Next Level Practice has great resources to go through the numbers and base your practice on a sustainable model. I know how many clients I would need to match what I make in my main job and feel like we can still live comfortably, without much of a change to my family life. I can then build upon that by opening up the nine to five of the day for more clients.
The funny and great part of Next Level Practice is that it takes away excuses. It takes away any reason that you can’t move forward with anything.
In terms of building your business, it really brings on ownership and accountability. If there’s a question, there’s pretty much an unlimited resource base. Whether it be on Circle or asking a small group member or my accountability partner, or reaching out to Joe or Dana – there’s no reason not to have an answer for what you’re looking for.
What Was the Best Part of Next Level Practice For You?It was having access to the immense amount of material on Circle or Teachable – everything from marketing to blogging to SEO to websites to business cards, to onboarding new clients and creating a process and a system for that. That was so helpful for me starting out not having come from the group side of things into this. This really helped me create my own way of doing it.
This is a lonely kind of industry you are in – especially if you’re a sole proprietor of a practice. It’s only you and you have your clients, and maybe like a supervisor, but besides that I mean this is it. So having the Next Level Practice Community going through the same things that you are and having an accountability partner was really beneficial!
My accountability partner was a year ahead of me on his private practice journey and we’ve just become really good friends – we’ve even met up in person. That kind of community is really just invaluable. It really makes a big difference to join things like “What’s Working” calls and to see where other people are figuring out – because that’s actually going to help you.
I think everybody finds their own way of using Next Level Practice and the resources. For some, it’s the SEO side. For me, it’s the blogging information for me and more networking. It gave me the kind of kick in the pants that I needed to get out there and connect with people, because that’s how you can grow your business. It’s also the impetus, because you know you’re going to come back to small group in two weeks and they’re gonna ask you if you hit your goal. That’s a very good incentive to get out there and do something, and do what you need to do to move yourself forward.
I love the “What’s Working” calls, I love the “Ask The Expert” calls because you’re getting to see people who’ve done it, and you get a sense of their journey and what it was like. I appreciate the way Joe has been very open with his journey, and the things that he’s gone through, and I think that’s one of those things that’s just really valuable.
The fact that when you see someone who’s done it, who’s gone through it, or who is going through it with you, you’re hearing how they’re doing and where they’re learning, and where they’re expanding their business. It really pushes you to grow and do better.
My small group members encouraged me to join Gottman referral network. But to do the government referral network you had to do Gottman training. I never really thought I should take that leap. Yet they encouraged me to that leap – and that leap has really paid off. It’s been really helpful for building my caseload, so I don’t know if that would have happened if I wasn’t in Next Level Practice.
Meet Brian Cooper Find out more about Brian’s journey and share your own thoughts or questions with him during Level Up Week (March 20 – 23), where he will be hosting a live webinar on March 22 at 11:30am EST until 1:00pm EST. For more information on this live webinar as well as the full Level Up Week programme click the image below.
About Brian CooperBrian Cooper is a nationally certified limited licensed professional counselor (NCC | LLPC) in downtown Rochester, Michigan. He is EMDR trained and IFS informed and has a Master’s degree in Clinical Mental Health Counseling from Oakland University and a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Wayne State University. Brian’s work with his clients pulls from his experience in both the corporate world and the counseling field. He focuses most importantly on providing a safe and confidential environment for the collective work done in therapy revolving around the client’s story and experiences which have brought them to where they are now. Follow Brian’s private practice, North Collective Counseling on Facebook and Instagram.
The post Brian Cooper: My Next Level Practice Journey appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the current private practice trends? How are you managing your finances in 2023? What can you do to overcome the tough hiring environment at the moment?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about 5 private practice trends in 2023 with Joe Sanok.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
In This Podcast* Asking and answering the important money questions * An increase in marketing investment * There’s a tough hiring environment * Awareness and evaluation of lifestyle * How to level up beyond standard practice
Asking and answering the important money questionsSome money questions that most therapists are asking and need to answer include:
- Whether you have an emergency fund for your practice?
- How much do you pay yourself in your private practice journey?
- What is the best amount to invest in marketing?
People are sensing that there’s a shift happening … we don’t know if there’s going to be a recession or … if there’s going to be a major downturn in the economy, but we’ve had several years that were thriving.
Joe Sanok
In general, most therapists have questions and queries about getting a handle on their numbers, what they mean, and how to work well with them.
An increase in marketing investmentTherapists and practice owners are currently putting more money into marketing efforts than they have in the past.
We’re finding that a lot of the practices that are thriving right now, in an uncertain financial environment, are the ones that are saying, “We’re going to intentionally put some money and some staff time into leveling up faster”.
Joe Sanok
What is a step outside of the box of what the average counselors are doing that you can take to set yourself apart in the best way possible?
There’s a tough hiring environmentThe average job posting for a therapist used to garner multiple requests. Nowadays, it’s much fewer.
This could be because fewer therapists are looking for work, and it could be because many practices are settled in the number of clinicians that they already have.
[Recognize] that it’s a difficult hiring environment [right now] so think about what you can differentiate within your group practice that’s beyond pay. Joe Sanok
What are the unique selling points that potential employees can enjoy through working for you, and within your business?
How can you make yourself stand out and attract your best-fit employees, beyond just offering more money?
The little things go a long way when it comes to retaining staff.
Awareness and evaluation of lifestyleAnother remnant of the pandemic is that most people have become more attuned to how they currently live.
They think about how they want to improve themselves and create a better lifestyle for mental, emotional, and physical health.
Because of that, on a personal [aspect], that’s carried over into the business world where we’re seeing a lot of clinicians and group practice owners asking the questions … on burnout prevention.
Joe Sanok
People are more inspired nowadays to integrate healthier boundaries into their working lifestyle and schedules, both for themselves and for the benefit of their clinicians too.
How to level up beyond standard practiceMany clinicians are considering how they can develop their practice so that it is not wholly dependent on them, or solely on accumulated clinical hours in sessions, to earn an income.
A lot of group practice owners are saying, “I want to get my practice … [to a place] where it’s not dependent on me to be the primary income.”
Joe Sanok
How can practice owners slowly remove themselves from direct clinical hours and expand their role as the CEO, and level up themselves and their practice as a result?
Books mentioned in this episode:Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Check out pillarsofpractice.com and sign up for free resources and e-courses! * See practiceofthepractice.com/levelup and sign up for Level Up week 20th to 23rd March 2023
Check out these additional resources:* Paying It Forward with Dr. NaRicia Futrell | GP 159 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcomes.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post 5 Private Practice Trends in 2023 with Joe Sanok | GP 160 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking to move to the next level of your private practice? Have you been yearning for some support and connection from like-minded clinicians in your area of mental health? How do you add clinicians to your private practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about starting a solo practice side gig with Brandon Shurn.
Podcast Sponsor: Level UpMarch 20th – 23rd is Level Up Week, and we are offering over 20 webinars focused on helping you Level Up totally for FREE.
We have guests like Valerie Harris, talking about how to grow your practice with insurance. We have speakers from the Speaker Lab. We’re going to talk with you about the new public speaking gigs, as well as Experts on how to get a TEDx talk as well as every single phase of practice.
We’re talking about five simple marketing techniques you’d have to master and how to add virtual assistants to your practice. We have Profit First professionals coming in to teach you how to grow your money.
Whether you’re starting a practice, growing a group practice, or expanding to do multiple streams of income, Level Up week is for you. Mark your calendars, March 20th-23rd
See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Meet Brandon ShurnBrandon Shurn is the owner and operator of EmPower Me Holistic Counseling. He has a passion for helping people reach their goals by tapping into their internal power. He believes that everyone has the ability to overcome the challenges they encounter in life, it is just a matter of being EmPowered to do so. The path to this sense of empowerment will be different for each person and so each session is custom-fitted to the client.
Visit EmPower Me Holistic Counseling and connect on Instagram.
In This Podcast* Making the space to start a solo practice * Running a side gig practice * Brandon’s tips * Brandon’s advice to private practitioners
Making the space to start a solo practiceStarting a new business at any stage or level is going to be tough at times.
Brandon knew that there would be a time of hard work and some long hours to get everything going, but he managed to balance it all by having boundaries around his time and energy that he stuck to.
I had to be strategic in how I planned it, and I fumbled a lot on the way … to where I’m at now but that’s what I did. I said, “You know what, I need to structure this so that I’m giving my best in all of these areas”.
Brandon Shurn
Brandon had conversations with his wife around time boundaries, made sure he got enough sleep whenever possible, and stuck to his word when it came to working time versus family time.
Running a side gig practice
It’s investing the [number] of hours that you want to work, [then] work those hours on the business.
Brandon Shurn
The hours that Brandon sets aside for his practice he makes sure to work.
During designated client hours, if there isn’t a client in that slot, he will work on admin or create content because it’s within his designated work time.
Brandon’s tips* Brandon found the Practice of the Practice 28-step checklist and incorporated it into his business-building-plan * He listened to content, and podcasts, and sought after some expertise from the people who had done this type of work before him * After some time, he joined Next Level Practice and found a community that he wanted to be part of on his solo practice journey.
[Joining the Mastermind] helped push me out of my comfort zone. I’m part of a small group and it’s beautiful for me because we are all in different areas of the US … we are constantly pulling each other and pushing each other. Brandon Shurn
- Creating great video content directed to his ideal audience
- Consider creating your own community for networking
Brandon’s advice to private practitionersThere is a need that you can fill. Drill down into your niche because it will give you the confidence to create content and speak to the people that can benefit from your work. It’s worth every penny to invest in yourself and join a group of people that are on the same journey as you.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* See all of the webinars that you can register for over at practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit EmPower Me Holistic Counseling and connect on Instagram. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/plan once-off $17 plan for your entire first year of private practice * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Start a private practice month: Benita Thornhill on Starting a New Practice when Moving 3 times | POP 848 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Start a Private Practice Month: Brandon Shurn on Starting a Solo Practice Side Gig | POP 849 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you potentially moving states while running your private practice? How can you build a practice anywhere and at any time? Can you start a successful solo practice while preparing to move?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about starting a new private practice when moving homes with Dr. Benita Thornhill.
Podcast Sponsor: BlueprintProviding great therapy day after day can be challenging – even for the best of us!
At Blueprint, they believe that nothing should get in the way of you doing your best work, which is why they created a platform that provides therapists with an array of clinical tools – things like therapy worksheets, intervention ideas, and digital assessments – that are designed to help you and your clients can stay connected and confident throughout the care journey. Even better, Blueprint helps streamline your documentation so that you can spend less time on your notes and more time on the things that matter.
To learn more and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com
Meet Benita ThornhillDr. Benita Thornhill, PsyD, LPC specializes in helping couples, individuals, and groups with anxiety, relationships, and trauma. Dr. Thornhill holds licensure in the states of Virginia, Texas, and North Carolina. She works with Military, Civilian, Veterans, and their families. Dr. Thornhill also works with agencies and organizations to help create a workplace environment of wellness.
Visit The Clarity Centre and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter.
In This Podcast* Organize your licenses * How to build a practice anywhere * Gain traction in your solo practice * Benita’s advice to private practitioners
Organize your licensesFirst and foremost, make sure your paperwork is right.
Depending on the rules of your state, it is best to first start with getting a license to practice.
If you have a license in another state, you can apply off [of] that license to get [another] license [in a new state], but some states require you to take additional things, so it’s important to know what it is you need for that state.
Dr. Benita Thornhill
Get your groundwork laid so that you can start applying for the rest, like insurance.
Look up the rules of the state that you are thinking of moving to, or opening a practice in, and make sure to discuss it with your attorney.
How to build a practice anywhereWhat are the main aspects of building a fresh private practice that you should aim to get right at the beginning of the journey?
1 – Figure out how you will form your business: an LLC or a PLLC, and so forth
2 – Open a separate bank account for your business to not mix with your private finances
3 – Create your website and a social presence for your private practice
4 – Become acquainted with basic marketing strategies and SEO
5 – Learn how to speak directly to the pain points that you are serving in your niche
[Learn] how to create [their] avatar so that you know who your ideal client is and you know the things that [your] ideal client is looking to solve. Dr. Benita Thornhill
Gain traction in your solo practiceOnce your basics are set up, consider expanding the reach of your practice to move beyond direct clinical work and offer other services, like podcasts or e-courses.
Consider starting a blog, an email course, or even an app!
Additionally, find your circle. Running your successful private practice while working as a clinician is a lot easier when you have an inner circle rooting for and supporting you.
[Have] people that [you] can count on, that are pushing [you] to think differently. [Surround] yourself with other people that are entrepreneurs or [are] thinking like [how] you want to be is so important. Joe Sanok
Benita’s advice to private practitionersInstead of feeling like you can’t do it, look for all the reasons that you can – and focus on them. Look for information to inspire you and take action to keep the momentum.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* To learn more about Blueprint and request a free 30-day trial, visit blueprint-health.com * Check out pillarsofpractice.com to receive your free resources and e-courses!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit The Clarity Centre and connect on Facebook, Instagram and Twitter. * Listen to the Guided Meditation for Stress Relief and Lemonade Chat Podcast * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/plan once-off $17 plan for your entire first year of private practice * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Overcoming a Slow Start to Solo Practice and How to Change that with Beliza Perez | POP 847 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Start a private practice month: Benita Thornhill on Starting a New Practice when Moving 3 times | POP 848 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you run a practice with 1099 contractor employees? How can you maintain a healthy and positive relationship with contractor employees that leave the practice? What does “paying it forward” look like in private practice?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about paying it forward with Dr. NaRicia Futrell.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Dr. NaRicia FutrellDr. Naricia Futrell is a Licensed Clinical Social worker, licensed in Tennessee, Arkansas and Texas who has been practicing for more than 10 years. She currently holds a Bachelors in Psychology and a Masters and Doctorate in Social Work. At Gihon, her group practice, they work with adults, children, couples and family systems using a holistic approach to help individuals tap into their own strengths in working through problems.
Visit Gihon Counseling and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Psychology Today and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Supporting your contract clinicians * Pay it forward * Help the people that come through your door
Supporting your contract cliniciansThere is often movement in private practices that work with contract employees. They may come, gain experience and expertise, and move on again.
This is natural and normal, and this movement can even be beneficial to the practice and both the owner and the contract clinician.
When you’re deciding that you’re going to step out and do something else, or you need to leave, just communicate that with me, and let’s see what that looks like … maybe we can be referral sisters.
Dr. Futrell
Even when contract clinicians decide to move on, it doesn’t have to mean an official goodbye. You can both continue working together by referring to one another.
Pay it forwardThere are many ways that private practice owners can support and care for their clinicians, and pay it forward.
Consider offering supervision, be open to sharing wisdom and information, and offer guidance to those who work with you and for you.
Whatever you need to know, I’m not one of those people [that says], “Well, I’m not sharing any information. I’m the [main] person” … like, hey, I probably give too much!
Dr. Futrell
Help the people that come through your doorYou don’t have to give everything to your employees, and there definitely is a fine line between helping someone and feeding someone information that they are not working to understand themselves.
However, have an open mind, heart, and hand with those around you. If you have resources to share and ways to raise people up – while running a successful business – then do those things.
Pay it forward, because there were probably many people that helped you too when you were starting as well.
[Decide] first what it is that you want to do and how you want to do that. How [do] you want your name and your company to be represented, and how much of the help [do] you feel like you could give someone without hindering them or making them dependent on you? Dr. Futrell
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Visit Gihon Counseling and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Psychology Today and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Finding Your Circle of Support with Warren Wright | GP 158 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Paying It Forward with Dr. NaRicia Futrell | GP 159 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Where should you spend your money in your first 6 to 12 months of private practice? Are you currently in your initial years of solo practice? Where should you invest your money for the best chance of success?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about overcoming a slow start to solo practice and how to change that with Beliza Perez.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Beliza PerezBeliza is a young but experienced therapist with a blended therapy style. She lost her father in adolescence and knows the difference that therapy could have made for her at that difficult time. This desire to make a difference in a child’s life has driven her to be a therapist and helps her to connect to her clients. She has followed her calling with excitement and joy.
She is a qualified supervisor for the state of Florida and has been invigorated by helping young therapists gain valuable experience. Her most exciting work has been in her practice in Oviedo with children, siblings, and parents.
Visit Beliza’s website, see her Therapy Den profile, connect on LinkedIn, and email her at beliza@myoviedocounselor.com
In This Podcast* Switching from full-time to solo practice * Overcoming the initial struggle years * What worked well * Where to spend your money * Invest early on in work-life balance * Beliza’s advice to private practitioners
Switching from full-time to solo practiceIn her previous job, Beliza knew that the 9-5 40-hour workweek was not the way that she wanted to spend her career.
I just knew that there was more out there for me, I just didn’t know exactly what that looked like.
Beliza Perez
When her contract was reviewed, Beliza saw what her future pay would look like on this salary, and it wasn’t viable for her and the life that she wanted to build for herself.
Almost overnight, she jumped into solo practice.
I was both terrified and excited and nervous but I also knew that there was more out there for me, and the best version of me was not where I was.
Beliza Perez
Overcoming the initial struggle yearsThe first two years were the worst two years for Beliza’s private practice.
It wasn’t until about year four when I actually got a consultant and I paid somebody that everything changed.
Beliza Perez
Her consultant showed her the best way to go about things, which skyrocketed her success, and helped her to plan her way forward with the next best steps.
What worked well* Setting up a marketing system * Networking with two to five people a month * Following up with those new connections in two weeks after the first meeting – depending on how well it went
It also adds to your reputation and who you are as a person, as well as a business person and a clinician.
Beliza Perez
Where to spend your moneyWhen you are launching your private practice, according to what’s viable with your finances, consider:
- Hiring and working with a consultant
- Working with a reputable website hosting company
- Find a group of like-minded therapists at your current level or higher in business for accountability, company, and inspiration
- Put your name out there because people won’t know about you unless you advertise yourself and your services
Invest early on in work-life balance
Instead of it just being, “Go big or go home” … I was literally breathing, eating, [and] sleeping my solo practice. Nothing else existed and I ended up getting myself sick.
Beliza Perez
Take care of yourself. If you are running a business as a solo practice owner, you need to invest in yourself as part of your business strategy! You cannot work well if you do not rest well.
There is a balance between working well and caring for yourself, and the success of each depends on you making space between them.
So many of us don’t have that, that I think if you cultivate that [work-life balance] early on, I think that is a game-changer in and of itself.
Beliza Perez
Beliza’s advice to private practitionersYou can always pivot! There are different options ready for you, so experiment whenever you hit a dead-end and keep shifting. Be open to the pivot.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Practice of the Practice: Pillars of Practice
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Beliza’s website, see her Therapy Den profile, connect on LinkedIn, and email her at beliza@myoviedocounselor.com * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Start a Private Practice Month: Systems to Start a Practice with Hanna Morrell | POP 846 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Overcoming a Slow Start to Solo Practice and How to Change that with Beliza Perez | POP 847 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the key component to building any system? How can you structure and optimize your Google Ads for success? Where is the next best step for you to take?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about systems to start a practice with Hanna Morrell.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Hanna MorrellHanna is a holistic financial coach that teaches individuals and couples to trust themselves (and each other) with their finances. She does this through client-directed, customized coaching.
Visit Hanna’s website
FREEBIE: Download your copy of the system-building workbook!
In This Podcast* Just give it a go * Marketing systems * Systems can fit anywhere * Hanna’s advice to private practitioners
Just give it a goOften what works well is just trying, and giving it a go.
You can think something through in a thousand different ways, but you won’t make any genuine progress until you put action to your thoughts and try something new.
Getting really good at experimenting and evaluating systems as I built them [helped me], with the understanding that I’m building this business to grow.
Hanna Morrell
Take small steps, track your progress, and evaluate these steps against the goals that you have that these actions are meant to bring you closer to.
Marketing systemsHanna works with Google Ads, and it’s a constant process of experimentation.
She keeps a large spreadsheet and tracks all the data on it to assess what works, and what can be changed to maybe work better.
That’s why I like [to] purposefully treat everything I do in Google Ads as an experiment, because then it doesn’t hurt, right? And then it allows us to reiterate and change.
Hanna Morrell
Some things to keep in mind with Google Ads:Treat it as an experiment and play around with it.
Run two kinds of ads: one deeply emotional, and one more straightforward.
People want to know that you hear them: write clear and honest copy that would meet them where they are at.
Write those ads as if you are looking over their shoulders and reading their diary entries. What are those things that are hurting them? That has been the best [strategy] for my Google Ads.
Hanna Morrell
Systems can fit anywhereYou can build a system into almost any part of your life.
The key component to building any system of routine, ritual, or anything like that is to evaluate the system itself, not [yourself].
Hanna Morrell
It is tough to adapt when you are constantly evaluating yourself as the source of the failure or the struggle, rather than looking at how the system can be adapted to where you are currently at.
Systems are what you use to build yourself (and anything else). So, rather than forcing yourself to meet a system, design the system to meet you, and make adjustments accordingly as you develop and grow.
The same applies to your business!
Hanna’s advice to private practitionersIt is okay to experiment! Try things, and evaluate that attempt, not yourself, because that is the best way to create systems that can change over time.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Practice of the Practice: Pillars of Practice
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Hanna’s website * Check out Supernote * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Start a private practice month: Staying Organized when Starting a Practice with Danielle Swimm | POP 845 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Start a Private Practice Month: Hanna Morrell on systems to start a practice | POP 846 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How does focusing on your niche connect you to both your ideal clients and your best-fit clinical support system? Are you part of a circle of like-minded therapists? How can you meet and create one?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about finding your circle of support with Warren Brandon Wright.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Warren WrightWarren B. Wright is a Licensed Professional Counselor for the state of Texas and a National Certified Counselor. In life, Warren has learned that if you can’t find the solution, to become the solution. That is exactly what he has done in his role as a counselor. His mission is to provide mental health and coaching services to individuals searching for personal growth and development by promoting healing, wellness, and transformation.
Warren is also the author of A Dose of Motivation: Taking ownership of your life, tapping into your potential, and stepping into your purpose, a guidebook that focuses on self-reflection through self-discovery.
Visit Warren’s website, and connect on Instagram and Twitter.
In This Podcast* Be intentional with your niche to find your circle * Boost your professional career with professional support * How to create an authentic circle of support
Be intentional with your niche to find your circleWhat have you always loved to do? Who have you always enjoyed working with, be it clients or fellow clinicians? Those are clues to where your niche is.
[I] wanted to create that space for other black men, and it’s been really rewarding to work with my brothers on a lot of different topics and a lot of different areas in their lives. Warren Brandon Wright
Sometimes, working as a therapist can feel isolating.
Finding your circle of like-minded colleagues and fellow professionals to receive support from, and offer support to, can help you do your best work.
Boost your professional career with professional supportBuilding your professional circle of support can be helpful to you and your clients.
When I reflect [on] and help other people in my roles as a counselor and a coach, I realize that a lot of times they don’t have the support that they need for the accountability … or they feel like they don’t know how to ask for that help.
Warren Brandon Wright
When you network with other therapists within and outside of your niche, you will know other professionals to refer clients to.
Additionally, this professional circle can act as an accountability and community space for you and the other clinicians within it.
When I reflect back on my life, I had people in my corner … people who were always holding me accountable to my dreams and my goals … that’s something I’d like to focus on [in my professional career].
Warren Brandon Wright
How to create an authentic circle of supportIf you are looking for a community, accountability partners, and even a mentor, try:
- Reflection: sit down with yourself and ask what it is that you need to transition and level up in your life.
What is it that you need and how can you express that need to someone else?
Warren Brandon Wright
- Asking yourself: how much are you willing to invest in yourself? You have to do something different to experience something different.
- Being upfront: what do you need, and which small steps can you take today to fulfill those needs?
Books mentioned in this episode:Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Visit Warren’s website, and connect on Instagram and Twitter. * Check out the Dope Therapist Academy
Check out these additional resources:* Planning For A Financially Healthy 2023 with Alan Pruitt | GP 157 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Finding Your Circle of Support with Warren Wright | GP 158 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you soon launching a new private practice? Do you need some tips on how to stay organized? How is organization a key component to running a successful business?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to stay organized when starting a practice with Danielle Swimm.
Podcast Sponsor: Level Up WeekMarch 20th – 23rd is Level Up Week, and we are offering over 20 webinars focused on helping you Level Up totally for FREE.
We have guests like Valerie Harris, talking about how to grow your practice with insurance. We have speakers from the Speaker Lab. We’re going to talk with you about the new public speaking gigs, as well as Experts on how to get a TEDx talk as well as every single phase of practice.
We’re talking about five simple marketing techniques you’d have to master and how to add virtual assistants to your practice. We have Profit First professionals coming in to teach you how to grow your money.
Whether you’re starting a practice, growing a group practice, or expanding to do multiple streams of income, Level Up week is for you. Mark your calendars, March 20th-23rd
See all of the webinars that you can register for over at www.practiceofthepractice.com/levelup
Meet Danielle SwimmDanielle Swimm is a group practice owner in Annapolis, Maryland. She became known as the Entrepreneurial Therapist on Instagram where she teaches female therapists about mindset, marketing, and systems to start and scale six-figure plus practices. She is an avid believer that we need a mental health system that values the provider as much as it does the client.
Visit The Entrepreneurial Therapist and connect on Instagram.
In This Podcast* Danielle’s tips on starting a practice * Why you should care about being organized * How to get and stay organized * Danielle’s advice to private practitioners
Danielle’s tips on starting a practiceMake space and organize your life for this big change – your new private practice – that’s coming!
[Look] at [which] balls [you] can drop [in] the first four to six months of opening this practice so that you can spend more time and energy getting this thing off of the ground.Danielle Swimm
Have conversations with your family and with your partner about where you are headed in your professional life with launching the new practice.
How can we make sure that you don’t burn out while you’re opening your practice? … where burnout is happening a lot [is in] transitioning into opening your practice because you’re still managing so many other things in the air.
Danielle Swimm
Let them know how they might best support you while you launch your new business, and you can let them know what you can provide in the months leading up to launching and stabilizing your practice after it’s been made public.
Why you should care about being organizedYou might not realize how much support you have when you are working for someone else.
When that changes and you become your own boss, you need to create those systems of structure and support by yourself, for yourself! Effective and flexible organization is the key to doing this.
We really want to convert your energy and get organized early on so that you enjoy being in private practice and you don’t feel like you need to be constantly working so that [you can be] a good therapist when you’re showing up for your clients that are coming into your practice.
Danielle Swimm
How to get and stay organized* Keep track of taking notes: get your standard notes down to three minutes or less. Use checkboxes in your template for standard progress notes. * Get admin-organized: have your basic admin clear and easily comprehensible from the opening of your practice until you can hire extra assistance.
If we can get the admin system organized now, it’s really going to help [later on].
Danielle Swimm
- Organizing your schedule by using blocks: admin, marketing, move-the-needle, and finance
What would your dream work week look like? Imagine your perfect week that allows for both flexibility and progress – how can you bring this to fruition?
Danielle’s advice to private practitionersIt is totally possible! Launching and running a successful private practice is completely possible, and you can do it.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Practice of the Practice: Level Up Week
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit The Entrepreneurial Therapist and connect on Instagram. * See our new 28-step checklist at practiceofthepractice.com/new * pillarsofpractice.com – free resources and tools for you! * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Ask The Expert: How to create predictable success with Les McKeown | POP 844 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Start a private practice month: Staying Organized when Starting a Practice with Danielle Swimm | POP 845 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can you launch and nurture predictable success that’s sustainable? Are you a visionary or an operator? At which stage of evolution is your business, and what is the next best step forward for you?
In this podcast takeover episode, Dana Barber speaks about how to create predictable success with Les McKeown.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quick and easy at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Les McKeownLes McKeown is the Founder and CEO of Predictable Success. In addition to being involved in the launch of more than 40 companies before he was 35, he was at the same time a founding elder in a fast-growing church, while serving on the board of a number of charities and not-for-profits.
He first began to recognize recurring growth patterns early in his career as a serial entrepreneur. Struck by the similarity of issues faced by all growing organizations, Les began to codify his understanding of the repeating patterns of growth, publishing his Wall Street Journal and USA Today bestseller “Predictable Success: Getting Your Organization On the Growth Track – and Keeping It There” in 2010, followed in 2012 by “The Synergist: How to Lead Your Team to Predictable Success“.
Visit Predictable Success and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Youtube, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Read a free extract from Les bestseller “Predictable Success: Getting Your Organization On the Growth Track – and Keeping It There“
In This Podcast* A visionary leader * Operators * The evolution of a successful business * Find your synergist
A visionary leaderSome of the most successful founders are what Les calls “visionary leaders”.
Somebody who’s driven. Absolutely driven to do this, and that’s why most people start their own businesses, it’s for freedom of autonomy.
Les McKeown
Visionary leaders think big and outside of the box.
They’re not afraid to take risks, nor to fail, because they know that it is part of the journey toward achieving the goal that they have in mind, which makes them resilient.
Often, a visionary leader pairs with an “operator” to achieve the dream.
OperatorsOperators are the people that get stuff done. They can figure out how to combine all the ideas that a visionary has, and works on how to bring them to fruition in a manageable and practical way.
These two together, the visionary and the operator, make for an unstoppable team.
Operators are hard-charging finishers. They just get stuff done … that’s the perfect combination to launch and grow any successful organization.
Les McKeown
Therefore, a key to creating powerful success is for visionaries and operators to pair up with one another.
The evolution of a successful business1 – Early struggle: the launch period which is usually three years for successful businesses
2 – Fun: once you find your market and start to mine it
3 – White water: setting up systems to maintain the momentum
White water is the point at which [if] we want to continue to grow, we’ve got to grow up a little bit and bring systems and processes into place … start codifying things … and strategically saying “no” to things.
Les McKeown
4 – The process role: hire someone that maintains the process and keeps the business in line with its goals
However, the visionary and the processor can irritate one another. You need to buffer and allow them to both contribute to the business.
5 – Predictable success: the opportunity to scale
The key, however, is this: the visionary, processor, and operator styles don’t work well together. In order to get into predictable success and stay there, you need to develop as a team a fourth style, which I call the “synergist style”.
Les McKeown
Find your synergistYour synergist doesn’t let the individual team member’s needs be met because, instead, they make decisions that are best for the business as a whole.
They surpass the individual visionary, processor, and operator and focus on maintaining and integrating them all as a unit beneath the business.
The synergist is what brings that group together to make cohesive business decisions.
Les McKeown
Books mentioned in this episode:Les McKeown – Predictable Success: Getting Your Organization on the Growth Track – and Keeping It There
Les McKeown – The Synergist: How to Lead Your Team to Predictable Success
Carol Roth – The Entrepreneur Equation: Evaluating the Realities, Risks, and Rewards of Having Your Own Business
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Predictable Success and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Youtube, and LinkedIn. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Ask Joe: How much should an owner get paid? Profit First vs Other Models | POP 843 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Ask The Expert: How to create predictable success with Les McKeown | POP 844 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to build healthy wealth? How close are you to enjoying your group practice? What is the best way to plan for tax season?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about planning for a financially healthy 2023 with Alan Pruitt.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quickly and easily at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Alan Pruitt, CPAAlan Pruitt is the Owner and CEO of Pruitt Prep CPA, a dynamic CPA firm dedicated to empowering and informing individuals and businesses on the best ways to minimize their tax liability, improve growth potential, and implement efficient and effective processes. He takes a proactive approach with his clients to not only implement valuable tax-saving strategies but also serve as an advisor and valuable resource anytime they have questions or need assistance.
Visit Pruitt Prep CPA and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Goal-setting is important * Get quiet * Set a budget * Separate your taxes
Goal-setting is importantSet goals at the top of the fresh year
Be intentional. Be intentional about what you want [from] this year because when you do that, you can [more easily] create special things.
Alan Pruitt
Setting goals help you to have something to strive towards, and once you know what you are striving for, you can more easily align your actions and behaviors to keep you on track.
Assessing your goals can also help you to notice when you have fallen slightly off track so that you can regain your focus and keep your dreams top-of-mind.
Alan’s tip: look beyond the numbers and strive for a state of being.
Sometimes, for me, the most important goals are the ones that are non-financial. It’s about growing … expanding, delegating, and getting stuff off of your plate so that you can focus on more revenue-generating activities.
Alan Pruitt
Rather than thinking, “I’m going to earn XYZ money”, set your goal to be, “I’m going to delegate these tasks to free up more of my time.”
Take actionable steps towards the state of being that will allow you to generate that additional income.
Get quietBlock out the noise of the hype around you and get quiet to truly hear yourself and what is important to you.
Rather than following the crowd and jumping from one thing to the next, make space and time to be quiet with yourself, and let your thoughts and feelings speak for themselves.
Ideally, I would love it if you did it every day, but at least once a week, you need to be taking time to truly work on your business … even schedule it on your calendar.
Alan Pruitt
Make time to focus on your business: what do you want to accomplish? Where do you want to take it to? Which problems do you want to solve with it?
Set a budgetDon’t be afraid of the numbers!
Your budget is your best tool when it comes to realizing your dreams and goals because it shows you what you have, and with it, you can figure out how best to use your resources to get closer to what you want.
A basic budget includes:
- A list of your monthly expenses (fixed and fluctuating)
- Track your income per session
- Track how many sessions you have in a week and a month (on average)
Separate your taxesConsider the Profit First approach of creating separate accounts for each income and expense, and filtering your money through them all accordingly.
It’s then easier to see what is costing you, where your revenue is coming from, and how much you need to pay for taxes (without rushing them at the end of the year).
Bare minimum, you need to be setting aside at least 15% of your net profit [for paying taxes].
Alan Pruitt
Books mentioned in this episode:Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes. * Visit Pruitt Prep CPA and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* How To Host An Event with Dr. Tekesia Jackson – Part 2 | GP 156 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Planning For A Financially Healthy 2023 with Alan Pruitt | GP 157 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do the numbers work in a million-dollar practice? How much should an owner get paid in a solo and group practice? What is the standard practice for dividing up income?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how much an owner should get paid.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
In This Podcast* The Profit First method * Some basic numbers * A million-dollar practice
The Profit First methodThe traditional business system follows that money is first spent on paying for expenses, processes, and transactions, and anything that is left over is then given to the owner as their income.
Mike [Michalowicz] flips that and says, “Well, why don’t we pay the profit off of the gross first … and we’ll just make sure that the operations align after that,” which in some situations does make sense.
Joe Sanok
This formula can work really well with some slight adjustments.
To use the Profit First system, you need to set up different accounts and pay your profit into an account at the same time that you pay your expenses.
There’s a lot of great things about [this system] because then you’re allocating for your taxes automatically, allocating for your operations, your payroll [and so forth].
Joe Sanok
Staff percentages45% of the net income. So, if you’re bringing $100k as gross income, you need to take $45k home and the other $55k goes towards taxes and business expenses.
1 – Solo practice:
$100k total income in the business:
- 30% goes to expenses
- 15-20% to your tax bracket
- 50-55% as owner pay
The tax numbers I’m using are based on Michalowicz’s and other accountants’ … but you always want to check with your own tax and accounting professional.
Joe Sanok
2 – Group practice:
$100k to $250k total income in the business based on a 50/50 split:
- $75k is paid to clinicians
- 10% for operating costs
- 15% for taxes
- 42.5% as owner pay
3 – Group practice:
$250k to $500k income based on a 50/50 split:
- $200k is paid to clinicians
- 25% for operating costs and taxes
- 40% of total gross profits as owner pay
A million-dollar practice(Based on a 50/50 model)
- The owner bringing in $100k
- $450k is paid to clinicians
- 25% is paid to operations and taxes
- 38.57% as owner pay
If you’re [using] a W2 model, these numbers will definitely shift and change where you have some very clear fixed costs.
Joe Sanok
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply join our membership communities! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join Next Level Practice
Check out these additional resources:* Ask the Expert: What it takes to Succeed with John Lee Dumas | POP 842 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Ask Joe: How much should an owner get paid? Profit First vs Other Models | POP 843 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why is experiencing rejection a necessary path on the route to success? Why should you NOT fake it until you make it? What is the secret to sustainable entrepreneurial success?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about what it takes to succeed with John Lee Dumas.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quick and easy at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet John Lee DumasJohn Lee Dumas is the founder & host of Entrepreneurs On Fire, an award-winning podcast where he interviews inspiring entrepreneurs to help YOU along your entrepreneurial journey!
He is also the author of The Common Path to Uncommon Success, your 17-step roadmap to financial freedom and fulfillment!
John has interviewed over 3,000 incredible entrepreneurs, including Tony Robbins, Seth Godin, Gary Vaynerchuk, Barbara Corcoran, Tim Ferriss, and many more. His goal with Entrepreneurs On Fire is to deliver the inspiration and strategies people need to fire their entrepreneurial journey and create the life they’ve always dreamed of.
Visit Entrepreneurs On Fire and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube.
In This Podcast* Get exposed to rejection * JLD’s approach to being an entrepreneur * Don’t fake it until you make it!
Get exposed to rejectionYou need to experience rejection and failure once in a while if you truly want to succeed. These experiences are key components in committing yourself to go after your goals, because you will experience them, and if you can handle the occasional rejection and failure, then you are more likely to succeed.
[You] mess up one thing after the other, it’s just a day of failures and looking foolish and stupid, and that was really helpful for me in my entrepreneurial journey. John Lee Dumas
JLD’s approach to being an entrepreneur
Where most entrepreneurs fail [is] that they fail to focus on … their biggest priority in life, which is health and wellness.
John Lee Dumas
1 – You need to focus on your physical, mental, and emotional well-being.
It is unrealistic of you to expect yourself to perform well if you do not eat to fuel and nourish your body, exercise your body for physical health and de-stress, and calm your mind with proper rest and personal hobbies.
Every entrepreneur that you see that has a long track record has said, “Health and wellness is my number one priority.”
John Lee Dumas
2 – You need to identify how you can become the number one solution to a real and specific problem in this world.
If you can – and when you do this – people will beat down a path to your door.
All of your time needs to be dedicated to becoming the number one solution to a real and specific problem … then you will win.
John Lee Dumas
Find a void in the marketplace, a niche that needs representation and services, that fits within your zone of fire, and work to provide them with real solutions.
Don’t fake it until you make it!Your audience can smell fakeness from miles away. Your authenticity is one of your greatest tools, so lean into it!
People want truth and transparency, so use that as your edge within your niche.
Take people along with you in their [and your] journey. I was honest with my audience from day one that I was a crappy podcast host because I was, and I let them know that! And I said, “But, my goal and my promise and my pledge to you is that I’m going to get better at podcasting every single day.”
John Lee Dumas
Honesty and authenticity make people root for you. If impostor syndrome makes you nervous, take that as a fact that you are human. Every human being on earth has experienced impostor syndrome because doubts and fears are ingrained in our DNA.
Remember that fortune favors the bold!
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get your 28-step checklist. * Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Entrepreneurs On Fire and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube. * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply and get on a consult call about your best-fit group! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/invite to join the Next Level Practice membership program
Check out these additional resources:* Ask the Expert: How to Have a Strong Relationship and Do Amazing Couples Counseling with Julie Schwartz-Gottman | POP 841 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Ask the Expert: What it takes to Succeed with John Lee Dumas | POP 842 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a couple’s counselor? Do you want to design a couple’s therapy marathon session? What are some direct Gottman tips on how to become an effective and rounded couples therapist?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to have a strong relationship and do amazing couples counseling with Julie Schwartz-Gottman.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quick and easy at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Julie Schwartz-GottmanJulie is a co-founder and President of The Gottman Institute and co-founder of Affective Software, Inc. with her husband John Gottman. A highly respected clinical psychologist, she is sought internationally by media and organizations as an expert advisor on marriage, sexual harassment and rape, domestic violence, gay and lesbian adoption, same-sex marriage, and parenting issues. She is the co-creator of the immensely popular The Art and Science of Love weekend workshops for couples, and she also co-designed the national clinical training program in Gottman Method Couples Therapy.
Visit The Gottman Institute and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and YouTube.
In This Podcast* Create a space for “stress-reducing conversations” * The benefit of a marathon session * Helping couples at different stages * Treating couples in their second marriages * Julie’s advice for private practitioners
Create a space for “stress-reducing conversations”If you have clients that are struggling with a problem that requires access to deep intimacy and honesty, for example, infertility, you need to guide the couple to a place where they can have a stress-reducing conversation about the topic, and how they feel.
What that means in the Gottman method is [that] one person is the speaker, the other is the listener, and what the listener is doing is asking big, open-ended questions of the speaker to find out how they’re feeling deep inside.
Julie Schwartz-Gottman
These types of conversations allow each partner to truly share what it is that they think and feel in a place where they feel safe, listened to, and where their total honesty is welcomed and encouraged.
This conversation works best when the focus is placed on the emotions that are felt.
Really zeroing in on the emotions of the other person and not trying to minimize those … or reassure the person out of the emotion [because] those emotions are real and valid.
Julie Schwartz-Gottman
Each partner is given the chance to ask questions and to listen to one another, allowing them to hear and empathize with their fears, worries, and experience.
The benefit of a marathon sessionA couples’ marathon therapy session is typically spread out over three consecutive days which a therapist will spend with one couple, consisting of five to six hours of work each day.
The methods that you use in your session will of course complement the type of therapy that you provide each day. You do not need to be certified, but it does help.
Marathon therapies are very intense but the great thing about them … is that you’ve got momentum. Each exercise or piece of work builds on the next, on the next.
Julie Schwartz-Gottman
With the momentum that you gain with a couple through a marathon therapy session can lead to powerful breakthroughs.
The general process of a couples’ marathon therapy session:
- Sending a questionnaire to the couple first for them to fill out.
- The therapist will read through the scored questionnaires before the first session.
- In the first session, on the first day, you go through the oral history interview with the couple.
- Then you go through your clinical checklist for their report during the break so that both you and the couple have the same documents, and can begin discussing treatment planning.
- Treatment begins in the afternoon of the first day.
- The next two days work through those primary challenges.
- There can be a follow-up session a month or two after the final session.
Helping couples at different stagesHow can you treat couples when one partner feels that they have been “dragged” to therapy?
Firstly, validate the partner that doesn’t want to be there. Commend them on the courage for showing up.
You’re empathizing with that person deeply … so that they feel seen, heard, [and] understood and witnessed because non-volunteers [fear] being nailed, so you don’t nail them, you empathize with them. With both.
Julie Schwartz-Gottman
Of course, you will also connect with the person that wanted to come to the therapy. You need to show them both that you see them and appreciate them.
Treating couples in their second marriagesExplain to them that they may very well be bringing some unresolved or unhealed emotional baggage from their first marriages into their current one with each other. Explain to them that it’s completely normal as well as resolvable.
Basically, what I’ll do is look at the triggers for them. For example, if they have a bad fight or a regrettable incident, you use the [the Gottman] five-step process and use step three … which is about triggers.
Julie Schwartz-Gottman
Triggers are defined as feelings that come up during an incident that dates from before the current relationship that the two people are in.
Transparency, as a communicative and actionable tool, in the case of recurring triggers is a great method for teaching a couple how to separate what happened in the first marriage to the current partner.
1 – Identify the triggers from the first marriage and the stories that they come from
2 – Separate the first marriage from the current one
3 – How is this partner different from the person’s first partner
Julie’s advice for private practitionersTake care of your body, not just your brain.
Dedicate time to exercising and being in nature to fully rest and give your mind a chance to switch off from the work and switch on creativity and the ability to be present.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get your 28-step checklist. * Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit The Gottman Institute and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and YouTube.
Check out these additional resources:* Ask the Expert: Passive Income, Growing an Audience, and Leveling Up with Pat Flynn | POP 840 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below!
The post Ask the Expert: How to Have a Strong Relationship and Do Amazing Couples Counseling with Julie Schwartz-Gottman | POP 841 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are some easy, quick, and cost-effective tips for hosting your first pilot event? Why must you do an experimental run before truly giving it a shot? How can you use your tech tools for success?
In this second episode of a two-podcast series, LaToya Smith speaks about how to host an event with Dr. Tekesia Jackson.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Dr. Tekesia JacksonDoctor TK is a Licensed Clinical Psychologist, Therapist Business Coach, Author, and Content Creator. She is the CEO of Branding 4 Abundance, serving hundred of therapists annually to Design and Build an Abundant Mental Health Business and Lifestyle. Doctor TK has been a college professor for over 17 years and has built a profitable solo and group practice over the last 10 years. Her love for teaching and coaching has created an impact as a clinical supervisor, serving the re-entry population and program development through various non-profits across the country, all while being a wife and mom!
Visit Dr. TK’s website, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Use your technological tools * Create a pilot event * Start small and grow from there
Use your technological toolsOne positive that came out of the pandemic in 2020 was that most of the world became adept and more comfortable with using virtual and online platforms.
Use this shift to your advantage!
Find your own [online] swag and your own model, and determine what your audience likes. What are they attracted to [digitally]? But also [you need to] understand trends.
Dr. Tekesia Jackson
Find the platforms that best suit you and your audience, and start studying and using the trends. For example, the word “webinar” is seldom used to spark and gather interest nowadays, and rather use the word “information sessions”.
Start to utilize language that will be attractive to your clients where they can feel at ease and want to show up.
Dr. Tekesia Jackson
Create a pilot eventExperiment first to get a feel of what you want to do, and what is expected of you, when the stakes are low.
Test the waters of your idea first. Reach out to your existing client base to get a sense of what your audience thinks of your idea before you invest a whole lot of time, energy, and money into creating something that they may not even want to partake in.
Maybe we want to nurture our audience first because the last thing we want to do for any launch or anything, including events, is [to] launch something [but] you don’t have anybody to launch it to.
Dr. Tekesia Jackson
For your pilot event:
- Get clear on what you want to offer, and see if somebody wants to pay for it.
- Imagine the client’s perspective: what would you want to have available to you when you go to a new event?
- Think of transport, food, WIFI, and parking – have these small amenities sorted.
- What will you need to run the event successfully? Even an assistant, like a friend to assist you.
Just be clear on what information or experience you are providing, and what I mean by that … is don’t give too much. Less is more.
Dr. Tekesia Jackson
Start small and grow from thereYour first event is not going to be your best – thankfully! Every time you reiterate something, both you and the skill develop a little further.
Rather than working yourself up to do something huge, start small, because it’s way more important that you start and give it a solid try than not doing anything at all.
What I’m getting at is [to] start where you are, use what you have, and consider where you are coming from … do your budget first, don’t do your budget after.
Dr. Tekesia Jackson
Events are expensive, so save yourself the extra pain by doing things small on the first run to get a bite before going bigger.
Books mentioned in this episode:Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Dr. TK’s website, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Check out these additional resources:* How To Host An Event with Dr. Tekesia Jackson – Part 1 | GP 155 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How To Host An Event with Dr. Tekesia Jackson – Part 2 | GP 156 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you future-proof your business to remain successful and relevant in your niche? Can you bet on yourself as an advantage? Is your community the key to your leveling up?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about passive income, growing an audience, and leveling up with Pat Flynn.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesAs a therapist, I can tell you from experience that having the right EHR is an absolute lifeline. I recommend using TherapyNotes. They make billing, scheduling, notetaking, telehealth, and E-prescribe incredibly easy. Best of all, they offer live telephone support that’s available 7 days a week.
You don’t have to take my word for it – Do your own research and see for yourself – TherapyNotes is the #1 highest-rated EHR system available today, with 4.9 out of 5 stars on Trustpilot.com and on Google.
All you have to do is click the link below, or type promo code JOE on their website www.therapynotes.com, and receive a special 2-month trial, absolutely free.
If you’re coming from another EHR, TherapyNotes will import your demographic data quick and easy at no cost, so you can get started right away.
Trust me, don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Meet Pat FlynnPat blogs at The Smart Passive Income Blog which has recently become one of the fastest-growing blogs in the online marketing and blogging industry. He also hosts The Smart Passive Income Podcast, which was at one point the #3 overall business podcast on iTunes.
Pat didn’t go to business school and isn’t an expert copywriter or genius marketer. He is, however, a person who knows that building a successful business is about helping serve others first, and then building a team, or systems, to lean into those services even more.
Visit Pat Flynn’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and YouTube.
In This Podcast* Why you should look for your superfans * You are the advantage! * The value of community * Pat’s advice to private practitioners
Why you should look for your superfans
I find that whenever you can serve first, you always get rewarded back.
Pat Flynn
You find your superfans by locating the niche that they are in and serving them first. Where do your skills, expertise, and passions intersect with a need in your local population or community?
What is it that you know, have, or have experience in or knowledge about that can heal a pain point and help people develop their lives? Locate that, focus on it, and brainstorm from there.
As I often say, the riches are in the niches, you now have less competition [and] you can speak the same language as your audience, and they’re going to start recommending [you] … when it comes to clinical work, specifically and especially, that recommendation and referral goes a long way.
Pat Flynn
Your superfans will support you by purchasing your products and being happy to pay for subscriptions because they will know, like, and trust you.
They will often refer you first to friends, family, or colleagues if they think that you can help them too.
This is to me the way that you future-proof your business. This is business insurance.
Pat Flynn
You are the advantage!You are unique. Your experience, personality, outlook on life, and methodology are entirely your own. No one else on the planet has had the same experience with the same personality, so there is no other combination of knowledge and experience.
Your uniqueness is a key factor in your success, and you can use it well to bring people into your space and connect with them.
People connect with other people, right? They don’t want the information, they want the results … they don’t want to be [taught], they want to learn from somebody.
Pat Flynn
Of course, you may feel nervous about this or about putting yourself so fully out there. However, this will get the right people to like you even more because they will resonate with your truth and with the authentic way in which you portray it.
What makes you you, why don’t people know that? This is how you differentiate yourself from others because the truth is [that] you are your own advantage.
Pat Flynn
If you are here for the long-term with your audience, then don’t be afraid to put yourself into your work.
The value of communityA community space, whether in-person or online, is not just about the interaction between the host and the participants: a community is also about the interaction between the participants themselves.
People want a sense of belonging, to be heard, seen, and welcomed.
When you can facilitate these interactions … it can do nothing but elevate your brand.
Pat Flynn
People will come for the content, but they will stay for the community.
Pat Flynn’s pro tip: every week for 30 minutes, send DMs to your followers and those who interact with your content. Show them that you are invested in them and appreciate their support because it lets them know that you truly care.
Pat’s advice to private practitionersGood luck! You are more than capable to do the things that you feel inspired to do, so get started!
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get your 28-step checklist. * Don’t waste any more of your time, and try TherapyNotes.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Pat Flynn’s website, Smart Passive Income, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and YouTube. * An article mentioned: 1000 True Fans * Mentioned podcast episode: A Crash Course on Charisma
Check out these additional resources:* Ask Joe: How can I manage my time better? | POP 839 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Ask the Expert: Passive Income, Growing an Audience, and Leveling Up with Pat Flynn | POP 840 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a red, yellow, or green lighter in business? Why should you find an accountability partner or group? Where does your strength sit?
In this episode of a two-podcast series, LaToya Smith speaks about how to host an event with Dr. Tekesia Jackson.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Dr. Tekesia JacksonDoctor TK is a Licensed Clinical Psychologist, Therapist Business Coach, Author, and Content Creator. She is the CEO of Branding 4 Abundance, serving hundred of therapists annually to Design and Build an Abundant Mental Health Business and Lifestyle. Doctor TK has been a college professor for over 17 years and has built a profitable solo and group practice over the last 10 years. Her love for teaching and coaching has created an impact as a clinical supervisor, serving the re-entry population and program development through various non-profits across the country, all while being a wife and mom!
Visit Dr. TK’s website, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Where do you start? * Red light, yellow light, or green light? * Develop your strength
Where do you start?1 – Decide what you want to do
2 – Write it down to make a map for it
3 – Get an accountability partner or join a mastermind group
4 – Seek mentorship with someone that’s eight to 10 steps ahead of you
If you want to earn $250k, why are you hanging out with people [that] all want to only stay at a 9-5 to make $50k? That doesn’t make sense.
Dr. Jackson
5 – Try what you want to do and be okay with failure
6 – Whenever you fail, dust yourself off, and get back in the race
That’s why your get-it squad is there, or your coach or mentor is there to pump you up, but you’ve also got to be coachable and teachable.
Dr. Jackson
Red light, yellow light, or green light?Are you a business owner that has a red light, yellow light, or green light?
Red light: doesn’t take action
Yellow light: seek more information
Green light: takes actionable steps
So when we’re coming down to hosting an event, for example, which lane are you in? Because the red lighters are not teachable or coachable [and] they don’t even think it’s a problem.
Dr. Jackson
Everything here has got to do with mindset. Do you see the challenge? Have you acknowledged it? Will you step forward to meet, learn from, and grow with it?
Develop your strengthFailure will happen, but it’s not bad. Failure is just a chance to do something differently, to gather more data, and to try something new.
Develop your growth mindset and transform the old idea of failure into an opportunity for change.
I can’t sit with not trying and not knowing. I’d rather try and see, try and learn, but I can’t sit with not trying at all.
LaToya Smith
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Dr. TK’s website, and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Check out these additional resources:* Hiring a Virtual Assistant with Beth Lachance | GP 154 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How To Host An Event with Dr. Tekesia Jackson – Part 1 | GP 155 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you committed to doing some things differently? What do you want to do with your time? How can you handle your time efficiently both in your personal and professional life?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how you can manage your time better.
Podcast Sponsor: 28-Step ChecklistAre you ready to leave your full-time job for private practice? Maybe you work at community mental health, or at a non-profit, or you’re a 1099 or a W2 at a private practice already.
Is this the year that you start a solo practice? Or maybe you already started a solo practice, but you’re really not sure if you’re doing it right.
I want to give you something totally free that will help you out on your journey. I have a 28-step checklist to make sure that you start a solo practice correctly! It’s totally free, it’s a download. I just get your email and send you other tips that are going to help you be able to grow your solo practice!
You’re going to get weekly emails that help you to start your practice correctly.
So, if that sounds good to you, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get started today!
In This Podcast* Look at your personal goals * Observe your income needs * Block out time * Allocate time and commit to your workday
Look at your personal goalsWhat do you want to accomplish, and what do you want to achieve?
Are there any things that you would like to work on changing, or doing differently?
Consider the life that you want to live, write it down, and then work backward. What do you need to do to bring this life to fruition?
Break down each step into an actionable thing that you can do once a day throughout the upcoming weeks and months.
Observe your income needsAgain, work backward. What is the amount that you need to bring into your practice monthly?
Work that down into how much you need to charge per session, and how many sessions you need to do per week to bring in that amount of income.
Knowing the numbers of what you need to bring in … we want to know that before we start looking at your time because if you allocate time for your practice but you don’t know why you’re doing it, it’s a lot harder [to do the work].
Joe Sanok
Block out timeSchedule time for work and personal obligations and commitments, as well as time to pursue those personal goals too.
Block out that time and decide [what your] hard boundaries and your soft boundaries [are].
Joe Sanok
Identify your hard and soft boundaries. What are you willing to change on exception, and what is fluid?
Set these out for yourself and enforce them – with yourself and others! – so that you can build self-trust and know that your time is valuable and should be respected.
Allocate time and commit to your workdayUse your hard boundary skills to be clear on what you are doing, and then commit to doing it!
Practice your self-discipline and work to show up and do what you say you will do when you are doing it.
When you put things in your calendar, follow them.
So now, what we’ve done is we’ve created a basic simple organization where we understand what our personal goals are, we understand our business goals, and how much money we need to bring in … [and] we then have started to block out that personal time so that we save ourselves from ourselves … but I don’t want you to work all the time because your brain is going to be more effective if it has that time to slow down.
Joe Sanok
Books mentioned in this episode:Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get your 28-step checklist.
Check out these additional resources:* Launching a Supervision Directory with Dr. Amy Parks | POP 838 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Ask Joe: How can I manage my time better? | POP 839 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you ever struggled to find a supervisor? Are you ready to match with great clinicians that are looking for your supervision? Can you as the CEO make yourself operationally insignificant within your private practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about launching a supervision directory with Dr. Amy Parks.
Podcast Sponsor: 28-Step ChecklistAre you ready to leave your full-time job for private practice? Maybe you work at community mental health, or at a non-profit, or you’re a 1099 or a W2 at a private practice already.
Is this the year that you start a solo practice? Or maybe you already started a solo practice, but you’re really not sure if you’re doing it right.
I want to give you something totally free that will help you out on your journey. I have a 28-step checklist to make sure that you start a solo practice correctly! It’s totally free, it’s a download. I just get your email and send you other tips that are going to help you be able to grow your solo practice!
You’re going to get weekly emails that help you to start your practice correctly.
So, if that sounds good to you, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get started today!
Meet Dr. Amy ParksDr. Amy Fortney Parks brings over 30 years of experience working with children, adolescents, and families as both an educator and psychologist. She is a passionate “BRAIN-ENTHUSIAST” and strives to help everyone she works with understand the brain science of communication, activation, and relationships.
Dr. Parks has a Doctorate in Educational Psychology with a specialty in developmental neuroscience. She is a Child & Adolescent Psychologist as well as the founder and Clinical Director of WISE Mind Solutions LLC and The Wise Family Counseling, Assessment & Parent Coaching in Virginia. She is also the founder of the Clinical Supervision Directory – a connection super-highway for supervision-seekers working towards licensure in counseling and social work across the US.
Visit The Clinical Supervision Directory and connect on Facebook and Instagram.
FREEBIE: Sign up to be a supervisor in the directory and use the code “JOE” to receive a discount on your annual membership!
In This Podcast* Prepare your practice for success * Dr. Parks’ directory experience * Lessons from the launch * Why you should join the directory * Dr. Parks’ advice to private practitioners
Prepare your practice for success1 – Take your ego out of it. Hiring a clinical director and someone to help you within your private practice does not make you an inefficient or unsuccessful owner – quite the opposite.
Hiring professional help that allows you to take some tasks off of your plate to focus on growing your private practice is one of the best, most rewarding decisions (and investments!) that you can make for the success of your practice.
2 – Become operationally insignificant. Design and set up your private practice so that admin queries, questions needing answers, and procedural steps do not fall completely into your responsibility to resolve.
Create a handbook or a manual on everything to do with your business so that when your clinicians have standard questions, they can find the answers there.
Our systems in our way-book are so clear that I’m operationally insignificant, except for visionary work and the clinical needs of the day-to-day demands of our clients, there should be no operational questions [directed at me].
Dr. Parks
3 – Direct a path to one answer. By creating a document or a procedural system where everything is streamlined, your clinicians and admin staff won’t have multiple answers to one question.
Make information easily accessible to everyone, and clear to read and comprehend.
Dr. Parks’ directory experienceThroughout the lockdown in 2020, while Dr. Parks was working, she noticed some gaps in the market that could have been tended to.
We’ve all heard stories for years about how difficult it is to find supervision, or how people struggle with locating a supervisor when they’re looking for one, and I had just in 2020 … heard stories [like this], and I started to hear horror stories.
Dr. Parks
So, she decided to take action. By getting money together, Dr. Parks did research with an assistant to understand how supervisors are certified, how to become licensed in different states, and how to be a great supervisor in general.
We went from a team of two to adding on a copywriter, another person who does our graphics, we have a social media team, and we have a newsletter … yeah, it’s a thing! It’s a pretty big thing!
Dr. Parks
Lessons from the launch* To have brainstormed more objections and questions * Be clear on why people need to join the directory * Investing early on in getting buy-in from counseling companies and organizations * Knowing that it’s a constant process of tweaking and changing
Why you should join the directory1 – Make it easier for supervision-seekers to find you
2 – Be clear about who you are, where you are, and what you do
3 – Connect with clinicians from your state
For the supervisor, again, it’s an opportunity to say, “Here I am, I’m available! And here is the information about me” … it’s kind of like Tinder for supervision, except there’s no dating!
Dr. Parks
4 – With backlinks, the directory boosts your SEO and search ranking as well!
Dr. Parks’ advice to private practitionersRemember what it was like to be in supervision, and remember what it was like to start out. Know that experienced practitioners can make that struggle easier for the next generation of clinicians, which helps the greater community at the end of the day.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit The Clinical Supervision Directory and connect on Facebook and Instagram. * Head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get free practice resources! * Check out TeleWellness Hub
Check out these additional resources:* Quarter-by-Quarter Planning to Reach Your Goals This Year | POP 837 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Launching a Supervision Directory with Dr. Amy Parks | POP 838 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
When is the right time to hire a virtual assistant? What is the first thing that you desperately want to get off of your plate? Can you help yourself help your business by hiring well-trained and experienced assistants?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about hiring a virtual assistant with Beth Lachance.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level:
Over 20 FREE Downloadable resources and tools
8-minute expert videos on a variety of topics to help make your private practice stronger
3 hours of video training to make growing a practice quicker
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Beth LachanceBeth Lachance is the Founder and CEO of REVA Global MD, an industry leading provider of trained medical virtual assistants. Combining her strong leadership and determination with her 16 years of experience as a business owner specializing in Real Estate Project Management and Investing with Hat Trick Holding, LLC, and over 22 years of corporate experience in the private and public sector of Surgical Device, Pharmaceutical, and Specialty Pharmacy Industries – she keeps the company moving forward with high-level strategy while understanding the details of day-to-day execution to ensure steadfast success.
Visit Reva Global MD and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. In This Podcast* The right time to hire a virtual assistant * Pick one thing to start with * Why you should work with Reva Global!
The right time to hire a virtual assistantIf you are feeling overwhelmed by the amount of work that you have to do, the best time to hire a virtual assistant was last month. The next best time is right now!
No more delay. Bite the bullet because it’s time to move forward and get that done.
Beth Lachance
Questions to consider:
- What are your main pain points?
- Which tasks do you always have to do that drain you?
- Can you set up a task list?
Pick one thing to start withWhat is the one thing that you need help with right away? If someone could come in tomorrow and say, “I’m here, what can I do to help you?”, what would you have them do?
These tasks could be things like answering the phone, doing client intake or follow-ups, or answering and sending emails.
Let’s start with a handful of things that we know we can immediately get off of your plate that would make an impact on your day, and then we’ll start seeing how much time is left.
Beth Lachance
Do not wait until you feel overwhelmed to start looking for assistance because then you are risking your health and the success of your business.
Be proactive in finding support, because ultimately, it will help you to create your best private practice.
Man, when you feel [overwhelmed] or you’re three-quarters of the way full, it’s time to hire somebody and time to get somebody in there. So, don’t wait to burn out. Don’t do [it] like me!
LaToya Smith
Why you should work with REVA Global!* All REVA personnel have experience with the medical industry before being assigned as virtual assistants. * REVA personnel have been recruited, screened, and trained to optimize and work well within the admin world of the mental health industry. * You are assigned a REVA virtual assistant that is perfectly matched with what you need help with! * The virtual assistants are followed up with by REVA daily to make sure the KPIs are being reached so that you do not have to!
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Reva Global MD and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * See also, Expert bookers
Check out these additional resources:* Opening A Second Practice Location with Ashley Mielke | GP 153 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Hiring a Virtual Assistant with Beth Lachance | GP 154 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What’s the best way to break down big goals into actionable steps? Are you committed to developing your private practice in 2023? How do you measure success when you’re working toward your goals?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about quarter-by-quarter planning to reach your goals this year.
Podcast Sponsor: 28-Step ChecklistAre you ready to leave your full-time job for private practice? Maybe you work at community mental health, or at a non-profit, or you’re a 1099 or a W2 at a private practice already.
Is this the year that you start a solo practice? Or maybe you already started a solo practice, but you’re really not sure if you’re doing it right.
I want to give you something totally free that will help you out on your journey. I have a 28-step checklist to make sure that you start a solo practice correctly! It’s totally free, it’s a download. I just get your email and send you other tips that are going to help you be able to grow your solo practice!
You’re going to get weekly emails that help you to start your practice correctly.
So, if that sounds good to you, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get started today!
In This Podcast* Important numbers to know * The three tenets of good business! * Identify your building blocks
Important numbers to knowAs you dive into the planning process, it’s a lot more helpful and workable to plan for the best-case (and worst-case) scenarios when you know how much money you have to work with.
Therefore, some important numbers to have on hand when you start your planning process include:
- The average number of client intakes that are coming into the practice every month
- The average amount that each client pays for their sessions
- The lifetime value of your clients
We want to make sure that some of those core operating things are understood and are being worked on and … that [you] have a clear assessment.
Joe Sanok
The three tenets of good business!For your quarter-by-quarter planning, you want to know where your:
1 – Problems,
2 – Opportunities, and
3 – Successes are!
Therefore, to get a good sense of how everything currently stands within your business, consider gathering some firsthand data and experience through a questionnaire.
I would do some sort of survey with your employees or contractors. This may be a digital survey, but having you – or someone else – go through an interview with every single staff member to get an idea of it and bring it together as a macro-report is a great way to bring it all together.
Joe Sanok
Identify your building blocksAfter your internal survey to understand the ins and outs of your practice, brainstorm the three core building blocks that you want to commit to working toward in 2023.
For a solo practice, it could be:
- Signing new clients
- Quality assuring new clients
- Optimizing systems
You can say, “You know, I think by June, I’m going to want to have a virtual or executive assistant. Someone that’s answering the phone and scheduling, things like that … for quarter 3, I’m going to put that as a goal.”
Joe Sanok
So, once you have identified your three goals, you can break them down into actionable tasks and assign them to different months or quarters throughout the year to work on. Make it easy for yourself to do the work that you have to do.
Set some time aside for each task, and identify a basic measuring system to track your successes. Remember to recognize and celebrate the small wins because they add up.
Check out these additional resources:* Advertising to Keep Your Practice Full with Luke Charlton | POP 836 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Quarter-by-Quarter Planning to Reach Your Goals This Year | POP 837 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can you launch and maintain a successful paid advertising campaign? Have you felt uncomfortable working with paid advertising in the past? Are you ready to fill up your private practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about advertising to keep your practice full with Luke Charlton.
Podcast Sponsor: 28-Step ChecklistAre you ready to leave your full-time job for private practice? Maybe you work at community mental health, or at a non-profit, or you’re a 1099 or a W2 at a private practice already.
Is this the year that you start a solo practice? Or maybe you already started a solo practice, but you’re really not sure if you’re doing it right.
I want to give you something totally free that will help you out on your journey. I have a 28-step checklist to make sure that you start a solo practice correctly! It’s totally free, it’s a download. I just get your email and send you other tips that are going to help you be able to grow your solo practice!
You’re going to get weekly emails that help you to start your practice correctly.
So, if that sounds good to you, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get started today!
Meet Luke CharltonIn 2013, Luke Charlton (AKA: The Aussie Hermit) decided to quit his comfortable 6-figure/yr government job, move halfway around the world, and start an online business as a Coach.
Thinking he knew enough about marketing to survive in one of the most expensive cities in the world (London), he quickly realized this online thing wasn’t as easy as it looked. Through years of trial and error struggling and nearly going bankrupt, Luke finally discovered the formula for online success now helping over 4,000 Coaches grow their business online.
Visit Luke Charlton’s website, The Hermit Hole, and connect on LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: The 9 Email Offers that Get Clients, The 15-Minute Client Workshop
In This Podcast* Deconstruct your beliefs about paid ads * Basics for your paid advertising campaign * Work with a niche * You don’t have to give guarantees * Luke’s advice to private practitioners
Deconstruct your beliefs about paid ads
If you have a service that helps people … particularly if you’re a therapist helping to solve a painful problem, why wouldn’t you be trying to get your message out in front of your ideal client and telling them about it?
Luke Charlton
Many therapists may feel uncomfortable investing in paid advertising because they think it makes them look “salesy” and distracts from the needs of their clients.
However, advertising your services is one of the biggest, most important actions that you can take as a therapist and a business owner because you are putting your practice right in front of people that can directly benefit from its services.
In a way, selling the services of your practice by advertising them online is a direct link to helping your clients heal and recover from their pain points. You cannot help people if they do not know about you.
Basics for your paid advertising campaign
If I’m running ads, I want to go for the low-hanging fruit in the first instance [and speak to those clients] that are paying right now and want help right now.
Luke Charlton
- Identify the clients that you want to attract right now
- Go for the low-hanging fruit and make it easy for people that need and want your services right now to find you fast
- Then, develop your content to attract the next layer of clients that are curious but not yet sure if they want to work with you yet
Work with a nicheIf you’re a coach, consultant, or therapist, you want to pick a very painful problem. What is the one really painful problem that you can help these people resolve? Work within a niche problem or situation.
The more unique it is, the easier it is to actually stand out with your ads.
Luke Charlton
Additionally, by working with a niche problem, you can advertise yourself and just say, “Book an appointment here”, because you don’t need to sell it further. If you’re that rare and in demand, the clients will come through the door.
You don’t have to give guarantees
You’re saying, “Look, based on my experience and based on the other couples or the other people that I have worked with in the past, I’m confident that I can help.” That’s not a guarantee.
Luke Charlton
You do not have to “guarantee” results with your advertising, because as a therapist, that would be immoral and perhaps impossible in some ways. You cannot predict how a session will go.
However, what you can guarantee is a money-back policy. You can guarantee that if in 90 days a person hasn’t experienced some sort of transformation or healing with their problem, they can have their money back.
Make sure to check what’s legal within your state and falls within your code of ethics.
Luke’s advice to private practitionersIf you try new things, remain patient, and work with your niche, it’s almost impossible for you to not be successful.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Check out the 28-step checklist! * Visit Luke Charlton’s website, The Hermit Hole, and connect on LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Level Up Series: Creating Products and Email Lists for Sustaining Additional Streams of Income | POP 835 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Advertising to Keep Your Practice Full with Luke Charlton | POP 836 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking for ways to supplement income for your private practice? How can you make a substantial income from affiliate links as a practice owner? Do you have passions that complement your niche that you’ve been thinking about expanding?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about creating products and email lists for sustaining additional streams of income.
Podcast Sponsor: 28-Step ChecklistAre you ready to leave your full-time job for private practice? Maybe you work at community mental health, or at a non-profit, or you’re a 1099 or a W2 at a private practice already.
Is this the year that you start a solo practice? Or maybe you already started a solo practice, but you’re really not sure if you’re doing it right.
I want to give you something totally free that will help you out on your journey. I have a 28-step checklist to make sure that you start a solo practice correctly! It’s totally free, it’s a download. I just get your email and send you other tips that are going to help you be able to grow your solo practice!
You’re going to get weekly emails that help you to start your practice correctly.
So, if that sounds good to you, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get started today!
In This Podcast* The three core streams of income * Why you should develop an email course * Steps for developing your passive income
The three core streams of income1 – Affiliate links: this is where you get paid for sponsoring someone else’s work. What is something that you can naturally refer people to? Reach out to those companies and see if you can set up a meeting.
2 – Products: these can be mastermind groups, one-on-one sessions, and so forth.
Your own products [are] usually where you could make the most amount of money.
Joe Sanok
- Mastermind group: a time-limited small group that meets for around six months.
- Email series: your audience receives small-time coaching from you over six months to a year that helps them move from a particular pain into a transformation.
3 – Sponsorships: this could be a cost-per-mention.
You’re in some way saying, “I like this product, I have vetted this product, I have used this product, or I … know people that have used this product, and I support it!” To me, [ethically doing that], to make sure that it’s something that you like and support, is really important.
Joe Sanok
Why you should develop an email courseCreate an awesome opt-in.
This is where it helps you so much to know your audience and what their pain points are because then you can create specific products, services, and opt-ins that they will actually want and sign up for.
[With] an email course, the goal is to take people from that “know, like, and trust” process [to working with you]. Joe Sanok
People need to know that you exist, they need to share your values – which comes from you working within your niche – and they need to like you – which comes from you being authentic in your work.
Why should you start with an email course? It first builds authority and expertise, and you have to differentiate what you teach and how you teach it from other therapists working in a similar niche.
[Email courses] help you stay in touch. Now, if you’re on Instagram or Facebook, none of those [places] are bad but you don’t really own those audiences. Joe Sanok
Your email list is your direct, opted-in audience.
Steps for developing your passive incomeThe main goal of creating and sustaining passive income is to create money-earning streams that are not directly linked to your working clinical hours.
You’re looking at going from one-on-one, to one-to-a-few, to one-to-many.
Joe Sanok
1 – Grow your audience: develop your know-like-trust factor, understand their pain points, and have ways to help them achieve the transformation that they’re looking for.
2 – Expand your content: develop your content so that your audience can continue to learn from and about you.
3 – Develop your product: Talk with at least 20 people from your email list or in your audience and ask them about:
- Pain points
- Product
- Support
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Check out the 28-step checklist!
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* How to Name A Practice | Step By Step * Check Out PayPal, Circle and Teachable * See also Zoom and Zapier
Check out these additional resources:* How Your Childhood Money Script Could be Directing Your Practice Spending and How to Change it with Ashley Quamme | POP 834 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Level Up Series: Creating Products and Email Lists for Sustaining Additional Streams of Income | POP 835 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you create enough business to sustain two locations? Is it possible to continually max out the business for even one location? What does it take to maintain the focus and to drive the vision that you have for your practice?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about opening a second location with Ashley Mielke.
Podcast Sponsor: Pillars of PracticeReady to take your practice to the next level? In our Pillars of Practice E-Courses, you will find FREE resources designed to help you take your private practice to the next level, whether you are just starting out or already have an established practice running.
What’s your phase of practice? Click here to get full access, totally free!
Meet Ashley MielkeAshley Mielke is a Registered Psychologist, Founder, and CEO of a large group private practice in Alberta, Canada called The Grief and Trauma Healing Centre Inc. She is passionate about supporting heart-centered practice owners in starting, growing, and scaling their businesses.
Ashley was called to start her company after the tragic death of her father by suicide in 2010. It was the purpose she found through her healing that inspired the ‘WHY’ that drives her 7-figure company today. It brings Ashley great joy to support other heart-centered leaders in building successful practices that are aligned with both their business goals and their deepest calling.
Visit The Grief and Trauma Healing Centre and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Connect with Ashley Mielke on Instagram and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* How to keep the phone ringing * Keep the focus * The next steps after signing the lease
How to keep the phone ringingYou may be nervous about opening a second location if you think that business would be scarce.
However, it is possible for you to sustain a steady stream of clients coming into your private practices, and for that growth to be sustainable.
- Create and support a strong marketing strategy
- Boost your referrals by word-of-mouth and from fellow companies
- Building brand reputation and awareness
I have worked so hard over the last decade putting myself out there. I do a lot of public speaking; I sit on panels [and] I speak at conferences … I appear wherever I can go to build relationships in the community.
Ashley Mielke
Keep the focusEven though fear may be present, keep holding onto your “why”, and the sense of purpose that you feel in expanding your business.
Remember that fear is just an emotion that lets you know that you are close to the edge of your comfort zone, and are most likely near a position of growth, so embrace it!
You’re here to serve and it’s all coming from that place of service, and how can you go wrong? That truly was so great!
Ashley Mielke
Draw energy and support from your team, and the community within your practice. They want the business to succeed, therefore they will support you too!
The next steps after signing the lease* Before signing the lease, agree on a move-in date to work toward when it comes to getting the office space ready. * Give clients advance notice to let them know where some of their therapists will be relocating to if they are moving to the second location. * Send a company-wide email to everyone in the practice with the plans set out * Duplicate everything in the first office space to put into the second office space, from kitchen utensils to system programs. * Launch a second Google My Business listing.
The good part of this is [that] you’ve already done it once [with your first practice], so just do it again!
LaToya Smith
- Continually work on your brand awareness so that people will find you!
- Chat with your accountant to see what your financial situation looks like to prepare yourself and your business to bridge the gap and then continue to be profitable.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit The Grief and Trauma Healing Centre and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. * Connect with Ashley Mielke on Instagram and LinkedIn. * See also the Grief Recovery Method
Check out these additional resources:* Practicing Self-Love Can Help You Grow Your Practice with Mikah Miller | GP 152 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Opening A Second Practice Location with Ashley Mielke | GP 153 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are your earliest memories of money? Could they be indirectly guiding your important decisions around your private practice? What can you do to change, heal, and elevate your beliefs around money?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how your childhood money script could be directing your practice spending and how to change it with Ashley Quamme.
Podcast Sponsor: 28-Step ChecklistAre you ready to leave your full-time job for private practice? Maybe you work at community mental health, or at a non-profit, or you’re a 1099 or a W2 at a private practice already.
Is this the year that you start a solo practice? Or maybe you already started a solo practice, but you’re really not sure if you’re doing it right.
I want to give you something totally free that will help you out on your journey. I have a 28-step checklist to make sure that you start a solo practice correctly! It’s totally free, it’s a download. I just get your email and send you other tips that are going to help you be able to grow your solo practice!
You’re going to get weekly emails that help you to start your practice correctly.
So, if that sounds good to you, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/new to get started today!
Meet Ashley QuammeAshley Quamme is a Licensed Marriage and Family Therapist with a private practice in the Augusta, GA area. Her area of focus clinically is helping couples with financial relational problems. Along with her clinical practice, she also owns BAM Financial Consulting where she provides financial coaching services to mental health professionals as well as a webinar and in-person training for financial planners and mental health professionals.
Visit BAM financial consulting and connect on Twitter and Instagram. See also the Wealthy Marriage.
In This Podcast* What are money scripts? * The four money scripts * Encourage your kids to build a healthy relationship with money * Talking with your clients * Ashley’s advice to private practitioners
What are money scripts?
[These] are those beliefs that stem from childhood and our upbringing and both our implicit and explicit learning. Ashley Quamme
Your money script is essentially your belief or mentality around money, and this includes what it means to have money if money is good or bad, and whether you define yourself and your success by whether you have it or not.
The four money scriptsThere are four classic money scripts:
1 – Money focus: these beliefs are around thinking that money solves all problems.
2 – Money avoidance: people with money avoidance often avoid educating themselves about money or making decisions about their financial world, perhaps from anxiety or fear-based beliefs.
This is one of the [beliefs that] a lot of mental health professionals can find themselves … having.
Ashley Quamme
3 – Money vigilance: this is considered the “better” script. It’s around having discretion and awareness around money and believing it should be saved rather than spent.
4 – Money status: this belief considers that your net-worth ties to your self-worth, which can lead to poor spending habits and fear-based actions.
Encourage your kids to build a healthy relationship with moneyEvery parent wants to set their kids up for success in their lives, and one of the ways that you can do that is to teach them how to build healthy mindsets around money.
- As the parent and the adult, do some work on your personal beliefs around money first
- Try to figure out what you believe or think beyond “autopilot”
Explore that with some depth and then [decide], “Is this belief, or are these beliefs serving me well? Is this what I actually believe? Is this what I want to continue?”
Ashley Quamme
- Have open discussions with your partner if you are raising your kids together to see which money scripts you both have and how they could influence one another
Talking with your clientsAs a private practice owner, you run a business and you most likely have employees. Money is coming and going, and you need to be able to handle those shifts without taking things personally because that can damage the success of your business and therefore the job security of your clinicians.
Additionally, addressing money scripts with your clients also offers a huge healing opportunity for them because what someone thinks about money often impacts other areas of their life too.
I think what holds a lot of therapists back … is [that] a lot of times therapists are uncomfortable talking about it because they don’t know about it, they don’t understand it, and personally they themselves have beliefs perhaps that make them more avoidant to it.
Ashley Quamme
Challenge your beliefs, educate yourself, and strive to create a healthier, happier, stress-free approach to life. Can you offer these conversations to your clients?
Ashley’s advice to private practitionersIt is okay to want to make money, it doesn’t make you a bad or wrong therapist. Believing that you are deserving of earning money is a key to your success, the success of your practice, and therefore the treatment and recovery of your clients.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Check out the 28-step checklist!
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit BAM financial consulting and connect on Twitter and Instagram. See also the Wealthy Marriage. * Check out Your Mental Wealth Advisors to find your money script * Mentioned podcasts: Mind Money Balance and Financial Therapy
Check out these additional resources:* Harvard Psychiatrist Dr. Christopher M. Palmer on the Ketogenic Diet and Treatment Resistant Mental Health Disorders | POP 833 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How Your Childhood Money Script Could be Directing Your Practice Spending and How to Change it with Ashley Quamme | POP 834 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are your rates still the same as they were when you set them? Are you struggling to keep the promises you make to yourself because you always leave yourself last on your to-do list? Is it a struggle for you to schedule time for yourself?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about practicing self-love can help you grow your practice with Mikah Miller.
Podcast Sponsor: HeardAs a therapist, the last thing you probably want to think about is doing your own bookkeeping and taxes. Heard is here to help with that.
Heard is the financial back-office built specifically for therapists in private practice. They combine smart software with real humans to handle bookkeeping, taxes, and payroll.
Regardless of whether you’re a seasoned clinician or are in the first year of your practice, Heard will identify areas for growth and streamline best financial practices for your business.
When you sign up with Heard, you’ll be matched with an accountant who will help you track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and maximuze tax savings.
You’ll also receive financial insights such as profit and loss statements and personalized monthly reports.
You can say goodbye to poring over spreadsheets and guessing your tax deductions or quarterly payments. Focus on your clients, and Heard will take care of the rest.
Pricing begins at $149 per month for solo practices and can easily be tailored to fit your business’ financial needs. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe.
Meet Mikah MillerMikah Miller is the Founder and Director of With A Child’s Heart Behavioral Health Center. She is a Licensed Professional Counselor who specializes in “The 8TH Grade Transition”. She absolutely loves her client kiddos entering and exiting the 8th grade.
Mikah also helps other Entrepreneurs and Aspiring Entrepreneurs grow their business from the inside out by learning how to face their subconscious programming, integrate their past, present, and future selves, Align, and GLOW!
Visit With A Child’s Heart, Revealing the Glow Within, and connect on Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, Twitter (@Mikahmiller_), and TikTok (@MikahMiller).Freebies: 1.) First Part of Episode: A free download “The Glow Up Journal” https://www.revealingtheglowwithin.com/free-ebook-for-subscribers and 20%off code: GLOWUP2023 for A” Pick My Brain” Session2.) For Episode on Self Love: 5 Day Self-Love and Entrepreneurship Challenge Freebie – https://www.revealingtheglowwithin.com/self-love-and-entrepreneurship-challenge
In This Podcast* Why you need to raise your rates * Start loving yourself as a method for success * You deserve to have what you want in your practice
Why you need to raise your ratesYou have studied for years and you have completed extra training. You have experience with working with clients, with being supervised or supervising others.
You have lived experience and knowledge and empathy and the ability to create a safe space for others to heal – you need to assert what you are worth, and the value of what it is that you bring to the table.
Let’s talk about that self-love that we have to learn [and believe], “Listen, I’m worthy of this, I value this. I believe I deserve this”, right? [That] I love myself enough to … [do the difficult thing].
LaToya Smith
Start loving yourself as a method for successWhy is it a struggle for you to schedule time for yourself? Why do you not feel deserving of that effort for yourself?
If you’re always anticipating the emotions of a parent [as a child] … you grow up learning body language, you grow up knowing what to say and learning people’s mannerisms … self-love [in that context] would be, “I don’t have to anticipate the emotions of somebody else. I have to uphold what it is that makes my business run”.
Mikah Miller
If you grew up being a people-pleaser, being a boss can be extremely triggering because sometimes you will have to say and do things that may not suit everyone for the sake of the business – and yourself.
Still, you must do these difficult things, and realize that someone’s emotional response to your clearly laid out boundaries is not your job to appease.
You deserve to have what you want in your practiceLove yourself enough to:
- Know that you are worthy of success
- Heal your inner child
- Know that you deserve to have what you desire
Why haven’t you let go of the person who’s not good for the team? Love yourself enough to know that it’s okay. This is what you need to thrive and be a great owner. Love yourself enough to do the work on social media, or to pay for the course [that you need]. Love yourself enough to try.
LaToya Smith
You are with the effort that it takes to get yourself to the new, further places where you want to go. You are worth the investment of time, energy, and effort to love and develop, grow, and thrive.
Love yourself enough to try something new, accept change, and know that you are more than capable to try the things that you dream about achieving.
Books mentioned in this episode:BOOK | Mikah Miller – The Entrepreneur Code (e-book)
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit With A Child’s Heart, Revealing the Glow Within, and connect on Facebook and LinkedIn. * Practice of the Practice podcast network
Check out these additional resources:* Embracing Our Perceived Shortcomings As Opportunities For Growth with Mikah Miller | GP 151 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Practicing Self-Love Can Help You Grow Your Practice with Mikah Miller | GP 152 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Could mental illnesses be metabolic illnesses? Can the ketogenic diet be used as a treatment strategy for mental illnesses besides epilepsy? How do the body and mind influence one another, and how can you hack this relationship for optimizing mental health?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the ketogenic diet and treatment-resistant mental health disorders with Dr. Christopher M. Palmer.
Podcast Sponsor: The ReceptionistAre you tired of running to the lobby to see if your next appointment has arrived? Would you like a more discrete, stress-free way for your clients to check in?
Take a deep breath — The Receptionist for iPad empowers your practice to create a Zen-like check-in experience.
This episode is sponsored by The Receptionist for iPad. It’s the highest-rated digital check-in software for therapy offices and behavioral health clinics, used by thousands of practitioners across the country including many who are just getting started.
The Receptionist for iPad is a simple, inexpensive way to allow your clients to discreetly check in, notify providers of a patient’s arrival, and ensure your front lobby is stress-free.
The software sends an immediate notification to the therapist when a client checks in, and can even ask if any patient information has changed since their last visit.
Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Meet Dr. Christopher PalmerDr. Christopher M. Palmer is a Harvard psychiatrist and researcher working at the interface of metabolism and mental health. He is the Director of the Department of Postgraduate and Continuing Education at McLean Hospital and an Assistant Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. For over 25 years, he has held administrative, educational, research, and clinical roles in psychiatry at Harvard. He has been pioneering the use of the medical ketogenic diet in the treatment of psychiatric disorders—conducting research in this area, treating patients, writing, and speaking around the world on this topic. Most recently, he has developed the first comprehensive theory of what causes mental illness, integrating existing theories and research into one unifying theory—the brain energy theory of mental illness.
Visit Dr. Christopher Palmer’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* What is the ketogenic diet? * How keto impacts a brain * Metabolic illness is mental illness * Be smart about it * Dr. Palmer’s advice to private practitioners
What is the ketogenic diet?
The ketogenic diet was developed 100 years ago by a physician for one and only one purpose, and that was to stop seizures.
Dr. Palmer
The ketogenic diet is an evidence-based treatment for epilepsy. It’s highly effective for treatment-resistant epilepsy.
There are also epilepsy treatments used in classic psychiatry every day.
There are decades of neuroscience research that shows how and why it stops seizures, and it can also be effective for people suffering from other mental illnesses.
I really think about [keto] more as like a metabolic therapy, or a metabolic intervention because what we’re trying to do is profoundly change brain function and brain metabolism to improve brain health.
Dr. Palmer
This diet is technically low in carbohydrates, moderate in protein, and high in fat while eliminating sugar and refined grains. It can have different variations that can be individualized depending on the person.
How keto impacts a brainThe ketogenic diet changes neurotransmitter activity, improves calcium channel regulation, decreases brain inflammation, changes the gut microbiome, and improves insulin signaling, as well as others.
It does all of these things and the way that I think about it more broadly is that it improves brain metabolism, and I believe that is fundamental to reducing symptoms or sometimes even putting [the symptoms of mental illness] into remission.
Dr. Palmer
Metabolic illness is mental illness
We have evidence since the 1940s that people with mental illness have metabolic abnormalities in their brains and bodies.
Dr. Palmer
Down to the cellular level, what does it mean to have a metabolic disorder?
You find that your mitochondria, the powerhouse of the cell, have a role in your mental health because they:
- Have a role in regulating your neurotransmitters
- Regulate important hormones like cortisol and estrogen
- Play a role in inflammation
- Influence epigenetics which means they play a role in deciding which genes get switched on or off
When you look into this science, you find that it’s the only way that you can connect the dots of mental illness. However, this big picture opens up entirely new ways of treating mental illnesses.
New research also shows that trauma, stress, and adverse childhood events all impact mitochondria and their function which can result in a change in brain metabolism.
This theory actually connects the bio-psycho-social model of mental illness. By no means am I saying [that] a bad diet is the cause of all mental illness, [but] all of the things that mental health clinicians already know [like] trauma, stress … looking at it from the view of metabolism and mitochondria is the way to connect all of it.
Dr. Palmer
Be smart about itOf course, if you want to offer the ketogenic diet as a treatment method, work alongside a dietician and do your research before offering this modality – and introducing it – to your clients.
If you are treating a patient with a serious mental disorder, use the ketogenic diet as a medical intervention that was usually used to stop seizures. It is not a “fad” diet meant to lose weight.
Check out the guidelines to make sure you’re working within the best practice.
Basics:
- Check liver and kidney functions
- Check glucose and insulin levels
- Other prescription medications that could impact the diet
- Consider carnitine and selenium levels
Dr. Palmer’s advice to private practitionersYou are desperately needed right now in the world. Thank you for doing the work that you are doing, because there is a mental and metabolic health crisis.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Dr. Christopher Palmer’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. * Check out the Charlie Foundation for Ketogenic Therapies
Check out these additional resources:* Achieve Your Goals through The ONE Book with Kristen Edmiston | POP Bonus * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Harvard Psychiatrist Dr. Christopher M. Palmer on the Ketogenic Diet and Treatment Resistant Mental Health Disorders | POP 833 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you want your audience to feel when they interact with your business? What are the core values of building strong branding in your business? Can you make sure your brand is the best-dressed on the market?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about 8 tips to improve your brand.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast* Familiarize yourself with brand touchpoints * Check your values * Define your niche * Align your brand * Reconnect with your client * Set up your device * Up your aesthetic * Embrace social media
Familiarize yourself with brand touchpointsThe touchpoints of your brand are the places where clients will come into contact with you. These include your:
- Service
- Website
- Employees and client service
- Marketing
- Social media channels
- Word of mouth
These are just some of the areas that will help clients decide whether or not they relate to your brand. When revisiting your strategy to improve your brand, your first port of call should be checking in on these touchpoints.
Sam Carvalho
Evaluate how well your touchpoints are working. Make sure they’re perfectly aligned and cohesive so anyone would understand who your brand is from interacting with just one of the touchpoints.
Remember that each touch point is a chance to build loyalty with your clients.
Check your values
Values are one of the main factors that help clients decide whether or not a brand is a right fit for them. Whether those values are sustainability, quality, expertise, or something else entirely, you know it’s what makes your brand stand out to your target audience.
Sam Carvalho
Make sure all the messaging and communications on your website, socials, and other marketing materials are completely in line with your brand’s values.
Take a look at your brand guidelines and align them with the image you want to present to the world, and consider new ways for your values to filter through everything you do.
Your client should understand how your values apply to your services, and therefore, fulfill their needs.
Define your niche
When you started your business, you probably spent a lot of time looking at competitors and carving out your own niche that filled gaps they weren’t hitting. But, over time, all brands adapt and change to client needs, which is why you’ll need to stay on top of whether or not your niche really is still a niche.
Sam Carvalho
Keeping your market narrow, appealing to a specific demographic, and finding ways to fit their needs, is the best way to keep your brand refined.
Look at what your client needs now and ask yourself, “Am I still serving them, or could I be doing better?”
Align your brandFor help in aligning your brand, seek outside perspectives.
It can be difficult to truly understand how your brand appears to outside viewpoints without asking, so speak to stakeholders, employees, and clients to get their opinions.
If all of them have a different idea of what your brand is about, then your alignment needs some work.
Reconnect with your client
There are probably social platforms and networks that didn’t even exist when you launched your brand and created your marketing plan, so, as you seek to improve your brand, you should also be looking to improve your awareness of your client’s habits.
Sam Carvalho
Insights into different channels can help you understand how your followers are using different platforms. Then, you can appeal to the different algorithms of the various channels your clients use the most.
Set up your deviceWhen it comes to securing a good relationship with clients, your client service is one of the most important factors.
Negative experiences are more likely to inspire reviews than positive ones. Therefore, if your client service isn’t on point, your clients will remember and will be likely to share their bad experiences with their friends and family.
Up your aestheticFrom logos to brand colors to slogans, brands are always updating how they look.
Though this goes against the first marketing lesson of making your brand instantly recognizable, once your original brand is well established enough, your clients will have no trouble adapting to your new look.
Embrace social media
If you set your social media strategy last year, there are probably at least two new features on every channel that you use by now. Do you know how to use them to your advantage?
Sam Carvalho
With social media users taking to new features almost as soon as they’re released, there’s no excuse for brands to be seen lagging.
But, with that said, don’t force anything that doesn’t feel authentic to you and your brand. Gen Z TikTok isn’t the place for everyone after all!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Check out these additional resources: Branding Recap: 10 Print Design Tips | MP 125 * Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com * Design Services With Sam * Check out the Practice of the Practice Network * For more branding advice, click here * Apply to work with us
Meet Sam CarvalhoSam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Branding Recap: 8 Tips to Improve Your Brand | MP 126 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need a whole new approach to your goal achievement? Which habits can help you realize your dreams? What is the power of One?
In this podcast episode, Ashley Mielke speaks with Kristen Edmiston about goal achievement and The ONE Book.
Podcast Sponsor: NobleOur friends at Noble have run their own clinics, worked with thousands of clients, and have seen firsthand the burnout and stress that can come with heavy caseloads, difficult topics, and a lack of time.
With these issues in mind, Noble built their app to support therapists by making between-session support easy and offering an opportunity to earn a passive income. Now, with new CPT codes coming in 2023 that will allow therapists to offer reimbursable remote monitoring support, Noble is revolutionizing remote patient monitoring.
The team at Noble has built a program that you can quickly implement to allow you to reimburse code 989X6 for Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) remote monitoring.
This is so exciting for therapists and clinics!
This new CPT code, which is coming into play in January 2023, will allow you to make more money per hour and earn passive revenue. Noble’s system provides everything needed to reimburse:
- Objective data gathering device integration
- Assessment and data stream, display, measurement, and integrations
- HIPAA-compliant integrations into other EHRs
- Real-time and immediate interventions for elevated symptoms
If you would like to discuss adding their “plug-and-play” remote patient monitoring for 2023 so you can reimburse the new CPT codes, schedule a time to talk with Eric, their CEO at pop.noble.health.
Meet Kristen EdmistonKristen Edmiston, MBA, BScN is a former pediatric critical care nurse, turned healthcare executive, then business owner and entrepreneur. It was her nursing and leadership roles that required compassion, empathy, and critical thinking, blended with her strategic and analytical skills as a business consultant and coach that brought The ONE Book concept to life. Through her experience and observations, she realized that business owners, entrepreneurs, and leaders face very similar challenges and she knew there was a common solution to “the overwhelm” that so often gets in the way of reaching our Excellence Potential. The answer came together as The ONE Book.
Visit The ONE Book website, KEA Consulting, and connect on Instagram.
FREEBIE: Get 10% off your order if you head to theonebook.ca and use the code one2023
In This Podcast* The Origins of The ONE Book * The Structure of the ONE Book * The meaning behind the title * How to use the ONE Book * Kristen’s advice to private practitioners
The Origins of The ONE BookKristen has always had an interest in trying new things – and she often took on more than she should have. Kristen had to develop a variety of tricks and strategies to keep it all going.
Kristen’s philosophy of task management is all about simplification.
If you simplify things, then it can be done. Even really hard things.
Kristen Edmiston
During the pandemic both Kristen and her clients’ business models all had to shift – and a lot of small business owners found themselves struggling. One of Kristen’s clients approached her and asked how she manages running businesses and being a mother. When Kristen explained her system, her client suggested that it should become a book.
I’ve got this system that I’ve been using, typically with a bullet journal, and I have certain pages for certain things… and when I feel like I’m in control of my time, my money, and my energy, it’s easier.
Kristen Edmiston
The Structure of the ONE BookThe One Book is based on six excellence potential habits:
- Organization
- Prioritization
- Creativity
- Storytelling
- Visualization
- Reflection
The book opens with some background to these six habits and then leads into a reflection on your goals, your values, and your why.
The subsequent sections are broken down into twelve equal parts, one for every month… and there’s a calendar at a glance… You start at the beginning of your month … and then there are a series of exercises where the habits come into play.
Kristen Edmiston
There are focus exercises and creativity challenges across the book, helping you manage your focus and express your creativity. The goal of the book is for you to do these activities on a regular basis, and implement these six habits into your routine.
The meaning behind the title
I talk a lot about the power of One. Maybe it’s that one first step that you take going forward. Or it’s keeping everything in one place, having one book that you use, and that makes it more simple.
Kristen Edmiston
The crux of the book is the idea that if there is something you can do to help just one person, you must. This is the power of One. If you help one person, it can have ripples far beyond that moment your share with them. This resonates particularly true for therapists.
How to use the ONE BookThe ONE book is designed as a year’s worth of commitment.
The way I structure my use of the book is I have a practice on Sunday where I sit down and I fill out my sheets for the week ahead and it helps me get more grounded and clear on what’s going to be happening so I can be more proactive than reactive.
Kristen Edmiston
It’s designed to be used as a reference book. If you need inspiration or just a reminder of how far you’ve come back, then you can flip back through the pages of the book.
Ultimately, though, the book is a personal journey, and so it’s yours to decide how much time you commit to it.
Kristen’s advice to private practitionersYou don’t have to have it all figured out. Give yourself the grace and space to live into the head and the heart of your business.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * If you would like to discuss adding their “plug-and-play” remote patient monitoring for 2023 so you can reimburse the new CPT codes, schedule a time to talk with Eric, their CEO at pop.noble.health.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit The ONE Book website, KEA Consulting, and connect on Instagram. * Email Kristen at: hello@theonebook.ca
Check out these additional resources:* Relational Life Therapy as a New Approach to Working with Couples with Terry Real | POP 832 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Achieve Your Goals Through The ONE Book with Kristen Edmiston | POP Bonus appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a couple’s therapist? Can you find deeper intimacy by moving beyond the traditional roles within the patriarchy? Can therapy be effective even when the therapist breaks the standard rules?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about relational life therapy as a new approach to working with couples with Terry Real.
Podcast Sponsor: The ReceptionistAre you tired of running to the lobby to see if your next appointment has arrived? Would you like a more discrete, stress-free way for your clients to check in?
Take a deep breath — The Receptionist for iPad empowers your practice to create a Zen-like check-in experience.
This episode is sponsored by The Receptionist for iPad. It’s the highest-rated digital check-in software for therapy offices and behavioral health clinics, used by thousands of practitioners across the country including many who are just getting started.
The Receptionist for iPad is a simple, inexpensive way to allow your clients to discreetly check in, notify providers of a patient’s arrival, and ensure your front lobby is stress-free.
The software sends an immediate notification to the therapist when a client checks in, and can even ask if any patient information has changed since their last visit.
Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Meet Terry RealTerry Real is a nationally recognized family therapist, author, and teacher. Terry has appeared often as the relationship expert for Good Morning America and ABC News. His work has been featured in numerous academic articles as well as media venues such as Oprah, 20/20, The Today Show, CNN, The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal, Psychology Today, and many others.
In 1997 he published the national bestseller: I Don’t Want To Talk About It, the first book ever written on the topic of male depression. That was followed by two more successful books on relationships offering practical guides for couples and couples therapists; and most recently his New York Times Bestseller Us: Getting Past You & Me to Build a More Loving Relationship.
Visit Terry Real’s website, The Relational Life Institute, and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Relational life therapy * The three aspects of RLT * The essence of Us * Terry’s advice to private practitioners
Relational life therapy
It’s a radial way of working with couples [in] therapy, [and] any kind of therapy in which … we’re not neutral, we take sides, “You’re wrong, Mrs. Jones, and you’re even more wrong Mr. Jones, and here’s why”.
Terry Real
In Terry’s school of relational life therapy, the therapists take a radical stance with their clients with an incredible success rate.
The therapists take a stance, they include themselves and draw information from their personal experiences with their clients, and they expect their clients to want to get better, or at least give a genuine shot at therapy.
The three aspects of RLT
Relational life therapy (RLT) is known for producing deep, dramatic change quickly.
Terry Real
The three phases of RLT:
- Loving confrontation and finding your relational stance.
For example, an angry complaint will never foster a closer relationship with your partner because it is a dysfunctional stance.
We call this the adaptive child part of you … the part of you that adapted growing up to whatever you were subjected to, and we put that on the table.
Terry Real
- Trauma work and inner child work.
What were you adapting to? With RLT, each individual in the couple undergoes deep trauma and inner child work with their partner present in the room.
I think it’s much preferable to do deep trauma work in the context of the relationship than off in your own corner somewhere.
Terry Real
- Teaching each partner how to stand up for themselves – and each other – with love.
The essence of UsTerry’s latest book Us is about the different parts of people as they relate to their partner, from the wounded child to the adaptive child to the wise adult.
The autonomic nervous system, far beyond the level of consciousness, assesses whether it is safe or not over and over again.
If the body feels safe, people remain in the mature part of their brain, the wise adult. If the body feels unsafe, the wise adult shuts down, the nervous system is activated, and the adaptive child comes out.
We devolve when we feel like we’re in danger, or out of “us” into “you versus me”. Win, lose, it’s about my survival, me, me, me … we move into the adaptive child part of us, and we do the same things that we did when we were kids growing up.
Terry Real
The general adaptive child responses, with an activated nervous system, are fight, flight, flee, and fix – also known as “fawn” or codependency.
What is your kneejerk adaptive child response? Once you know that, you can notice it, take a breath, bring your awareness to your immediate response, choose something different, and thereby start to break the pattern.
The relational answer to the question, “Who’s right and who’s wrong?” is “Who cares?” What matters is how are the two of us as a team going to get through this issue.
Terry Real
Terry’s advice to private practitionersTrain with Terry and learn about RLT!
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Terry Real’s website, The Relational Life Institute, and connect on Instagram and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Level Up Series: Advertising & Directory Sites with Marta Hamilton | POP 831 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Relational Life Therapy as a New Approach to Working with Couples with Terry Real | POP 832 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you often need to print things like business cards, packaging, or flyers for your private practice? Are you creating print files by yourself, or with a designer? Have you heard of applying a grid system?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about 10 print design tips.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast* Apply grid systems * Layer it up * Back to basics * Play with borders * Use a pattern * Invert it * Brand consistency * Change directions * Basic graphics go a long way * Use high-quality images
Apply grid systems
Whether you are designing one or hundreds of pages, a grid system is essential in developing a layout. Grids can help you position text and images so that the page will look polished and clean.
Sam Carvalho
The structure is made up of intersecting horizontal and vertical lines.
If you want to add complexity to your page, try adding angular or curved lines. There are no strict rules as to what is and what isn’t a grid: that’s the beauty of design.
As a designer, you can create your own grid. As long as you follow it throughout a project, you will create clean pages.
Sam Carvalho
Layer it up
Print design has come a long way and, with the help of grids, we’ve started creating multi-layered layouts. This includes images over colored backgrounds, type-over images, graphics over type, and so on.
Sam Carvalho
If you happen to be working with heavy content, check if it’s legible, because it all comes down to legibility. So, if the copy is difficult to read, you might try choosing a lighter background for example.
- Type-over imagery is one of the easiest ways to apply multiple layers.
- Make sure the colors on the content and the colors of the image aren’t mixing to the point of illegibility.
- Does it make sense for the medium you are working in?
Back to basics
Minimalism never goes out of style. You can’t go wrong with crisp, clean, and organized.
Sam Carvalho
Create visual harmony with a few elements, select high-quality fonts and images, a muted color palette, and a basic grid.
Minimalism can seem stark due to the lack of color, but use the content and images as elements to add contrast. You can also use a mix of different font sizes to add visual interest to the page without creating clutter.
Play with borders This decorative element on the paper’s edge is not just an adornment – it can help reinforce the theme of your project by stylizing it.
Borders can help frame the page and create a strong delivery.
Borders can also be colorful and help unify the theme of the design by complementing it. However, if it becomes too crowded, try using fewer colors and a simpler design.
Sam Carvalho
Use a patternPatterns are extremely versatile and perfect for filling up empty space because they are flexible, functional, and visually effective.
For example, including a pattern on the back of a business card is a discreet way to add something special.
Invert itColors evoke different feelings in design.
While we see logos and printed materials in many different colors, black still holds strong. Black translates into high-end, luxury, and elegance. This mysterious color is the new white canvas.
Sam Carvalho
Paired with other colors, black brings out a contrast that isn’t comparable to white. The play of light and dark lends a sharp contrast to the page.
Brand consistencyA professionally designed brand identity needs to be visually attractive and fresh. Aside from marketing, clients will be looking at your branding to make sure you have a credible company.
In case you’re wondering, an identity package essentially consists of business cards, letterheads, invoices, envelopes, and creative folders. These elements need to work together cohesively … if you’re applying a pattern to a business card, this needs to extend to the rest of the stationary as well.
Sam Carvalho
This graphic translation will help you create a quality brand that will stand out from the crowd.
Change directionsThere are many ways to add emphasis and movement to your project.
Colors and shapes are a couple, and rotating text from horizontal to vertical is a different way of adding movement and direction to your design.
Basic graphics go a long wayWant to spice up your minimalist layout? Use basic graphics that vary in size and color. They will add visual weight and help with direction by emphasizing content.
Consider: if you open a brochure and are not quite sure what to read first and how to follow the content, you usually lean on the graphics included to help guide you.
Use high-quality imagesUsing full-page, bleed-to-bleed images creates a major impact.
You need to find high-quality images that you can enlarge to a full page because if you use low-quality images stretched over the page, it will result in pixelation which is a bad reflection on your brand.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Check out these additional resources: Branding Recap: 12 Digital Design Tips | MP 124 * Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com * Design Services With Sam * Check out the Practice of the Practice Network * For more branding advice, click here * Apply to work with us
Meet Sam CarvalhoSam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Branding Recap: 10 Print Design Tips | MP 125 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you sometimes feel held back from your true potential by your limiting beliefs? Can you permit yourself to follow your dreams? Are you taking action that’s in alignment with your highest calling?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about embracing our perceived shortcomings as opportunities for growth with Mikah Miller.
Podcast Sponsor: HeardAs a therapist, the last thing you probably want to think about is doing your own bookkeeping and taxes. Heard is here to help with that.
Heard is the financial back-office built specifically for therapists in private practice. They combine smart software with real humans to handle bookkeeping, taxes, and payroll.
Regardless of whether you’re a seasoned clinician or are in the first year of your practice, Heard will identify areas for growth and streamline best financial practices for your business.
When you sign up with Heard, you’ll be matched with an accountant who will help you track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and maximize tax savings.
You’ll also receive financial insights such as profit and loss statements and personalized monthly reports.
You can say goodbye to poring over spreadsheets and guessing your tax deductions or quarterly payments. Focus on your clients, and Heard will take care of the rest.
Pricing begins at $149 per month for solo practices and can easily be tailored to fit your business’ financial needs. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe.
The deadline to sign up for 2022 tax services is December 31, 2022.
Meet Mikah MillerMikah Miller is the Founder and Director of With A Child’s Heart Behavioral Health Center. She is a Licensed Professional Counselor who specializes in “The 8TH Grade Transition”. She absolutely loves her client kiddos entering and exiting the 8th grade.
Mikah also helps other Entrepreneurs and Aspiring Entrepreneurs grow their businesses from the inside out by learning how to face their subconscious programming, integrate their past, present, and future selves, Align, and GLOW!
Visit With A Child’s Heart, Revealing the Glow Within, and connect on Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, Twitter (@Mikahmiller_), and TikTok (@MikahMiller).
Freebies:
1.) First Part of Episode: A free download “The Glow Up Journal” https://www.revealingtheglowwithin.com/free-ebook-for-subscribers and 20%off code: GLOWUP2023 for A” Pick My Brain” Session
2.) For Episode on Self Love: 5 Day Self-Love and Entrepreneurship Challenge Freebie –
https://www.revealingtheglowwithin.com/self-love-and-entrepreneurship-challenge
In This Podcast* Identify your limiting beliefs * Start small but stay consistent * You are the only you out there * Learn how to integrate your past into your present
Identify your limiting beliefs
Identify them first. The shortcomings, problems, all of those … that’s perception, right? Because a problem is a perception of what you think it really is.
Mikah Miller
Once you identify what you think that shortcoming is, that’s when you start to try to navigate through working your way around it and brainstorming different ideas.
Even though your perception of the issue is what creates the struggle, you need to separate yourself from the problem.
[Do not] let them beat you up, but confront them, own them, and be honest. Or, scratch out the ones that don’t even make sense – the ones that people told us we are [that] we just believed. LaToya Smith
Start small but stay consistentPut one foot in front of the other in the direction of your goal.
Each day, make one small decision that will help you – or your future self – to get to your dream.
You’ll be amazed to see just how many opportunities will open up that will take you closer to where you want to go.
I always talk about alignment. You just start putting one foot in front of the other and do things that excite you and give you these full-body “yeses”, opportunities will come to you that will help you grow, that open doors, and you just take those opportunities and things start happening.
Mikah Miller
You are the only you out thereEven though there may be other clinicians working in your niche, or people with similar backgrounds, no one in the world – that was or will be – is like you!
They’re not you! … You guys could all see the same clientele and it still wouldn’t matter because they’re not you, and that’s part of the glow that I’m talking about. Your story, your life, your history, that’s going to attract a certain type of client.
Mikah Miller
You truly are one of a kind because you are a wholly unique combination of nature and nurture as well as experience and education. Ride the wave that is your individuality, because it truly is your greatest strength.
Learn how to integrate your past into your present
Learn how to use your past, learn how to heal your inner child. It’s not necessarily therapy but it’s learning how to bring things with you.
Mikah Miller
You cannot separate yourself from your past, and if you try to, you may end up recreating it in your present because it’s all that you’re focusing on.
However, if you can heal from your past, learn from it, and bring the best of it with you on your journey, you’re setting yourself up for success. You don’t have to carry your past, but don’t force it away either.
Bring all the parts of yourself together in love because that is also going to help you transform your business.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit With A Child’s Heart, Revealing the Glow Within, and connect on Facebook and LinkedIn. * Practice of the Practice podcast network
Check out these additional resources:* How To Write Copy That Sells with Arianna Smith | GP 150 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Embracing Our Perceived Shortcomings As Opportunities For Growth with Mikah Miller | GP 151 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you use online directories to fill your private practice? Where can you get the most clients for your money’s worth? How do you manage your paid advertising?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about Advertising and Directory Sites with Marta Hamilton.
Podcast Sponsor: NobleOur friends at Noble have run their own clinics, worked with thousands of clients, and have seen firsthand the burnout and stress that can come with heavy caseloads, difficult topics, and a lack of time.
With these issues in mind, Noble built their app to support therapists by making between-session support easy and offering an opportunity to earn a passive income. Now, with new CPT codes coming in 2023 that will allow therapists to offer reimbursable remote monitoring support, Noble is revolutionizing remote patient monitoring.
The team at Noble has built a program that you can quickly implement to allow you to reimburse code 989X6 for Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) remote monitoring.
This is so exciting for therapists and clinics!
This new CPT code, which is coming into play in January 2023, will allow you to make more money per hour and earn passive revenue. Noble’s system provides everything needed to reimburse:
- Objective data gathering device integration
- Assessment and data stream, display, measurement, and integrations
- HIPAA-compliant integrations into other EHRs
- Real-time and immediate interventions for elevated symptoms
If you would like to discuss adding their “plug-and-play” remote patient monitoring for 2023 so you can reimburse the new CPT codes, schedule a time to talk with Eric, their CEO at pop.noble.health.
Meet Marta HamiltonMartamaria Hamilton, M.A., is a wellness professional with a multidisciplinary background including certifications as a Licensed Professional Counselor – Supervisor, yoga instructor, and holistic health practitioner and entrepreneur since 2016.
Her latest venture, TeleWellnessHub, is a premium directory website designed for the modern wellness expert to authentically and easily showcase who they are, all that they do, and all of their digital content with online clients and the wellness community in one hub in order to transform lives.
Visit TeleWellnessHub and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Where and how you should spend your ad-money * Money-saving boundaries to set * CVT ads * How to create a great directory profile
Where and how you should spend your ad-money
When it comes to how you spend your money … it helps to have a clear vision of what your niche is.
Marta Hamilton
Give yourself a great start by getting clear on who it is that you serve in your community and within your private practice.
Even though face-to-face networking is invaluable, there is something to be said about the modern client who’s on their phone, Googling “counseling services in my area”. It is these clients that you also want to be visible to.
Consider:
- Your niche
- The trends in your niche and how they use social media usage in your area
- Your budget
You can start small and experiment and see what works best for you [while keeping] track of data, that is the best approach.
Marta Hamilton
Money-saving boundaries to setLuckily, most of the methods of investing in paid advertising have built-in limits.
Marta’s tips for saving money on paid ads:
- Set a monthly calendar reminder to check in with your paid ads
- Check their success rates and follow the data
- Decide whether the ads are worth continuing or if you should stop them
CTV ads
A CTV ad is like the ads we see on [streaming services] and those ads are almost placed per person, not just [in general].
Joe Sanok
CTV ads are placed per person based on the demographics of their household and their interests. However, it must be said that the individual’s name or any personal identifiers are not used. Privacy and identity are fully protected.
How to create a great directory profile
Regardless of which directory you’re on, what’s wonderful about them is that … it helps create an online presence [for you] because of the domain authority. Directories are heavily invested in SEO, so they’re trying to get seen [by potential clients].
Marta Hamilton
Domain authority, simply put, is your statistical power in the world wide web.
You want to have visibility, credibility, and power in the sense that through your directory profile on a trusted website, Google will launch your profile to a bigger audience.
Marta’s tips for your directory profile:
- Have a great, professional, designated picture for your profile
- Be authentic in how you present your professional, likable self
- Fill in as much information as you can
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * If you would like to discuss adding their “plug-and-play” remote patient monitoring for 2023 so you can reimburse the new CPT codes, schedule a time to talk with Eric, their CEO at pop.noble.health.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit TeleWellnessHub and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources:* Website Analytics and Heatmaps with Jess Freeman | POP 830 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Level Up Series: Advertising & Directory Sites with Marta Hamilton | POP 831 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What should you be paying attention to on your website? What are some low-hanging fruit tools that you can use to easily gather data about how your clients use the website? Would you like to work with a visual representation of how your clients interact with your media?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about website analytics and heatmaps with Jess Freeman.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Jess FreemanJess helps health and wellness professionals, authors, and service-based professionals look good online. With her support, business owners build authority and get more clients through their websites and online presence.
When Jess is not working with clients, you can find her teaching on her YouTube channel and podcast.
Visit Jess’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Access Jess’s free mini-course, The Profitable Course Planner
In This Podcast* Check out your website traffic * Use Google Analytics * Use heatmaps to gather data * Jess’ advice to private practitioners
Check out your website traffic
Specifically, what pages people are going to [on your website]. It’s usually very easy to see your overall traffic.
Jess Freeman
For example, if 100 people came to your website, that’s a specific data point.
However, you can look deeper into that and see that 99 people came to your website, but only one of them went to your services page, then something needs to change.
It can be very interesting to pay attention to the specifics of what pages or blog posts or podcast episodes … that people are going to, to [see], “Are they actually clicking through the pages? What are people most interested in?”
Jess Freeman
Looking at this data is also very helpful if you counsel different types of clients.
Use Google AnalyticsYou can connect Google Analytics to your website, and use it as a tool to retrieve lots of interesting and usable data.
If you go into the actual Google Analytics dashboard after you’ve connected that to your website, Google Analytics will show you how people are actually moving through your [web]site … like a flow chart.
Jess Freeman
It gives you more specifics to work with by showing you how your audience is interacting with and moving through your website.
Use heatmaps to gather dataIt takes a little bit of set-up by adding a small amount of code into the backend in the “theme” of your website, but it is another great tool you should consider using.
This will show you where people are clicking and scrolling on your website … it looks like the heatmaps that we see the meteorologists show us.
Jess Freeman
It is a great visual tool that will show you exactly where people start and stop scrolling, which buttons they do and don’t interact with, and where they miss some important information.
With this data, you can change your website to suit the natural progression of your clients as they explore and look for information on your site.
Jess’ advice to private practitionersYour work matters, and more people need to know that your business exists. Make it easier for them to find you.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. * Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Jess’s website and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn. * Visit Practiceofthepractice.com/start get your free email course! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/apply to connect with your best-fit consultant! * See pillarsofpractice.com to get loads of free resources and e-courses!
Check out these additional resources:* The Polyvagal Theory as Embodied Self-care with Rebecca Kase | POP 829 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Website Analytics and Heatmaps with Jess Freeman | POP 830 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Where do the laws of great graphic design apply to? Do you want to connect more deeply and quickly with your ideal clients? What are some tenets of setting up eye-catching and effective design to connect with your audience?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about 12 digital design tips.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast* Limit your typefaces * Don’t be afraid of scale * Respect the space of other elements * Use a small color scheme * Create clean, crisp, clear imagery * Use fonts to help inform the mood of your design * Create order with alignment * Keep your designs simple * Use hierarchy to order your content * Keep your font in the same family * Use white space * Contrast is key
Limit your typefacesWhen selecting a typeface or font for headings, subtitles, or body text, be sure to use easy-to-read fonts to create a simple and effective design.
Remember that the eye finds it hard to scan multiple typefaces, so try to stick to a simple collection of fonts.
Sam Carvalho
Don’t be afraid of scaleTo acquire the appropriate emphasis, you can apply scale to:
- type
- shapes
- compositional features
Additionally, use appropriate colors to enhance this technique while making sure to use suitable typefaces that look good when increased in size.
Sam’s design tip: sans serifs fonts are great for this
Respect the space of other elementsUse letter spacing to fill dead space, align text, or condense words that take up too much space.
However, be careful not to reduce letter spacing so much that it can’t be read, or increase it so much that the letters become detached from one another.
Sam Carvalho
Use a small color schemeChoose a color scheme that has one to three primary colors and an additional one to three secondary colors that contrast and complement each other.
Try using different tones of the same color for consistency by adjusting the brightness for contrast.
Sam’s design tip: Keep in mind that finer typefaces will need stronger distinction against a color’s background.
Create clean, crisp, clear imageryPump up the contrast by adjusting the brightness of the background image so that it offsets the text color, making the design clear and easy to read.
This is a great way to apply white or black text over an image to create a strong ‘cut-out’ effect.
Sam Carvalho
Use fonts to help inform the mood of your designChoose a typeface that sings the song of your content.
For example, typefaces with rounded edges usually give off a friendlier note, while hard-edged, geometric fonts are more solid and strong.
Alternatively, serifs can convey an elegant and sophisticated look.
Create order with alignmentApply a line or an embellishment to a design for balance and composition.
Use horizontal and vertical lines to correspond with other design elements.
In a multi-page document, keep this alignment consistent across all pages to create a cohesive overall design.
Keep your designs simple
Keep [your design] simple, but don’t forget your basics. Make sure every element has a reason to be in the design and keep the number of fonts, colors, shapes, and frames to a minimum.
Sam Carvalho
Use contrasting tonal color combinations so that your text is sharp and easy to read. Apply a solid frame containing your to enhance the compositional structure of a design.
Use hierarchy to order your content
The most visually dominant feature in a design should be the most important part of the message.
Sam Carvalho
Apply color or scale to a graphic to see how it changes the hierarchy of elements and what grabs attention first.
Keep your font in the same familyCreate visual uniformity by applying one typeface or font family to the text. Use a typeface or font family that has a selection of variants, such as italic, bold, and condensed, to keep options open.
Use white spaceCreate a fluid design by surrounding words with white space to let elements breathe. The application of space around text boxes, images, and other graphic elements makes a design easier to read and reduces visual clutter.
Contrast is keyContrast is one of the most imperative parts of the design for mood, legibility, and to make it stand out:
- Use a contrasting color palette background, fonts, and graphics.
- Use photo filters to enhance the positive/negative space in an image
- Apply black or white copy to create optimum contrast against a background image
A good rule of thumb is if you have a light-colored background, then you should use a dark font and vice versa.
Sam Carvalho
Useful links mentioned in this episode: Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Check out these additional resources: Branding Recap: Creating a Brand Style Guide in 6 Steps | MP 123 * Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com * Design Services With Sam * Check out the Practice of the Practice Network * For more branding advice, click here * Apply to work with us
Meet Sam CarvalhoSam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Branding Recap: 12 Digital Design Tips | MP 124 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why is EMDR actually for everyone? How does polyvagal theory integrate into every stage of therapy? How is self-care an ethical obligation as well as a human necessity?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about the polyvagal theory as embodied self-care with Rebecca Kase.
Podcast Sponsor: The ReceptionistAre you tired of running to the lobby to see if your next appointment has arrived? Would you like a more discrete, stress-free way for your clients to check in?
Take a deep breath — The Receptionist for iPad empowers your practice to create a Zen-like check-in experience.
This episode is sponsored by The Receptionist for iPad. It’s the highest-rated digital check-in software for therapy offices and behavioral health clinics, used by thousands of practitioners across the country including many who are just getting started.
The Receptionist for iPad is a simple, inexpensive way to allow your clients to discreetly check-in, notify providers of a patient’s arrival, and ensure your front lobby is stress-free.
The software sends an immediate notification to the therapist when a client checks in, and can even ask if any patient information has changed since their last visit.
Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Meet Rebecca KaseRebecca Kase is a force of nature. Her warmth and authenticity make her a natural teacher and leader. She is an LCSW, yoga instructor, and EMDR trainer and consultant.
Rebecca owns Kase & CO, an EMDR training and consultation business. Her expertise is in EMDR & polyvagal theory and supporting therapists to become experts in EMDR therapy.
Visit Kase & CO and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIES: Receive a special discount of 15% off any of Rebecca’s trainings by using the code PRACTICE22!
Want a free EMDR-inspired intervention to use with clients?
In This Podcast* EMDR is for everyone! * What is the polyvagal theory? * A polyvagal perspective on living well * Rebecca’s advice to private practitioners
EMDR is for everyone!There is a misconception about EMDR that it is only meant to be used for helping clients recover from trauma. Even though it is great for trauma recovery, it can be helpful for so many others things as well.
EMDR is based on the processes of neural biology and memory consolidation and how [that] when our memories consolidate maladaptively, that leads to clinical complaints like anxiety, depression, addiction, grief … chronic pain even! Those are all conditions and symptoms that EMDR is not necessarily evidence-based for, but studies … show that EMDR can [be effective] with those super common clinical presentations.
Rebecca Kase
EMDR is a therapeutic approach and orientation, not just a tool in your toolbox. It can be used with everyone on your caseload because there is no client rule-out.
What is the polyvagal theory?Polyvagal theory is a robust theoretical model based on decades of research, and it was a couple of components to it.
The polyvagal theory is also a great theoretical model to understand the functioning of the autonomic nervous system.
The autonomic nervous system is where the processes fight, flight, freeze, collapse, and the window of tolerance live … most psychotherapists are familiar with that language.
Rebecca Kase
For example, the window of tolerance, which is one of the circuits of the autonomic nervous system, known as the ventral vagas, can be understood as the neuro-biological mechanism behind the window of tolerance.
If the autonomic nervous system, through a process called neuroception – perception without awareness – perceives a cue of danger, it will activate survival responses from the sympathetic nervous system.
[During a perceived cue of danger, you] feel like, “I can’t survive, I can’t run away, or fight or flee from this”, you go into the dorsal vagal circuit which is where collapse lives, an immobilization response. Rebecca Kase
Therefore, polyvagal theory explains the different circuits of the nervous system, from rest and digest to flight or fight to collapse, and that they are not our enemies but they are our instinctual attempts at survival.
A polyvagal perspective on living wellHow can you increase your access to ventral or to the window of tolerance?
Your survival circuits are good but it is not healthy for the body or mind to be constantly living in those responses.
Those all become dangers to our nervous system. You know, the to-do list that won’t quit, “I’m behind on these notes”, and, “I need to catch up on these emails” … those [can] all be cues of danger to us when they become too much.
Rebecca Kase
Strive to become mindful of what your specific cues of danger are, or your cues of discomfort first.
What sets you off to feel frustrated or anxious before you feel fully stressed? Can you take steps to address those minor stressors before they dysregulate you and your system?
Self-care, from a polyvagal theory lens, is about intentional self-regulation time, and can y’all imagine what a different world we’d be in if everybody practiced intentional self-regulation a couple of moments a day?
Rebecca Kase
This is how you build resiliency in your nervous system, by taking some moments throughout the day to bring yourself back to baseline.
Rebecca’s advice to private practitionersLearn about your nervous system. Realize that self-care or intentional self-regulation time is more of an ethical obligation and imperative than something that you do on the side, especially if you are a practicing therapist.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Kase & CO and connect on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn. * Visit Practiceofthepractice.com/start get your free email course! * Check out practiceofthepractice.com/apply to connect with your best-fit consultant! * See pillarsofpractice.com to get loads of free resources and e-courses!
Check out these additional resources:* Remote Patient Monitoring, new CPT codes, and Integrating Tech to Improve Outcomes with Alex Theobald | POP 828 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post The Polyvagal Theory as Embodied Self-care with Rebecca Kase | POP 829 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to clarify your messaging? Can the right copy invite your ideal client into your practice? How can you write simple copy that embodies your authentic voice?
In this podcast episode, LaToya Smith speaks about how to write copy that sells with Arianna Smith.
Podcast Sponsor: HeardAs a therapist, the last thing you probably want to think about is doing your own bookkeeping and taxes. Heard is here to help with that.
Heard is the financial back-office built specifically for therapists in private practice. They combine smart software with real humans to handle bookkeeping, taxes, and payroll.
Regardless of whether you’re a seasoned clinician or are in the first year of your practice, Heard will identify areas for growth and streamline best financial practices for your business.
When you sign up with Heard, you’ll be matched with an accountant who will help you track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and maximuze tax savings.
You’ll also receive financial insights such as profit and loss statements and personalized monthly reports.
You can say goodbye to poring over spreadsheets and guessing your tax deductions or quarterly payments. Focus on your clients, and Heard will take care of the rest.
Pricing begins at $149 per month for solo practices and can easily be tailored to fit your business’ financial needs. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe.
The deadline to sign up for 2022 tax services is December 31, 2022.
Meet Arianna SmithArianna Smith is an EMDR clinician and LPC. She is also a copywriter and copy coach. Her focus is on supporting successful, sensitive people to go from pleasing everyone to taking care of themselves first.
Arianna uses EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) as part of her approach to working with patients. She also leans heavily on attachment theory.
Visit Quiet Moon Counseling and The Copy Cove.
FREEBIE: Banish Bad Copy: 5 Copywriting Hacks for Private Practice Success
In This Podcast* Copy versus content * Loosen up your language * How to write your perfect copy
Copy versus content
Copy’s job is really to persuade and convert clients or prospective clients from learning about you to wanting to work with you, while content is more about informing.
Arianna Smith
Copy is the direct messaging between you and your ideal clients that explains exactly what you do for them, how you can help them, and what benefits or changes they can experience through working with you.
On the other hand, content is about building trust and credibility. It is the rest of the information that clients can dive into when they need or want some extra information.
When we think about it, copy can be content, but usually content is not copy.
Arianna Smith
Loosen up your languageAcademic language comes easily to you from your years of graduate school and further studies, but it’s not familiar to your clients.
Therefore, go easy on the terminology and keep your words short and sweet.
The biggest struggle that therapists have really is breaking out of that academic clinical language that we’ve been inundated with.
Arianna Smith
When you sit down to write your copy, think about reading your words from your client’s perspective.
How to write your perfect copy1 – Get clear on your vision and mission for your group practice, what do you want it to be known for?
2 – Do you want to be a specialist or a generalist group practice? Depending on your answer, you will take a different approach.
When it comes to copy, the more specific you are, the more compelling it’s going to be, and the more you’re going to draw people in.
Arianna Smith
3 – Get words on paper. First put everything down without judging it, and then go back and edit!
4 – Keep it conversational. Put your academic language aside for a second, and “speak” to your audience through your copy as a person to another person.
5 – Read your copy out loud.
That’s a really good way to see if we have super long sentences, and if we are stuffing our sentences with a lot of jargon, and just testing it out in the way that it flows in a more conversational way.
Arianna Smith
6 – Are you answering your client’s questions? Make sure that your copy sounds like answers for what your typical client might be asking themselves as they scroll through your information.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Visit Quiet Moon Counseling and The Copy Cove. * See Arianna’s profile on Therapy Den.
Check out these additional resources:* Starting A Non-Profit – Part 2 with Nicole Henry | GP 149 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post How To Write Copy That Sells with Arianna Smith | GP 150 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you providing telehealth therapy? Do you want to improve your tech hygiene? How can you stay HIPAA compliant while using remote patient monitoring applications?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about remote patient monitoring, new CPT codes, and integrating tech to improve outcomes with Alex Theobald.
Podcast Sponsor: The ReceptionistAre you tired of running to the lobby to see if your next appointment has arrived? Would you like a more discrete, stress-free way for your clients to check in?
Take a deep breath — The Receptionist for iPad empowers your practice to create a Zen-like check-in experience.
This episode is sponsored by The Receptionist for iPad. It’s the highest-rated digital check-in software for therapy offices and behavioral health clinics, used by thousands of practitioners across the country including many who are just getting started.
The Receptionist for iPad is a simple, inexpensive way to allow your clients to discreetly check in, notify providers of a patient’s arrival, and ensure your front lobby is stress-free.
The software sends an immediate notification to the therapist when a client checks in, and can even ask if any patient information has changed since their last visit.
Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Meet Alex TheobaldAlex is a couple, marriage, and family therapist who has been practicing therapy since 2017. He received his masters degree in MFT at Utah State University and is completing a doctoral degree in CMFT at Texas Tech University. He currently works as a clinical data scientist for Noble and has a private practice in Colorado. He has authored multiple peer-reviewed articles on topics such as sexual media use and infidelity. He has presented at national conferences on topics related to couples therapy, infidelity, sexual media use, and trauma.
Visit Noble and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Are you practicing good tech hygiene? * Improving your outcomes with tech * How to stay HIPAA compliant * New CPT codes * Alex’s advice to private practitioners
Are you practicing good tech hygiene?A common mistake many private practitioners make is not ensuring good tech hygiene. To practice this, you need to:
- Make sure that the applications you are using are reliable
- Coach your clients through their experience of using your tech platforms
- Teach your clients how to practice tech hygiene on a virtual call
There are all sorts of little steps that therapists can [take] to coach or train our clients to have strong tech hygiene around our [telehealth] psychotherapy sessions.
Alex Theobald
Improving your outcomes with techRemote patient or therapeutic monitoring helps clients to maintain treatment protocols in between sessions, and in addition, helps the provider have granular and rich data about the client’s experience between sessions.
How much more powerful could our treatment be if we integrated these subjective self-reports of the client with some kind of objective data point?
Alex Theobald
There are secure, safe, and well-researched data methods available for therapists and their clients to utilize between sessions to track valuable data about the client’s life.
This information can be vital in providing tailored and hands-on therapy and treatment modalities.
How to stay HIPAA compliantUsing tech with its benefits must be done safely so that the privacy of both the client and the therapist is ensured.
For Noble, our first priority is data security because we know that the moment that that’s threatened or outside the window, it’s done … it’s a massive issue both for the therapist and the harm that could be done from the client’s perspective.
Alex Theobald
With Noble, data is encrypted as soon as the app accesses it. You can make sure that the applications that you use have similar features so that both you and your clients can sleep peacefully at night, knowing your data is secure.
New CPT codesThere is a big shift coming up in January 2023 with a new set of CPT codes being released that cover remote therapeutic monitoring.
Six of those codes run from the initial client setup to maintaining their monitoring.
A therapist can start bringing in around $120 of reimbursable services per patient per month. So, for 50 patients, that’s an additional $72k annually … that’s a massive boost to services.
Alex Theobald
Alex’s advice to private practitionersYour expertise as a provider is valuable. Step into your ability and confidence as a healthcare provider.
Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Useful links mentioned in this episode:Visit Noble and connect on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn
Check out these additional resources:* Level Up Series: Leveling Up at Every Phase of Practice | POP 827 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Remote Patient Monitoring, new CPT codes, and Integrating Tech to Improve Outcomes with Alex Theobald | POP 828 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you ensure consistency and professionalism in all of your messaging? Are you in the process of rebranding with or hiring a new designer? How can you quickly communicate the essence of your practice’s brand to a new designer?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about creating a brand style guide in 6 steps.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast* Start with a great brand story * Use logo guidelines to create a recognizable brand signature * Include your brand’s core color palette * Choose typography that matches your visual style * Find your brand voice * Include image and data visualization guidelines
Start with a great brand story
A brand story defines and describes the things that a company cares about the most. It’s used to communicate a company’s values to the public, and can also help guide major decision-making within an organization.
Sam Carvalho
Brand stories wrap up a company’s vision, mission, and core values in one package, so the brand story should always come first in the brand style guide.
If you’re feeling stuck, feel free to Google some brand stories for inspiration. Trello, Skype, and Facebook all have great ones!
Use logo guidelines to create a recognizable brand signatureBrand story aside, your logo is the most important part of your brand.
It’s the one thing that everyone should immediately recognize as belonging to you, and only you. To make your logo instantly recognizable, it has to be used consistently.
All of the top brand style guides outline rules for exactly how to use their logos, to make sure nobody sends the wrong message with their brand. That even includes specifications on how much space to leave around logos, acceptable color variations of the logo, as well as minimum logo sizes.
Sam Carvalho
Include your brand’s core color paletteTo keep brand recognition intact, it’s important to make core brand colors consistent.
In your brand style guide, clearly define your brand’s color palette. This usually includes one primary color and some secondary shades.
Include the necessary hex codes, RGB values, and CMYK color codes to make sure your colors are presented consistently across all media.
Choose typography that matches your visual style
Typography is one of those things that go unnoticed if it’s done well but sticks out like a sore thumb if it’s not. Allowing font choices to slip under your radar can cheapen your brand.
Sam Carvalho
For consistent typography, outline which fonts are used for what purposes – in print and on the web – in your brand style guide.
You can even design a hierarchy of font styles and sizes, text colors, and styles for lists and paragraphs. Or, just focus on your most used fonts which are usually not more than one or two.
Find your brand voiceSpend time finding the style that resonates with your audience and aligns with the personality of your brand.
Once you have it figured out, ensure it’s replicated across your channels by spelling it out in your brand style guide.
Sam Carvalho
Do this by including a writing sample (or two) that heroes your company’s brand voice.
Include image and data visualization guidelinesEverything about your imagery, including style, color, and content, contributes to the perception of your brand.
Therefore, it’s important to create some guidelines for imagery like photos, illustrations, charts, infographics, and so forth to include in your brand style guide. Include where to position them and for which purposes they are used in your messaging.
Photographic style is as important as illustrative style. If you use photographs frequently in your branding, your style guide should specify the level of complexity, compositions, color schemes, and technical specs that make photographs fit within your brand.
Sam Carvalho
Additionally, if your branding features infographics or data visualizations, include some stylistic guidelines for them as well. Specify when and where to use infographics and data visualizations and include style preferences and technical conventions.
These sorts of guidelines are easy to overlook, but when used properly, go a long way toward fostering a cohesive brand presence.
Sam Carvalho
Useful links mentioned in this episode: Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Check out these additional resources: Branding Recap: 10 Logo Design Tips | MP 122 * Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com * Design Services With Sam * Check out the Practice of the Practice Network * For more branding advice, click here * Apply to work with us
Meet Sam CarvalhoSam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Branding Recap: Creating a Brand Style Guide in 6 Steps | MP 123 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Who should you hire for your non-profit board? Why is diversity necessary for building a successful non-profit? What is a unique skill or resource that you have to offer that is needed in the community?
In the second episode of this two podcast series, LaToya Smith speaks about starting a non-profit with Nichole Henry.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Nichole HenryNichole is the Chief Services Officer of SafeHaven, a family violence center. Nichole oversees all of the agency’s victim services, including emergency shelter, transitional housing, crisis hotline, children’s programming, case management, and counseling programming.
Nichole, a Fort Worth native, has a Bachelor’s degree in psychology and Master of Arts degree in professional counseling from Texas Wesleyan. She has more than 20 years of experience in nonprofit work.
Connect with Nichole on LinkedIn and email her at nmastershenry@gmail.com
In This Podcast* Who to have on your board * Creating diversity * Don’t be intimidated! * Getting the grants
Who to have on your board
This is what I tell people: it depends on the work that you’re doing.
Nichole Henry
The people that you hire for your non-profit organization’s board will depend on its focus and the work that you want to do.
Hire professionals in that area, experts, and people with hands-on experience with both the running of non-profits and the scope of the service you want to provide, or need that you want to fill.
In general, look to hire:
- Experts in the field of your work
- Great marketers
- Successful fundraisers
- Proficient accountants and attorneys
- People with positive influence in your community
- People that have experienced the struggle that you are striving to help
It’s always good to have someone that has been there and understands the need of the community that you’re trying to serve.
Nichole Henry
Board members should be people that can help you fundraise, whether it’s within their scope of practice and business or outside within the general community. For a non-profit organization, this is a must.
Creating diversity
One of the challenges that I see for most boards, and I don’t believe that it’s intentional for most, is that we tend to reach out to people that look like us. So, a lot of times boards are not as diverse as they should be.
Nichole Henry
People will reach out to their professional and personal circles to help their non-profit gain traction, however, for most people, their circles consist of people who either have similar backgrounds, experiences and look as they do.
Boards need to be intentional with fostering diversity because the greater community is diverse, and a non-profit is more likely to have a positive influence if it consists of people that are present within that greater community it serves.
You never know what opportunities are going to come up from working and getting out there and networking and getting to meet people.
Nichole Henry
Don’t be intimidated!Do not let impostor syndrome get in the way of your work in a non-profit. You may be sharing the table with some high-ranking or successful people, but a non-profit is stronger with a diversity of both background and lived experience.
Every person has something unique to offer.
If everyone on your board has united together under the banner of solving a common problem in the community, each member has valuable insight, experience, or resources to share in that space.
Get out there and put [your offering] out there. Apply, and if they don’t respond, find the next one! You will find the right place.
Nichole Henry
Getting the grantsYou can receive grants for the work that your non-profit wants to do, however, they are not easy to get.
You have to find the grants that you are eligible for and that you meet the criteria for as far as what they’re focusing is.
Nichole Henry
- You will have an established budget, regardless of the amount of money that you have coming in, and then you apply for grant funds that will cover certain portions of that budget.
- Grants cover portions of your overall cost.
- Grants have guidelines: what are your expected outcomes from these finances? What will you use these funds for, and what will the outcome look like?
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. * Connect with Nichole on LinkedIn and email her at nmastershenry@gmail.com * Check out Nonprofit AF
Check out these additional resources:* Starting A Non-Profit – Part 1 with Nicole Henry | GP 148 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Starting A Non-Profit – Part 2 with Nichole Henry | GP 149 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Which phase of practice are you currently in? Do you need some helpful steps to easily take you from one phase to the next? What are your goals for your private practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about leveling up at every phase of practice.
Podcast Sponsor: HeardIt’s never too early to start thinking about tax season.
Heard is the financial back-office built specifically for therapists in private practice. They combine smart software with real humans to help you manage your bookkeeping, taxes, and payroll.
Regardless of whether you’re a seasoned clinician or are in the first year of your practice, Heard will identify areas for growth and streamline best financial practices for your business.
When you sign up with Heard, you’ll connect your bank accounts so your transactions will be automatically pulled in and categorized. My favorite thing about Heard is their “allocation guide,” which helps you decide how much to pay yourself each month and how much to set aside for taxes.
You’ll also receive financial insights, such as profit and loss statements and personalized monthly reports.
You can say goodbye to poring over spreadsheets and guessing your tax deductions or quarterly payments. Focus on your clients, and Heard will take care of the rest.
Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe
The deadline to sign up for 2022 tax services is December 31, 2022
In This Podcast* Let’s talk about solo practice * Let’s talk about solo-to-group practice * Growing beyond group practice * How to stress-test your group practice
Let’s talk about solo practice
The main goal of a solo practice is to create systems to scale a reliable referral network and an optimized hourly rate.
Joe Sanok
What are you spending your time on that cannot be scaled up? That’s an activity that may have little to no return on your energy investment.
So, change your focus and your energy input. What can you work on that will increase and grow on its own?
For your systems:* Think through, “Why am I doing this? Why am I starting a counseling practice? Why do I care about this niche?” * Ask yourself, “Do I want to learn this?” * Can you outsource the rest?
For your reliable referral network:
[A reliable referral network is when] people are routinely referring to you and they are routinely making sure that your practice stays full. Joe Sanok
- As a goal for solo practice, you want to have five to seven ongoing partnership referrals.
If each partnership refers one client to you that you can convert, you can easily start to project the direction that you want to plot the course of your goals for the practice.
- Do research: see how and with what people need help throughout the year, and build your referral connections accordingly.
- Become an authority figure: position yourself as an expert in your field and your area.
You’re probably the only mental health provider in a room of 100 average Americans that have a master’s degree. So just the day [that] you graduate, you are an expert.
Joe Sanok
For your optimized hourly rate:* If you’re turning down sessions or losing sessions because you are doing basic admin, you are losing a significant amount of money. * In your solo practice, or if you don’t have the financial bandwidth to hire an assistant yet, you can look into automated booking systems. * Raising your rates: don’t wait until you are full to raise your rates.
The only time I see a waitlist as being appropriate is if you have decided for your community that you have to take insurance and there’s no private pay option, so you can’t raise your rates, and you’re maybe optimizing into a group practice and this is the only amount of time you want to work.
Joe Sanok
Joe’s advice: when you are 60% full, you know that you are going to continue to grow. Every year, raise your rates and realign.
Let’s talk about solo-to-group practice
The goal with this is to maximize your internal referrals … to better serve clients with your values, your culture, and your approach.
Joe Sanok
- You have now built a reputation around yourself and your practice, and you can expand that, otherwise, you are limiting the amount of service that you can provide to the people who want to see you, and who you want to work with!
- Hand-pick your superheroes to hire.
- Then, replicate yourself. Find a therapist that is great and works in your niche so that you can continue to serve the same clients while you start to extricate yourself from so many clinical hours to focus on tending to and growing the business.
You are the brand ambassador. That switch on the website saying, “I do this, I do that”, to “We do this, we do that”, is a really important switch.
Joe Sanok
- 1099s or W2s?
- Create systems that are easy to understand that show you exactly what’s going on in your practice at a glance without having to talk to somebody each time you need to assess the process.
- Aggressively remove the hats you have been wearing: when you do something, ask, “Why am I doing this? Can someone else do it, or is it only for me as the owner to do?”
Growing beyond group practiceIn a group practice, you are working to create income that is not based on your clinical work. You want to grow and earn an income beyond your clinical work.
- Automate your processes
How do you say things, how do you do things, and how do you approach things? Because we want to really capture your method which oftentimes is just about keeping track of it.
Joe Sanok
- Move into a CEO mentality
- Cut your supervision time and have your team meetings be functional
- Keep track of your numbers
- What will free up time for you to think big?
At this point, you really want to make sure that you have clear boundaries around your time … having those clear boundaries around your personal life is something that at this phase [is] a trap that people fall into because they’re working too hard [or too much].
Joe Sanok
- Hire for growth, not to fill the role
Every year, ask yourself these three questions:
1 – What do you love doing that you want to keep doing?
2 – What is it that you dislike and you wish we could remove?
3 – What is something that you would like to grow into and learn?
Build your audience first because you want followers that know, like, and trust you and will purchase the products that you design specifically for them and their needs. This is how you build great passive income.
How to stress-test your group practiceDo you want to test your systems and see if your team is working well together? Take a month off!
What do you need to prep to do this? How can you prep your clients?
Try to not be available, even for two weeks. Then, have a debrief with your team afterward to see where things fell apart and where they need to be strengthened.
Then you [and your business] will get stronger [because] you’ll realize, “Okay, here are the things that were based on me that really shouldn’t be based on me”.
Joe Sanok
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Heard always has transparent pricing with no hidden fees. Sign up for a free, 15-min consult call today at joinheard.com/partners/joe * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached
Check out these additional resources:* How to Make the Best Use of Your Time with Alexis Haselberger | POP 826 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Level Up Series: Leveling Up at Every Phase of Practice | POP 827 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Does the week run away with you and it’s suddenly Friday again? Do you feel like you don’t ever get to what you want to – or should – work on? What are some quick and actionable time management tips from a time expert?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to use your time with Alexis Haselberger.
Podcast Sponsor: The ReceptionistAre you tired of running to the lobby to see if your next appointment has arrived? Would you like a more discrete, stress-free way for your clients to check in?
Take a deep breath — The Receptionist for iPad empowers your practice to create a Zen-like check-in experience.
This episode is sponsored by The Receptionist for iPad. It’s the highest-rated digital check-in software for therapy offices and behavioral health clinics, used by thousands of practitioners across the country including many who are just getting started.
The Receptionist for iPad is a simple, inexpensive way to allow your clients to discreetly check-in, notify providers of a patient’s arrival, and ensure your front lobby is stress-free.
The software sends an immediate notification to the therapist when a client checks in, and can even ask if any patient information has changed since their last visit.
Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up.
Meet Alexis HaselbergerAlexis Haselberger is a time management and productivity coach who helps people do more and stress less through coaching, workshops, and online courses. Her pragmatic, yet fun, approach helps people easily integrate practical, realistic strategies into their lives so that they can do more of what they want and less of what they don’t. Alexis has taught thousands of individuals to take control of their time and her clients include Google, Lyft, Workday, Capital One, Upwork, and more.
Visit Alexis’ website and connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast* Track your time * Alexis’ arch of task management * Practical time management tips * Alexis’ advice to private practitioners
Track your timeWith every single client, Alexis recommends that they track their time for about a week at least to gather data about their personal and work lives and what takes up their time.
This is tracking their time from the moment they wake up to the moment that they go to sleep – including weekends – for a whole week just to get the data, just to actually see.
Alexis Haselberger
Even though it may feel frustrating, every person that tracks their time has a classic “aha!” moment at least once because for the first time you can see what it is that you are spending your time and energy on.
Then, it comes much clearer to see what you can change and do differently to finally get to do what you’ve been meaning to do for so long.
Once you have tracked your time, you can ask yourself questions like:
- When in the week do I feel the most stressed?
- What do I see that I want to do less of?
- What do I see that I want to do more of?
- Are my goals and values represented in my timetable?
Once we can start asking some questions about the data that we see, then it becomes much more evident where we need to start making [changes to our] time and where we need to start [re]focusing our efforts.
Alexis Haselberger
Alexis’ arch of task managementAfter time-tracking for the first time, the next step that you take is task management:
- What are the things that you do?
- How do you prioritize them?
- When do you actually get to do them?
The reality is that none of us are going to do all the things. You, me, and everyone else, we’re all going to die someday with a big long list of things we didn’t do, and getting comfortable with that … and understanding that the point is to prioritize the right things, the things that make us feel good and the things that move us forward.
Alexis Haselberger
From time tracking it comes to task management, and from task management, it goes into habit tracking and development.
Essentially, Alexis wants to help you to develop your time-management toolbox so that you are equipped to pursue your time management to achieve your goals and move the needle forward.
Practical time management tips1 – Have a physical system to track what you need to do: keep a checklist or to-do list and do a brain dump every week (or day!) so that you don’t need to use precious brain power to remember everything.
2 – Keep your lists together! It’s all good and well that you have lots of lists, but they need to be together. Try TickTick or even a simple spreadsheet to keep your things organized!
3 – One list for home and one list for work: for some people, it helps a lot to compartmentalize the to-do lists for home and the to-do lists for work.
4 – Create an end-of-day action plan for tomorrow: see what you have done for the day, and do a quick prep over what is necessary for tomorrow, and then let it go!
So, to do something like this, it doesn’t have to be lengthy or effortful. It’s really just [about] looking at your task list, looking at your calendar, and fitting those things together. [Ask yourself] do I have the time for what I’m intending to do tomorrow? If not, then I need to cut some of those things so that … I’m starting out from a position of being able to accomplish the things I am telling myself to do.
Alexis Haselberger
Alexis’ advice to private practitionersYou don’t have to work all of the time to make your practice successful. You need rest because it is essential for creativity and productivity! Productivity is not about doing everything, it is about doing what you intended to do.
Books mentioned in this episode:Sponsors mentioned in this episode:* Start a 14-day free trial of The Receptionist for iPad by going to the receptionist.com/practice, and when you do, you’ll also get your first month free when you sign up. * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: Visit Alexis’ website and connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and LinkedIn. Check out these additional resources: You’re probably networking in the wrong places (and how to do it efficiently) with Ashley Comegys | POP 825 * Apply to work together * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — a decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe SanokJoe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to Make the Best Use of Your Time with Alexis Haselberger | POP 826 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is there a service that you know your community needs? Are you inspired to provide practical and hands-on assistance to those that need it? Where would you start with launching a non-profit to sustain your community?
In the first episode of this two podcast series, LaToya Smith speaks about starting a non-profit with Nichole Henry.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy NotesIs managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Nichole HenryNichole is the Chief Services Officer of SafeHaven, a family violence center. Nichole oversees all of the agency’s victim services, including emergency shelter, transitional housing, crisis hotline, children’s programming, case management, and counseling programming.
Nichole, a Fort Worth native, has a Bachelor’s degree in psychology and Master of Arts degree in professional counseling from Texas Wesleyan. She has more than 20 years of experience in nonprofit work.
Connect with Nichole on LinkedIn and email her at nmastershenry@gmail.com
In This Podcast* Why start a non-profit? * A passion project versus a non-profit * The first steps to creating your non-profit
Why start a non-profit?Most people want to launch a non-profit to make a difference in their community.
I also think people start a non-profit because they think [to] do that thing [that will help] and provide that service to the community, they have to have this formalized entity.
Nichole Henry
You need to think about your “why”:
- Why do you want to start your non-profit?
- What is it that you want to provide to your community?
- How do you want to provide this service to the community?
- What do you hope the impact will be?
- Is this a part of your passion project?
A passion project versus a non-profit
You have to think deeply. Is this something you just like to do, and you can contribute and donate … [but] if it’s more than that, what gets you over that point to say, “Okay, this is something I’m wholeheartedly committed to doing?”
LaToya Smith
As a therapist, there will be many things that you care about and want to contribute towards.
However, when you decide that you want to do something about the thing that you care for, you need to understand at which level you are going to commit to it.
To launch a successful and impactful non-profit takes a lot of dedication, commitment, and hard work, so you need to be ready for that and want to do it to make great change happen in your community.
The first steps to creating your non-profit1 – Go to the Secretary of State’s website and read up on the information on non-profits
2 – File a certificate of formation
3 – Submit your non-profit address and name
4 – Identify at least three people that are going to be on your board
5 – Have your by-laws in place for how you are going to manage your organization
Google is our friend. We have to be careful with Google, but if we’re smart with it [then] we can find examples and samples… also, reach out to people that you know that have non-profits and ask them, “Can I see your by-laws?”
Nichole Henry
Useful links mentioned in this episode:* Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. * Connect with Nichole on LinkedIn and email her at nmastershenry@gmail.com
Check out these additional resources:* “How To Create A Vision and Mission Statement” with Nichole Henry | GP 147 * Practice of the Practice Network * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet LaToya SmithLaToya is a consultant with Practice of the Practice and the owner of LCS Counseling and Consulting Agency in Fortworth Texas. She firmly believes that people don’t have to remain stuck in their pain or the place they became wounded. In addition to this, LaToya encourages her clients to be active in their treatment and work towards their desired outcome.
She has also launched Strong Witness which is a platform designed to connect, transform, and heal communities through the power of storytelling.
Visit LaToya’s website. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Strong Witness Instagram, and Twitter.
Apply to work with LaToya.
Email her at latoya@practiceofthepractice.com
The post Starting A Non-Profit – Part 1 with Nicole Henry | GP 148 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need a quick refresh of the tenants of logo design? Why should you consider adding “visual salience” to your logo? How can you balance being literal and creative in your creative process?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about 10 logo design tips.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter VisionWhen you’re in private practice it can be tough to find the time to even review your marketing efforts, let alone to make improvements where needed.
Whether you are a seasoned clinician with an existing website in need of a refresh, or a new therapist building a website for the first time, Brighter Vision is the perfect solution.
By first understanding your practice and what makes it unique, Brighter Vision’s team of developers are then able to create you a beautiful website that will attract your ideal clients and get them to contact you. Better yet, they also provide unlimited tech support to make sure it’s always up-to-date, and professional search engine optimization to make sure you rank high in online searches – all at no additional cost.
But best of all, we’ve worked with them to create a special offer just for Practice of the Practice listeners. Get your first 3 months of website service completely FREE. To take advantage of this amazing deal, head to brightervision.com/joe.
In This Podcast* A picture paints a thousand words * Use empty space to keep your logo space clean * Use shapes to think outside of the box * Imagine your logo in use * Color is the key to good logo design * Be literal with your logo * Be authoritative with your logo * Create visual salience with a pop of color * Don’t reinvent the wheel * Don’t be afraid to rejig the wheel
A picture paints a thousand words
A logo is a visual representation of your brand, so why tell people what you do if you can just show them?
Sam Carvalho
Use simple icons to communicate who you are. Hire a professional to design your logo because it can make all the difference to get creative as opposed to going with the obvious choice.
Use empty space to keep your logo space cleanYou want to make sure that people can read your logo from a distance, or when it’s small, and including blank space will help achieve this.
At times, you could even find a really great font, increase the spacing between the letters, and you have yourself a minimalistic, sophisticated logo.
Sam Carvalho
Using blank space in your design makes your logo easier to integrate seamlessly into different designs and formats.
Use shapes to think outside of the boxShapes are a great way to make your logo stand out. Consider using a simple square around your logo, which also works well with other designs and formats that your logo may appear in.
If you want to explore further, you could look into including gradients or textures which can push your design to the next level.
Imagine your logo in useWhen designing your logo, make sure you think about its intended uses:
- Are you looking to use it on a uniform?
- Is it going to be printed on flyers?
- Will it just be for your website?
You can always use a Mock Up Generator to see how your logo will look in use.
It’s also good to think about how you’re going to promote yourself when creating a logo. If you’re going to be doing a lot of networking … create a logo that will look good on business cards.
Sam Carvalho
Color is the key to good logo designUse various shades of the same color to create subtle contrasts within your logo, instead of always opting for black and white.
Consider the PayPal logo, as they have used different shades of blue to create elements of contrast, but have still maintained a simple, powerful design.
Be literal with your logoIf your name is an object, include that object in your logo design.
Don’t be afraid to lean into the obvious. There’s a reason that Apple’s logo is, well, an apple. It’s simple, it’s obvious, but it’s one of the most renowned logo designs in the world.
Sam Carvalho
Be authoritative with your logoBe literal while making sure it fits your organization.
Ask yourself: If I saw this logo for the first time, would I trust this company?
Keep in mind that a font can go a long way to helping you create the right logo.
Serif fonts help to create a more classic, professional feel.
Create visual salience with a pop of colorWhile it’s recommended to first design a logo in black and add color last, it is without a doubt the color that adds the finishing touch and brings the design to life.
This is called visual salience.
Salience is a quality that makes an object stand out against its surroundings. One easy way to do this is with a pop of color.
Sam Carvalho
Don’t reinvent the wheelIf it feels right, then go ahead and use it.
Have a look at your competitors and see what their logos look like. Are there any common themes or colors?
Take note of this, but be sure not to directly copy anybody else’s design.
Don’t be afraid to rejig the wheelTransformation is necessary but gradual. Build your design over time on your established brand, so don’t trade the old for the new, and rather redesign the old.
Be bold and try new things.Use patterns, overlapping shapes, and contrasting colors to create a modern logo while remembering that modernization doesn’t have to be outright to work.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: If you’re ready to get started or just want to learn more about how Brighter Vision can help you grow your practice, head on over to brightervision.com/joe. Check out these additional resources: The Secret Formula for Creating Can’t-Ignore Brands with Mark Drager | MP 121 * Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com * Design Services With Sam * Check out the Practice of the Practice Network * For more branding advice, click here * Apply to work with us
Meet Sam CarvalhoSam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening!Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Branding Recap: 10 Logo Design Tips | MP 122 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you struggled with figuring out your vision and mission statements? Why do you need values to help you have direction in your work?...
The post “How To Create A Vision and Mission Statement” with Nichole Henry | GP 147 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to be a great podcast guest? How can you create products like an expert-preneur? What is the trifecta for success? In...
The post Level Up Series: Find Your Trifecta for Growth with Melanie Benson | POP 823 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the three simple steps to creating an authentic and powerful brand? How do you create riveting marketing to help your ideal clients...
The post The Secret Formula for Creating Can’t-Ignore Brands with Mark Drager | MP 121 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is your private practice experiencing a sales problem? How do you define the term “sales” and does that trip you up in building a...
The post Is business in conflict with clinical work? With Dr. Daniel Bai | POP 822 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about your first year of private practice. Podcast Sponsor: Noble Our friends at Noble have run their...
The post Level Up Series: Your First Year of Private Practice | POP 821 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have an “ick” for sales? Is true sales just another form of curiosity and storytelling? What does it take to create a...
The post Get Over the Sales “ick” and Truly Promote Yourself with Dr. Cindy McGovern | POP 820 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can you use your intuition in marketing? Do you want to become more comfortable with video storytelling? What are some classic bootstrap strategies in...
The post Purposeful Digital Storytelling with Deevo | MP 120 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have good intentions but then end up always putting yourself last? Have you been stuck in a people-pleasing cycle that is detrimental...
The post “People pleasing is not your superpower!” with Christalyn Howard | GP 146 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have some goals for next year that require a couple of financial decisions? Have you undergone any shifts in your personal life?...
The post Ask Joe: Essential Year End Conversations to Have with Your Accountant | POP 819 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you find yourself easily influenced by your surroundings? Are you a highly sensitive therapist? What are the common four HSP traits? In this...
The post High Sensitivity in Therapists and Clients with Alane Freund | POP 818 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you incorporate trends in your new design? Do you use stock images? Are you using hierarchy to your advantage? In this podcast...
The post 15 Graphic Design Mistakes to Avoid | MP 114 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you invested time to understand how Google ranks your website? What could you do if you spent an hour a week on SEO?...
The post Unexpected SEO Trends and Tips with Cinthia Pacheco | POP 797 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you curious about ecotherapy? How can ecotherapy support the therapeutic process? How would you handle confidentiality or privacy when offering walks-and-talks in your...
The post Adding Ecotherapy to your practice with Courtney Guhl Huckabay | GP 140 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Would you consider bringing nutrition into your therapy sessions with clients? What is the relationship between nutrition and mental wellness? How can therapists support...
The post The Mental Wellness Diet with Dr. Justin Bethoney | POP 796 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you struggle with self-sabotage and self-doubt? Which of the five archetypes represents your struggle with overcoming self-doubt? How do want to show up...
The post The Five Self-Doubt Archetypes with Michele Molitor | POP 795 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you really have to do everything in your private practice? How can you get the most out of hiring an executive or virtual...
The post How to Add Executive Assistants to Your Practice and Leverage Their Skillset with Ethan Bull | POP 794 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are some common issues in modern psychiatry? Are there common pillars of wellness that anyone can have in life? Can authentic conversations help...
The post Holistic Psychiatry with Dr. Fred Moss | POP 793 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you heard of the Rule of 26? Why do many service-based websites fail to attract and convert clients? Which three aspects of your...
The post Michael Buzinski’s Rule of 26 to Guarantee an Increase in Your Revenue | MP 113 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How is the atmosphere within your office? Do you love your therapist chair? Is it possible to affordably and elegantly furnish your office space?...
The post The Principles of Office Design with Alison Pidgeon | GP 139 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Instead of looking only at financial freedom, how much time freedom do you have? What are the three best ways to scale? Why should...
The post How a Side Hustle can Become a 7-figure Business with Leah Gervais | POP 792 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you considered creating multiple streams of income? How does passive income boost your overall profit margins? Instead of thinking “outside of the box”,...
The post Build Multiple Income Streams and Boost Recognition with Azizi Marshall | POP 791 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
If you are a group practice owner, you will have or have had the chance to onboard new clinicians on a regular basis. You’ve...
The post Worker Smarter, Not Harder: Onboarding New Clinicians in Group Practice appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you connect with your ideal clients? Is there trust between your clients and your business? Why should you make use of testimonials...
The post Building Trust Online with Nicole Krug | POP 790 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you run a private or group practice with your partner? How do you divide up the work to your strengths? What is a...
The post Building A Group Practice with your Spouse with Alex and Julian Mayes | GP 138 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you expand your impact within your community? Can you step into creativity to grow your audience? Have you been thinking about creating...
The post Expand your Impact by Creating a Course with Andrea Dindinger | POP 778 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to instill anti-racism practices into your group practice? How do you build your practice around values and a strong mission statement?...
The post Growing an Anti-Racist Practice – A Formula for Healing with Gary and Brittany Wardlaw | GP 135 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Within five seconds of landing on your website can your visitors determine what your company does? Can your users easily find your contact page...
The post How to Improve Your Website Design in 10 Simple Steps | MP 109 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you get unstuck when developing your business? Have you found your business-inspiration community? What is the next right step for you? In...
The post How to Find Your Business Community with Mark Strubler | POP 777 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to expand beyond providing clinical therapy? Have you considered coaching? Which new route can you take to level yourself up while...
The post The Process of Adding Coaching to Private Practice with Stacey Steinmiller | POP 782 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have other clinical or professional skills that you want to develop? Have you been thinking about what waits for you on the...
The post The Origin of Killin’ It Camp with Rebecca Sidoti | POP 776 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to take your social media to the next level? Do you want to trend on Instagram? What are some great tips...
The post How to Trend on Instagram with Dana Carretta-Stein | POP 775 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you heard of CTV? Do you want to be at the forefront of new advertising that gets a 90% watch rate online? How...
The post Making the Most of Your Online Presence with Marta Hamilton | POP 774 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the quickest way to level up? What does basic business infrastructure look like? How do you stop yourself from talking yourself out...
The post How to Level Up Your Business Mentality with Britt Frank | POP 773 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you about to redesign or print a business card? Do you want to stand out from the crowd? How can you continue your...
The post 20 Quick Tips on How to Design a Unique Business Card | MP 108 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is your deciding factor when hiring a new clinician? Which questions should you ask your new hire? Why should you hire before you...
The post Don’t Hire Based On A Vibe with Brandy Mabra | GP 134 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is your current clinical supervisor a good fit for you? Where can you find the best clinical supervisor to help you develop your clinical...
The post Finding Your Best-fit Clinical Supervisor with Shannon Heers | POP 772 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is your private practice feeling scattered? Why should you funnel your clients for your benefit and theirs? Have you heard of VIP days? In...
The post How to Organize Your Private Practice to Thrive with Liz Gray | POP 771 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you trying to fit in? How does not fitting in bring you the superpower of creativity? Can you trust the process and let...
The post How I find fulfillment: Joe Sanok’s Fulfillament Story | POP 770 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What’s a great and easy way to make your company more memorable? Does your company need to – and want to – post letters?...
The post 18 Tips to Make Your Letterhead Design Stand Out | MP 107 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a perfectionist? Does your perfectionism (truly) help or hinder you in life? How do you break up with and heal from perfectionism...
The post How to Break Up with Perfectionism For Good with Dr. Menije Boduryan | POP 769 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is your practice currently in a mess or sustaining success? What is the first red flag of a messy practice? How can you straighten...
The post Refining Your Practice from Mess to Success with Brandy Mabra | GP 133 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you a visionary or an implementer? What are some common misconceptions about women with ADHD? How can you help your brain focus and...
The post Helping women with ADHD with Laurie Wilson | POP 768 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How does deciding help you to make other decisions? What can you do to surpass the perfectionism that leaves you stuck in decision-paralysis? Why...
The post How to Make Decisions with the Wisdom of Your Body with Anna Saviano | POP 767 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What do you want the rest of your life to look like? Do you have control over your schedule? How can you create sustainable...
The post How to Level Up Toward The End of Your Career with Ellen Gigliotti | POP 766 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can unresolved childhood trauma break down relationships and marriages? What does a healthy relationship actually look like? What is the strongest marker of...
The post Finding and Maintaining Your Dream Love with Riana Milne | POP 765 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you hack neuroscience to create memorable marketing? What power is unlocked in marketing when you incorporate storytelling into your advertising? Why must...
The post How to Differentiate Your Brand Through Storytelling with Seth Erickson | MP 106 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you considered working with interns? Can hiring and training interns be the key to growing your practice? Why should you offer a teaching...
The post Growing a Group Practice with Interns with Valarie Harris | GP 132 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is your approach to achieving complete holistic wellness? Is that possible to achieve? How can old patterns stop you from unlocking a new...
The post The Neuroscience of Pleasure and Serving the Asian Community with Jonathan Le | POP 764 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Does your business feel stuck at the moment? Do you want to strengthen the copy on your marketing content to connect more deeply with...
The post Copywriting and Finding Your Zone of Genius with Hanna Hermanson | POP 763 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you reduce the environmental impact of your private practice? Do the small sustainability changes really matter? What does sustainability in business look...
The post Practical Sustainability: Circular Commerce, Smarter Spaces and Happier Humans with Corey Glickman and Jeff Kavanaugh | POP 762 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need to readdress your relationship with money? Are there some money blocks that are holding you back from investing in the growth...
The post The Profitable Performance Playbook with Alan Pruitt, CPA | GP 131 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you build more traction on your website and increase client interaction? Do you look at your website data and stats? How can...
The post Think of Marketing Data as a Story with JJ Reynolds | MP 105 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the science behind EFT? How can you use EFT to dissolve your daily WAFFLES? What about EFT makes it so effective in...
The post Everything EFT: Emotional Regulation with Dr. Katie Nall | POP 761 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is your relationship like to sleep at the moment? How does it form a cornerstone of mental, emotional, and physical health? Should therapists...
The post Why Sleep is the Cornerstone of Overall Health with Dr. Shantha Gowda | PoP 760 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you attract potential clients? Are there goals you want to achieve that need extra financial boosting? What are the secrets to raising your rates organically? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers the question about how to market for higher fees. Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try […]
The post How To Market For Higher Fees: Ask Joe | PoP 759 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What does true fulfillment in business and in life look like to you? What are the different layers of success? How do you bypass...
The post How to feel like a success with Michael Bauman | POP 758 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the ingredients to skyrocketing any group practice to success? What are some of the shared anxieties that nearly every group practice owner...
The post How to Start and Grow a Group Practice with LaToya Smith and Ashley Mielke | POP 757 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have a procedure manual for your group private practice? Why is it worth writing up? Why should you treat systems in your...
The post Streamline Your Practice: How to Create a Procedural Manual with Nakita W. Scott, MA, MSW, LCSW | GP 130 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is there a difference between marketing and teaching? Why should you look for the “no’s” within a team? What are the different ways to...
The post Why There is No Difference Between Teaching and Marketing with Joe Hudson | MP 104 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What advice does a serial entrepreneur have for new business owners? Is fear stopping you from pursuing your biggest goals? How can leveling up...
The post Entrepreneurship, Overcoming Fear in Business, and Leveling Up with Alison Pidgeon | POP 756 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
One of the things that many group practice owners wrestle with is how to provide both clinical and administrative supervision to its therapists. If...
The post Should Group Practice Owners Provide Both Clinical and Administrative Supervision? appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are some of the ups and downs of starting a business as a married couple? How can the principles of improv help improve...
The post How to Be Married Entrepreneurs with Ron and Lexie Lee | POP 755 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you feel like you often lose yourself when caring for others? Is codependency inherited at birth or taught in childhood? What are some...
The post Codependency And What To Do About It with Mary Joye | POP 754 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you make meaning out of difficult situations in business and in life? Can struggle bear fruit? How does soul care help you...
The post Make Meaning Out Of The Struggle With Dawn Gabriel | GP 129 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you find the balance between bootstrapping and spending money to launch your new practice? Are there any limiting beliefs that could be...
The post How to start a private practice and transitioning off insurance with Carrie Bock | POP 753 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why does your branding need to be strategic before it is tactile? What makes the difference in marketing? How does creating a genuine brand...
The post How to Focus on Strategic vs. Tactical Marketing with Orsolya Herbein | MP 103 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you experienced intimate betrayal? How do you talk to your kids about divorce? Have you used the YOU-turn method to calm yourself down...
The post How I got through betrayal, divorce, and a religious transition with Emily Runyan | POP 752 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How does a mother cope with loss and an identity shift? What happens to a relationship when a couple goes through multiple miscarriages? Are...
The post How I got through the unexpected, unexplained full-term stillbirth of my first daughter with Christine McAlister | POP 751 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What happens when you and your spouse experience cancer? How can looking for small moments of joy help you move through grief? Are you...
The post How I got through cancer and the death of my husband with Dana Frost | POP 750 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the ingredients to skyrocketing any group practice to success? What are some of the shared anxieties that nearly every group practice owner...
The post How to Start and Grow a Group Practice with LaToya Smith, Ashley Mielke and Joe Sanok | GP 128 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are some of the ultimate branding principles? Why should you research your competition and consider working with them? How can you bring the...
The post The Ultimate Branding Guide (Part 2) | MP 102 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What can help someone truly cope with immense grief? How can you get past the early death of a parent? What can you do...
The post How I got through my father’s suicide with Ashley Mielke | POP 749 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What does it take to redefine who you are after long-term abuse? Can you co-parent with an abuser? Why should you reach for the...
The post How I got through an 11 year marriage of abuse with Cindy Brock | POP 740 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How does a person heal after experiencing narcissistic abuse? At what point do you realize that enough is enough? What can you do to...
The post How I got through infidelity and an abusive spouse with Dr. Ashley Funk | POP 739 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What happens to a person’s development when they experience intense grief as a teenager? Has your relationship with grief changed as you have aged?...
The post How I got through the death of a sibling with Rebecca Sidoti | POP 738 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you heard of social selling and sales intelligence? How does sales intelligence transform your revenue? What is the best way to form connections...
The post Why Social Selling is Important with Jamie Shanks | MP 99 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to expand your practice with a new product or service? Why should you pursue your passion instead of only money? How...
The post Strengthen Your Business by Launching a Product with Ashley Mielke | GP 125 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you take care of yourself when members of your family are constantly sick? What does it take to maintain a strong marriage...
The post How I got through my son’s seizure and daughter’s sexual assault with Kate Pieper | POP 737 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How does a life-changing event change you as a person? Where can you find a sense of self amidst turmoil and a sense of...
The post How I got through uncoupling and becoming an unexpected single dad with Joe Sanok | PoP 736 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you not sell the same way that you buy? How can you build confidence in the prices you offer? Why does providing...
The post Ask The Expert: Donald Kelly on improving sales | POP 735 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to become a TEDx speaker? Have you decided that you want to do it, or are you thinking about it? Which...
The post Ask the Expert: How to get a TEDx Talk with Adam Lewis Walker | POP 734 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you prioritize self-care and wellness or do you find yourself always on the edge of burnout? Are you scheduling wellness into your routine?...
The post Diverse Clinicians Series: Wellness and Self-Care in High Stress Jobs with Dr. Bernice Patterson | POP 733 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you hire clinicians that stay for the long term? Are you interested in becoming part of a therapist-centered online community? Why should...
The post 5 Tips for Building a Long-Term Successful Practice with Wendy Dickinson: Part 2 of 2 | GP 124 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you use videos in your marketing efforts? How can you use video to spark an interest in your audience? Can you combine video...
The post Why Video is a Potent Marketing Tool for your private practice with Nathan Labenz | MP 98 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you learn from others while following your own path? What are some things to consider when working with diverse populations? Why is...
The post Diverse Clinicians Series: Making Therapy Easily Accessible to Diverse Populations with Dr. Holly Sawyer | POP 732 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you practice self-compassion alongside being confident? Which habits can hinder self-compassion? What is The Confidence Project Journal and how can it help you...
The post Diverse Clinicians Series: The Confidence Project Journal with Kaity Rodriguez | POP 731 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How has your personal experience inspired your counseling journey? Do societal structures fail couples? What recommendation can you get from a couples therapist on...
The post Diverse Clinicians Series: The Journey to Becoming a Couples Therapist with Dr. Tiphanie Gibbs | POP 730 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is media buying and why must you adapt your marketing to target your audience’s personalities instead of their demographics? How do big life...
The post Media Buying 101: The Evolution of Media Consumer Habits with Mary Ann Pruitt | MP 97 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you outline your summertime and what can you expect from the Diverse Clinicians series? In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about...
The post Introducing the Diverse Clinicians Series | POP 729 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What steps can you take to build a long-term successful practice? Have you found yourself searching for a healthy work community to be a...
The post 5 Tips for Building a Long-Term Successful Practice with Wendy Dickinson: Part 1 of 2 | GP 123 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Which mistakes do most therapists in private practice make when it comes to money? Should you set money aside for taxes or not? Do...
The post How To Be Better with Your Money In Private Practice with Andrew Riesen | POP 728 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to create predictable success in your business? Have you created your visionary and processing team to support you? Why should you...
The post Creating Predictable Success in Private Practice with Les McKeown | POP 726 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Oprah or Ryan Reynolds, which celebrities would your brand sound like? How do you create a brand trifecta to boost your marketing efforts? Are...
The post How to Convert, Not Convince, in Your Business with Kate DiLeo | MP 96 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to create a heart-centered practice? Are you clear on your purpose? How can you tell whether a decision is the right...
The post 5 Keys to Growing Your Heart-Centred Group Practice with Ashley Mielke | PoP 725 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can diversifying your income help deter burnout? Why is it important for your practice’s success that you diversify your streams of income? Have you...
The post Stabilize Your Business by Diversifying Income with Dr. Ajita Robinson | GP 122 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you consider pursuing further certifications? What are the three essential foundations you need to create in your new practice? What does a...
The post Ask Joe: What should I have set up when starting a private practice? | PoP 724 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How healthy is your practice? What can you do to assess the success of your practice? Do you want to create a CEO mindset?...
The post How to Think Like a CEO with Brandy Mabra | POP 723 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you mindful of how you approach your ideal clients? Why must you explain your “why”? How does your content depend on your customers...
The post Your Community: How To Build It and Grow It With Danielle Melton | POP 722 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can you leverage the company culture as a competitive edge? How do you create a psychologically safe environment for your staff? Why must you...
The post Strengthen Your Business: Leverage Company Culture As Your Competitive Edge | POP 721 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need an ultimate start-to-finish marketing guide? Which business systems do you need to have in place to continue nurturing great client relationships?...
The post 5 Steps You Need to Take To Unify Your Marketing with Bear Wade | MP 95 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you direct more traffic to your group practice website? Is there any difference between solo practice and group practice websites? What are...
The post Important Website Tips to Grow Traffic and Boost SEO with Daniel Fava | GP 121 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need to spread awareness of your business in your local community? How do you get folks in your community to know, like,...
The post Ask Joe: How do I create a marketing plan? | POP 720 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the key to steady business growth? How do you strengthen any vulnerable spots in your business? Have you clarified your intentions? In...
The post Become Unstoppable: How to Achieve Consistent Practice Growth with Ashley Mielke | PoP 719 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How does creating a “personality” for your company help you to connect with your ideal clients? Do you want to boost your business by...
The post Create A Business Personality and Connect with Your Clients with Keshia White | PoP 718 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to boost and supplement your income? Which phase of life are you – and your practice – currently in? Can you...
The post Create Sustainable Life Long Income with Gordon Brewer | GP 120 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is your business totally dependent on you doing everything? Can you build your business to be sustainable without you? Why is documentation a direct...
The post How Multitasking Scares The Money Away with Connie S. Falls | PoP 714 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you concerned about your private practice in the current economy? How can you buffer your business to survive changes in the economy? What...
The post How to prepare for changes in the economy with Ken Clark | GP 119 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Does your social media design need a boost? How can you use colors and negative space to your advantage? Why should you be mindful...
The post 11 Tips to Improve Your Social Media Design | MP 93 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the main thing you should look for on a potential hire’s resume? How can you attract and hire the best team members?...
The post How to Attract, Interview, and Hire the Best Team Members with Jamie Van Cuyk | PoP 713 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you launching or redoing your website? Would you prefer to own or lease your practice’s website? Which are the core pages that every...
The post How to Start a Website to Launch Your Practice: Ask Joe | PoP 712 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to get a better grasp on your time? Are you struggling to get going on your goals and dreams for your...
The post Slow Down School: How Rest Builds Productivity | PoP 711 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you experiencing the growing pains of developing and running a private practice? Do you need help finding your ideal client? Why does niching...
The post Overcoming Growing Pains – Consulting with LaToya Smith | PoP 710 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you considered hiring a prescriber? What are the benefits of hiring a nurse practitioner into your practice? How do help to boost and...
The post Adding a Prescriber to Your Practice with Laurie Groh | GP 118 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to learn how to sell your therapy services successfully? How can a private practice boost its intake calls to convert more...
The post How to improve your intake call to get more private pay clients with Nikki Rausch | PoP 709 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking to hire a new creative for your team? How can you best vet a new designer? What makes a great designer...
The post 10 Questions to Ask Your Graphic Designer | MP 92 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Can a couples’ emotional and attachment cycles influence each other? How does secure attachment allow for “the best sex”? How did the pandemic influence relationships?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about secure attachment styles and sex therapy with Dr. Laurie Watson.
Podcast Sponsor: Gusto
In today’s changing world, taking care of your employees couldn’t be more important. With Gusto, everything you need to hire, pay, manage, and support your hardworking team is in one easy place. Running payroll with Gusto takes just a few clicks. They help with the hard stuff too — filing taxes, compliance, new state tax registration, international contractor payments in 87 countries and counting. On top of that, Gusto offers a wide range of health and financial benefits.
Just for our listeners, Gusto’s offering 3 free months at gusto.com/joe.
Meet Dr. Laurie Watson
Dr. Laurie Watson is the director and owner of Awakenings, Counseling for Couples and Sexuality, where she supervises 11 clinicians in both Raleigh and Greensboro. Laurie has her doctorate — with her research in helping survivors and their husbands heal after breast cancer using Emotionally Focused Therapy.
Her podcast FOREPLAY RADIO—Couples and Sex Therapy is frequently ranked in the top 4 sexuality podcasts on iTunes. Laurie also authored her first book Wanting Sex Again—How to Rediscover Desire and Heal a Sexless Marriage in December 2012.
Visit Awakenings and connect with Dr. Laurie Watson on Facebook and Twitter.
Listen to her podcast and read her blog.
In This Podcast
- Secure attachment allows for the best sex
- Attachment cycles
- How the pandemic has influenced relationships
Secure attachment allows for the best sex The secure attachment style is not about smothering your partner or feeling joined at the hip. Secure attachment means to allow – and encourage – your partner to be their individual selves.
But, when we are securely attached to our partner, there’s so much breathing room, there’s so much allowance for the otherness of our partner which becomes very exciting. (Dr. Laurie Watson)
When you see your partner in their own space, in flow, and working on their own hobbies, job, or activities, that can be very intriguing and exciting for someone, which boosts arousal and appreciation.
It’s within secure attachment that vulnerability keeps sex hot. It’s when we reveal the erotic mind that our sex stays alive and on fire, and I don’t think that’s as possible in relationships that are new and random … in terms of enduring desire, that comes with security. (Dr. Laurie Watson)
Attachment cycles In almost all relationships, to varying degrees, there is a pursuer and a withdrawer. The pursuer wants to be with their partner often and desires a strong connection which can, ironically, push the withdrawer away.
In turn, this makes the pursuer more frantic and needy, which makes the withdrawer back up and shut down. This emotional attachment cycle dovetails into the sexual attraction and attachment cycle.
[Withdrawers] try to control for the “temperature” and the intensity of the sexual experience. Mostly, because ironically, they feel [the sex] so much more intensely, so they’re not trying to control their partner, they’re trying to control the experience for themselves to modify it in a way that they can tolerate it. (Dr. Laurie Watson)
Some highly sensitive people have more sensitive bodies, and therefore orgasms can be a mind-blowing experience, and so relationally they feel exquisitely vulnerable to be naked and intimate with their partners.
The emotional and attachment cycles feed off and influence each other in various ways.
How the pandemic has influenced relationships 1 – The pandemic has changed the dating field: many people before the pandemic dated for fun and closeness.
However, after the pandemic, research has shown that most people are now dating for connection and intimacy.
Because I think all of us realized that this isolation was so toxic. To be alone, to not have a partner, to not be touched … the idea is that we are not invulnerable, we know this with the pandemic, and so partnership has become very important. (Dr. Laurie Watson)
2 – Forced togetherness: many relationships ended over the pandemic because the cracks in the relationship could not be avoided.
If a couple was struggling with issues and they did not have the tools to repair and resolve their negative cycles, then splitting up became the solution.
3 – An increase in masturbation and sex toys: people have become more self-sufficient since realizing that there may be times when they could be without.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Just for our listeners, Gusto’s offering 3 free months at gusto.com/joe. * Visit Awakenings and connect with Dr. Laurie Watson on Facebook and Twitter. * Listen to her podcast and read her blog.
Check out these additional resources: * Successfully Host & Market a Retreat with Megan Gunnell | PoP 701 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post The Best Sex: How Your Attachment Style Affects Your Sex Life with Dr. Laurie Watson | POP 702 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you have easy access to great clinical supervision? Where can you connect with a supervisor that is aligned with your values and passion? Would you join a directory of fellow clinical supervisors to improve the quality of therapy?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks with Catherine Moore about RISE, one of the first clinical supervision directories.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter Vision
If warmer weather has you feeling like it’s time for a website refresh, or you’d like to boost your online presence, look no further than Brighter Vision’s custom digital marketing solutions, designed specifically for therapists.
And the timing couldn’t be better because they just kicked off their Spring Cleaning sale! Sign up with Brighter Vision before April 30th and you’ll get $10/month off of your first year of website service with the Brighter Vision team, plus they’ll throw in 3 FREE months of Social Genie to give your therapist blog and social media pages a serious boost, so you can focus on what matters most – your patients!
So get a jumpstart on your private practice’s spring cleaning list by contacting Brighter Vision. To get started and learn more, visit brightervision.com/joe.
Meet Catherine Moore Catherine Moore is a Licensed Clinical Social Worker in Southern California. Catherine’s mission is to increase the support and connections available for Clinical Supervisors and Social Workers seeking supervision services.
She has over 11 years of practice as a Social Worker in the areas of medical social work, grief, anxiety, and older adult populations. She hosts the Podcast called Social Workers, Rise! and most recently founded the RISE Directory – a national clinical supervisor directory.
Visit Social Workers, Rise! Connect with Catherine on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * Clinical supervision in therapy * Expand the network * The Social Workers, Rise! podcast
Clinical supervision in therapy
Clinical supervision is the foundation of the work that we do as mental health providers. Social workers are the largest mental health providers in the United States, so [we need] this platform of support for the clinical supervisors of the people who are teaching the next generation. (Catherine Moore)
By investing in high-quality education and supervision for mental health providers, the mental health industry and its capacity, as well as capability, can be revolutionized.
If clinicians are given exemplary supervision and are encouraged to put their best foot forward from the start, they will feel more prepared and ready to serve their communities.
Expand the network Many clinicians find their supervisors by word of mouth.
Although this strategy works for some people, it can leave many eligible and keen clinicians out of the loop, simply because they do not have the right connections.
That’s limiting. A lot of us don’t have a vast network of clinical supervisors. We’re lucky if we know one person, outside of our boss, that might provide clinical supervision. (Catherine Moore)
By using a clinical supervision directory, the playing fields are leveled out and people are better able to find a supervisor whom they connect well with.
The RISE podcast Catherine hosts the Social Workers, Rise! podcast that has an array of guests and addresses a plethora of relatable topics.
They talk with corporate social workers, as well as social workers in student affairs, and discuss things like improving your money mindset and starting a side hustle.
The podcast wants to undo toxic narratives that many mental health providers are taught in graduate school.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Social Workers, Rise! Connect with Catherine on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn * Visit brightervision.com/joe and sign up before April 30th to receive $10/month off of your first year of website service
Check out these additional resources: * Adding Employee Benefits to Your Practice with Bren Shantz | GP 115 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post RISE: Find the Best Clinical Supervision, with Catherine Moore | GP 116 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do people care more about the experience than the features? How do you create your business to be user-centric? Why must you consider your client at every touchpoint?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks with Satyam Kantamneni about being user-centric and the importance of centering your client in business.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter Vision
If warmer weather has you feeling like it’s time for a website refresh, or you’d like to boost your online presence, look no further than Brighter Vision’s custom digital marketing solutions, designed specifically for therapists.
And the timing couldn’t be better because they just kicked off their Spring Cleaning sale! Sign up with Brighter Vision before April 30th and you’ll get $10/month off of your first year of website service with the Brighter Vision team, plus they’ll throw in 3 FREE months of Social Genie to give your therapist blog and social media pages a serious boost, so you can focus on what matters most – your patients!
So get a jumpstart on your private practice’s spring cleaning list by contacting Brighter Vision. To get started and learn more, visit brightervision.com/joe.
Meet Satyam Kantamneni
Satyam is the Chief Experience Officer at UXReactor – an award winning user-experience design firm. While at Harvard Business School, Satyam realized that most businesses aren’t leveraging the full power of User Experience (UX) Design as an engine for strategic growth. So, he resolved to change that. Through UXReactor, Satyam demonstrated that UX can and should drive enterprise-wide innovation and business outcomes.
He is also authoring a book titled User Experience Playbook: A Practical to Fuel Buel Business Growth which releases soon.
Visit UXReactor and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. FREEBIE: Visit the UXReactor website to access a free chapter of Satyam’s book. In This Podcast * What does it mean to be user-centric? * Consider your user at every touchpoint * How to become user-centric * Satyam’s advice to private practitioners
What does it mean to be user-centric?
User-centric is one of those words that gets used a lot … but not many people know how to do it. The best analogy I can give is [like] keeping fit … no one knows exactly what works for you and everything is different. (Satyam Kantamneni)
User-centric design or philosophy is keeping the user at the center of every decision that you make, and every strategy conversation that you have.
To be user-centric means to ask: what can I do to make the user’s world better?
Once you know your user, your client, and their needs well, you are much better equipped to provide the high-quality and value-driven service exchanges that they want and are willing to pay for.
Consider your user at every touchpoint It is a good start to design your website and direct your marketing toward your user, but you need to go further.
A part of the business is to provide services and products in exchange for money. Therefore you need to be sure to curate the main aspects of the business to speak to and understand the customers so that the company is profitable while doing good work.
[Businesses] don’t necessarily focus on how the look and feel of their website can affect their user … I think it can be so powerful when you are thinking of your user in terms of any design that you do, and that’s more likely to result in conversions on your website and across your brand when you are considering your user at every touchpoint. (Sam Carvalho)
All you need to do is to make sure that you are talking to the person, that you are engaging with them, and that you are providing them with what it is that they want and need. To know this, you need to observe them and study them.
How to become user-centric 1 – People: Have the right people in your organization who are owning the work that they do and driving the success of the company.
2 – Process: Have the right process to help you explain to the user how you can help them.
3 – Environment: Everybody who is working in the organization needs to be trained in how to be user-centric towards the company’s ideal client.
4 – Mindset: Create a valuable and robust company culture, and hire the people with the right focus that aligns with the company’s values onboard.
All the best experiences you’ve had in the world have been designed by someone. It just doesn’t happen serendipitously, somebody has thought about it. (Satyam Kantamneni)
Satyam’s advice to private practitioners It can take a while to understand and perfect user-centric design, but once you do, it will revolutionize your business and dramatically increase the value of your services.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit brightervision.com/joe and sign up before April 30th to receive $10/month off of your first year of website service * Visit UXReactor and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. * Check out the Practice of the Practice branding services
Check out these additional resources:
- 10 Branding Pitfalls to Avoid | MP 89
- Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com
- Design Services With Sam
- Check out the Practice of the Practice Network
- For more branding advice, click here
- Apply to work with us
Meet Sam Carvalho Sam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Think Like a Customer with User-Centric Design – Satyam Kantamneni | MP 90 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the difference between a retreat and a conference? Why should you start with a one-day retreat? What is the number one mistake most therapists make when launching their first retreats?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Megan Gunnell about how to host a retreat.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection. With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe
Meet Megan Gunnell
Megan Gunnell, LMSW is the Founder and Director of the Thriving Well Institute where she provides coaching, courses, retreats, and summits for therapists who are ready to build and scale their businesses. She’s also the founder of the Thrive Advantage Group, a group practice for psychotherapy services. Her work helps clients transform, restore and reach their highest potential. Megan believes that there’s a formula to thriving and she’s on a mission to help therapists learn how to increase their impact and income so they can spend more time doing what they love to do. As a coach, therapist, speaker, writer, and international retreat leader, Megan enjoys providing clear guidance and support to help therapists who are ready to thrive. Visit Megan Gunnell’s website for more information or connect with Megan on Instagram, Twitter, or LinkedIn. Join the Thriving Therapists Facebook Group.
In This Podcast
- Start with a one-day retreat
- The first steps to your event
- The difference between a retreat and a conference
- Selling tickets
- Megan’s top tip for hosting retreats
- Megan’s advice to private practitioners
Start with a one-day retreat
I always caution [therapists] to think about their timeline first. It takes quite a lot of time to build a weekend retreat, and I back that up to say that people should start by testing the waters with a one-day retreat first. (Megan Gunnell)
How to make a one-day workshop or retreat:
- Between 9 am to 3 pm
- Start with something for the body like yoga or a walk
- Plan for the type of talk that you will be giving
- Plan for the type of training that you will be teaching
- Cater healthy lunch
- End the day by touching on the spirit
For me, the perfect retreat, whether it’s one day, one weekend, or one week, is a perfect blend of body, mind, and soul. (Megan Gunnell)
If you do not have any activities in your retreat that is creative or spiritual, people may leave feeling like they have missed the sacred, and often that is what people come back for.
The first steps to your event 1 – Timeline: it can take up to six months to properly plan a weekend workshop, and even up to nine months to plan a great week-long retreat.
Give yourself adequate planning time and space to experiment. Avoid rushing this process.
2 – Venue: as the host, consider:
- Common environments
- Participants’ privacy
- Proximity to the airport
- Distance to the attendees
- Facility sharing
3 – Liability: consider liability contracts, insurance requirements, and your risk involved in the retreat. Put the correct disclaimers on your website and on the event’s page to make sure this is not seen as a psychotherapeutic intervention, but as a wellness offering.
The difference between a retreat and a conference A retreat is about helping people to discover – or rediscover – what was lost or hidden within themselves.
The hosts of retreats are holding a space for people to reconnect with aspects of themselves or their abilities. A retreat is more experiential and grounding.
On the other hand, a conference is about learning new skills and methodology. The host is giving out information and teaching, and so conferences are education-based.
Selling tickets
It is important that you have the right platforms so you are getting information in front of the people who have asked for this … it didn’t take me long to sell out an international retreat … because I had 14k people who were interested in going, and were at least looking at it. (Megan Gunnell)
- Have the right platform: to sell out your tickets, you need to advertise your workshop on the platforms where your audience is.
Put the information in front of the people who are asking for it, instead of spreading it out to anyone.
- Advertise the benefits: be sure to identify what the problem is that you are helping clients to solve, and how attending this workshop or retreat will benefit them.
- Work on creating a buzz long before you open the doors so that the audience is warmed up and ready to purchase tickets.
- Have a waitlist ready for the next offering: if you launch a successful retreat and market the next one well, you will most likely have a second fully booked event.
Megan’s top tip for hosting retreats Do not overschedule.
People are likely to join your retreat because they want to retreat and have a relaxing time.
Schedule some buffer time for your participants so that they can downshift and enjoy themselves. Move from doing to being, and let them relax, which is one of the best ways to support fellow therapists.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Megan Gunnell’s website and see also The Thrive Advantage Group. Connect with Megan on Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. * Join the Thriving Therapists Facebook Group! * Check out Slow Down School * Join Noble for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe
Check out these additional resources: * Our 700th Episode!!! What I’d do differently if I started over | PoP 700 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Successfully Host & Market a Retreat with Megan Gunnell | PoP 701 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Is one-on-one coaching a good investment of your time and money? Can your practice go from solo to staffed in under a year? Do you want accountability and help in scaling your group practice?
In this podcast episode, Whitney Owens speaks with Colleen Wenner about how to grow fast in private practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter Vision
If warmer weather has you feeling like it’s time for a website refresh, or you’d like to boost your online presence, look no further than Brighter Vision’s custom digital marketing solutions, designed specifically for therapists.
And the timing couldn’t be better because they just kicked off their Spring Cleaning sale! Sign up with Brighter Vision before April 30th and you’ll get $10/month off of your first year of website service with the Brighter Vision team, plus they’ll throw in 3 FREE months of Social Genie to give your therapist blog and social media pages a serious boost, so you can focus on what matters most – your patients!
So get a jumpstart on your private practice’s spring cleaning list by contacting Brighter Vision. To get started and learn more, visit brightervision.com/joe.
Meet Colleen Wenner Colleen is the founder and owner of New Heights Counseling and Consulting in Fort Walton Beach, FL where she and her team provide individual and group counseling to the surrounding community.
Working with people throughout the years Colleen has found her ability to relate to young and old an asset. She is a Master Certified Addiction Professional, a Certified EMDR trauma specialist and currently a Consultant in training through EMDRIA.
Visit New Heights Counseling and Consulting and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
Email Colleen at: colleen@florida-counseling.com
In This Podcast * Solo to six staff in under a year * Return on investment * Colleen’s tips to grow your practice quickly and effectively * Colleen’s advice to Christian counselors
Solo to six staff in under a year After being part of Group Practice Launch, Colleen went from starting her business from scratch to managing a group practice with six staff members in under one year.
She hired interns, clinicians, and later, her husband as a life coach for clients. Now her practice is thriving.
Return on investment
Without a doubt [the investment has paid itself off]. From the beginning I knew that it would be an investment, and doing one-on-one [coaching] with [Whitney] … I knew that was a great way to start and to make that investment. (Colleen Wenner)
Even though investing in coaching and purchasing entry into a Mastermind is expensive, it is a direct investment into the success of your practice.
Since getting coaching from Whitney and having been part of the Mastermind, Colleen’s income has doubled since last November and tripled since last May.
Colleen’s tips to grow your practice quickly and effectively
I would say [to] do the individual consulting first because [Whitney] was laser-focused on where [I] was at and where [I] wanted to be, and [showed] me the next steps [I] needed to take. (Colleen Wenner)
- Invest in getting high-quality one-on-one coaching
- Purchase a ticket to join Mastermind groups
- Be prepared to take risks because it can help you to land great rewards
Colleen’s advice to Christian counselors Make decisions for yourself and your business based on your values and core beliefs.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit New Heights Counseling and Consulting and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. * Email Colleen at: colleen@florida-counseling.com * Visit brightervision.com/joe to receive 3 free months of social genie and $10 off each month for your first year * How to Delegate in Your Group Practice While Working Less and Making More: Free webinar on May 3rd, 2022 with Whitney Owens and Alison Pidgeon * Group Practice Boss: doors open from May 3rd to May 6th, 2022. Early bird special from $129 a month * Take Faith in Practice further with the Mastermind Course * Join the Faith in Practice Facebook Group and subscribe to the email list * Email Whitney: whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Check out these additional resources: * How to Grow Your Business through Delegation with Daniel Fava | FP 133 * Next Level Practice * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Group Practice Boss * www.practiceofthepractice.com/apply
Meet Whitney Owens Whitney is a licensed professional counselor and owns a growing group practice in Savannah, Georgia. Along with a wealth of experience managing a practice, she also has an extensive history working in a variety of clinical and religious settings, allowing her to specialize in consulting for faith-based practices and those wanting to connect with religious organizations.
Knowing the pains and difficulties surrounding building a private practice, she started this podcast to help clinicians start, grow, and scale a faith-based practice. She has learned how to start and grow a successful practice that adheres to her own faith and values. And as a private practice consultant, she has helped many clinicians do the same.
Visit her website and listen to her podcast here. Connect on Instagram or join the Faith in Practice Facebook group. Email her at whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
Faith in Practice is part of the Practice of the Practice Podcast Network, a network of podcasts that are changing the world. To hear other podcasts like Empowered and Unapologetic, Bomb Mom, Imperfect Thriving, Marketing a Practice or Beta Male Revolution, go to practiceofthepractice.com/network.
The post How to Grow Fast in Private Practice with Colleen Wenner | FP 134 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
If you could travel to the past to when you started your business, what advice would you give yourself? Why should you strive to be clear on your offer? What can you start implementing now?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok celebrates the Practice of the Practice’s 700th Episode!
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection. With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe
In This Podcast
- Don’t be afraid to start small
- Be clear on the offer
- Get consistent sooner
- Be mindful of the journey
Don’t be afraid to start small
One piece of advice I would have given myself, or would give myself if I was to go back, is that there is no shame in starting small. That whole idea that “the riches are in the niches” is so true when you find the right niche. (Joe Sanok)
When people start businesses, want to get fit, or try to make any change in their lives, they want to start by making a huge impact and going straight to success.
However, it is okay – and even encouraged – to start small.
Focus your time on finding your niche, and work with that, instead of jumping onto the first thing that comes your way.
Try not to get worked up over the numbers early on, and rather concentrate on serving and building your niche.
Be clear on the offer
I wish I had structured out my email course and what I was offering through the email list a lot sooner. (Joe Sanok)
Be clear on what it is that you are offering your audience.
Right from the start, work hard to flesh out exactly what it is that you are helping your audience with, how will you help them, and what are you providing as tools along the way.
Try not to sell too hard too early. Listen to your audiences’ needs, learn from their behaviors, and try to create products and services that cater to them.
Get consistent sooner Being consistent with your work is one of the greatest investments of time and energy that you can put into your new business and venture.
That consistency over time of being a reliable information source helped me grow when I decided [to commit] and I wish I could go back and tell myself that. (Joe Sanok)
Be mindful of the journey Each phase has its stressors and opportunities. Each aspect and transition of your business has value to share and lessons to teach you.
Although you are working towards a specific goal and working to achieve a dream, it is important to be present in the moment, and appreciate your progress.
Sit with the unfolding of the process, and allow that to be a part of your journey alongside the successes that you have and will experience.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Join Noble for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe * Visit practiceofthepractice.com/apply to sign up for a free consultation * Check out Zencastr and use promo code JOE to receive six months free * Listen to Smart Passive Income
Check out these additional resources: * Free Up Time by Outsourcing with Molly Rose Speed | POP 699 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Our 700th Episode!!! What I’d do differently if I started over | PoP 700 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to build your time freedom? How should you start your week for peak productivity? What is holding you back from outsourcing effectively?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Molly Rose Speed about building time freedom by outsourcing effectively.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter Vision
If warmer weather has you feeling like it’s time for a website refresh, or you’d like to boost your online presence, look no further than Brighter Vision’s custom digital marketing solutions, designed specifically for therapists.
And the timing couldn’t be better because they just kicked off their Spring Cleaning sale! Sign up with Brighter Vision before April 30th and you’ll get $10/month off of your first year of website service with the Brighter Vision team, plus they’ll throw in 3 FREE months of Social Genie to give your therapist blog and social media pages a serious boost, so you can focus on what matters most – your patients!
So get a jumpstart on your private practice’s spring cleaning list by contacting Brighter Vision. To get started and learn more, visit brightervision.com/joe.
Meet Molly Rose Speed Molly Rose Speed is an expert in creating what everyone wants more of — time freedom. She is the founder of Virtual Assistant Management, which provides trusted Virtual Assistant solutions and flawless tech execution for busy entrepreneurs. Through her proven methods of intelligent systems, seamless automations and outsourcing, she creates her clients another 10-15 hours per week of freedom and flexibility.
Visit the Virtual Assistant Management website and see also Molly Rose Speed’s website.
Connect with her on Facebook and Instagram, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Check out the Ultimate Guide to Outsourcing!
In This Podcast
- Molly’s new week productivity tip for therapists
- Business owners and entrepreneurs: what you can delegate
- Letting go and trusting
- Molly’s advice to private practitioners
Molly’s new week productivity tip for therapists
I take Monday mornings and address everything I have going on in the week, and build in the time that I am working on the business. (Molly Rose Speed)
Molly takes each Monday morning to lay out what she needs to do for that week and schedules the times that she needs to address each item.
Taking the time to prioritize what needs to be done and when it needs to be done can help you build a structure for your week.
Otherwise, as life happens each day, you may be thrown off course without a general outline of what you want to do and by when you want to do it.
If you [address] your day as it comes at you, your inbox – for example – will dictate how you are going to spend your day, not you. So, you have to get ahead of it. (Molly Rose Speed)
Business owners and entrepreneurs: what you can delegate Entrepreneurs and start-up business owners make themselves a job to do that they are passionate about and qualified for. However, as time goes on, they end up with more than one job, or with “27 hats”.
Even though that is part of starting a business, at some point you need to delegate so that you can get back to your original goal.
Molly’s simple exercise for delegating:
- For a day, a week, and/ or a month, keep a piece of paper in your workspace and write down everything that you do.
- Then, circle the things that only you physically need to do.
- What are the roles that you want to do?
- Where can you start by delegating one simple task to someone else?
Letting go and trusting 1 – Communication: fully layout your expectations to the person who is taking over the task at hand. Give them all the tools that they need.
2 – Take baby steps: identify the tasks they can take on and let them do them.
3 – Have check-ins with your staff each week: once a week have an in-person or virtual sit-down with a staff member and discuss what went well and what can be done differently. Remember to let the person do something in their way.
4 – Let your staff participate: in team meetings, let staff also participate in acknowledging how they can do things differently, and acknowledge them for the things that they have done well.
Creating that communication and culture from the very beginning of hiring someone makes a world of difference [for the whole team]. (Molly Rose Speed)
5 – Long-term goals: let the goal be that in the long term the staff member feels that this role or job is their own. Virtual assistants can become integrated into your business and take up full responsibility for their tasks.
6 – Keep communication on one channel: make use of productivity platforms to keep work-based communication central and organized. Consider platforms such as Monday, Trello, and Asana.
Molly’s advice to private practitioners There are solutions and systems that can help you get out of feeling bogged down from doing everything in your business. Take small steps to delegate, because it will do wonders for you, your business, and your work-life balance.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Get a jumpstart on your private practice’s spring cleaning list by contacting Brighter Vision. To get started and learn more, visit brightervision.com/joe. * Visit the Virtual Assistant Management website and see also Molly Rose Speed’s website * Connect with her on Facebook and Instagram, and LinkedIn. * Find out more about Trello, Asana, and Monday.
Check out these additional resources: * Starting a side-gig counseling practice | POP Bonus * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Free Up Time by Outsourcing with Molly Rose Speed | POP 699 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to expand your streams of income? Have you been dabbling in starting a side hustle? How can you set up a side-gig counseling practice to help you create the lifestyle you want?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to start a side-gig counseling practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Gusto
I’d like to take a moment to talk about the work Gusto is doing for businesses around the country. Gusto’s modern HR platform makes it easy to hire, pay, manage, and support your employees — all in one system of record. And with all the applications you’re jumping between each day, keeping everything in one place is a gamechanger. Gusto offers full-service payroll, comprehensive benefits, hiring and onboarding tools, and so much more to keep your team on track — even if you’re remote.
Head to gusto.com/joe for 3 months free.
In This Podcast * Educate yourself to position yourself * Take risks * What is the objective? * Build your network
Educate yourself to position yourself
Educate yourself. Figure out [the] gaps in your knowledge’, figure out your triggers, the money mindset you inherited from your family of origin? (Joe Sanok)
Spend some time figuring out where you are in relation to where you want to be.
What do you need to do to get there? What skills do you need to learn, which mindsets do you need to shift, and which connections do you need to make to get your side hustle moving?
Take risks In the beginning, while you are figuring things out, take risks. Try new things to see what works and then change what does not work.
Take risks in:
- Your hourly rate
- Whether you will take difficult insurances or not
- Being hyper-niched
Test it out to see if this is even something that [you] want to do, so you can do those things without fully jumping in. (Joe Sanok)
What is the objective? What it is that you want to do? Who are you trying to help? Complete a basic business avatar and client profile to help you figure out which direction you are moving in.
- What age is your ideal client?
- What is their life generally like?
- What sorts of things are they thinking through and worried about?
- What are they Googling at night?
Once you have an idea about who your ideal clients are and what you are helping them with, consider:
- Filing your business
- Getting a bank account
- Creating a website
- Taking out liability insurance
Build your network Find people who can refer clients to you.
Connect with other clinicians whose niches are outside of yours so that you can refer clients to one another.
Create your business in the way that you desire it to be.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * How To Leave Your Full Time Job For Private Practice * Worksheet: How to Leave Your Job * Check out this free 28-step checklist helping you start your practice * Find out more about Pillars of the Practice * Learn more about Swyft Filings affiliate and MOO Business Cards * Head to gusto.com/joe for 3 months free.
Check out these additional resources: * How to Unlock Your Potential Using the Enneagram with Chad and Shelley Prevost | POP 698 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Starting a side-gig counseling practice | POP Bonus appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can offering comprehensive employee benefits help you to grow your practice? Which benefits are recommended for W2 employees? Can you still be profitable as a group practice that offers benefits to W2 employees?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks with Bren Shantz about adding employee benefits in a W2 model group practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Heard
Tax season got you feeling anxious? You’re not alone. That’s why therapists turn to Heard.
Built and designed specifically for clinicians in private practice, Heard offers affordable bookkeeping services, personalized financial reporting, and tax assistance to ensure you’re making the most of your business and your time.
Heard saves therapists an average of 5,397 dollars on bookkeeping and taxes each year.
When you join Heard, you’ll work directly with financial specialists to track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and grow your practice.
You can say goodbye to guessing your tax deductions and stressing out over quarterly tax payments. Focus on your clients, while Heard takes care of the rest.
Plans begin at $149 per month and can easily be tailored to fit your business’ financial needs.
Sign up now at www.joinheard.com.
Meet Bren Shantz Bren Shantz is a Licensed Professional Counselor who lives in Grand Rapids, MI. Before starting his own private practice, he worked for 6 years in community mental health and in a college counseling center.
Bren opened Unity Counseling in 2019 and worked solo for 2 years. He then made the conversion to group practice in the summer of 2021, hiring his first employee in July.
He now has 10 therapists with 2 more onboarding, and hopes to continue expanding by adding several new locations in the coming year.
Visit Unity Counseling and connect with them on Facebook. Connect with Bren on LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * Core benefits to consider offering your employees * The cost of offering health insurance * Payoffs for the practice from offering great benefits
Core benefits to consider offering your employees * Health insurance * Holiday-pay and paid leave * 401K * Training reimbursement
[401K is not] something that drives people but it’s just a nice thing to have, and philosophically I wanted to make sure that I’m running a practice that not only sets people up well for the here and now but [the] longer-term [as well]. (Bren Shantz)
The cost of offering health insurance Many practices offer their W2 employees health insurance and benefits. Even though it can be an expensive offering, it is important to consider.
You can find insurance prices that range, but the average cost is around $600 which is dependent on the employee’s age.
It was definitely a big [addition] to the overall compensation package but it seems to be the most important so it felt worth the investment. (Bren Shantz)
W2 employees are generally paid less than contractors but they receive a variety of benefits, so in the end, they earn a similar amount.
Payoffs for the practice from offering great benefits It is always great to offer benefits to the employees and clinicians in a group practice, both for the success of the practice and for the comfort and support of the practice’s staff.
If you offer comprehensive benefits packages to your staff, you can expect:
- Greater retention of your clinicians
- Success in attracting and hiring great clinicians
- Increased work satisfaction and quality
I would absolutely attribute what we’ve been able to do and who we have been able to hire [to] the benefits that we’ve offered. (Bren Shantz)
Offering your staff comprehensive benefits packages will not only help your staff produce great work because they feel well taken care of, but it can help you to grow your practice faster and more sustainably.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Unity Counseling and connect with them on Facebook * Connect with Bren Shantz on LinkedIn * When you join Heard, you’ll work directly with financial specialists to track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and grow your practice. Sign up now at www.joinheard.com. * Find out more about Gusto and Green Oak Accounting
Check out these additional resources: * Helping Therapists with Money Mindset with Kiné Corder | GP 114 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Adding Employee Benefits to Your Practice with Bren Shantz | GP 115 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What happens when your brand does not fulfill its promise to clients? Are you ignoring the aging signs of your branding? When should you consider a rebrand of your business?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about ten branding pitfalls to avoid.
Podcast Sponsor: Heard
Tax season got you feeling anxious? You’re not alone. That’s why therapists turn to Heard.
Built and designed specifically for clinicians in private practice, Heard offers affordable bookkeeping services, personalized financial reporting, and tax assistance to ensure you’re making the most of your business and your time.
Heard saves therapists an average of 5,397 dollars on bookkeeping and taxes each year.
When you join Heard, you’ll work directly with financial specialists to track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and grow your practice.
You can say goodbye to guessing your tax deductions and stressing out over quarterly tax payments. Focus on your clients, while Heard takes care of the rest.
Plans begin at $149 per month and can easily be tailored to fit your business’ financial needs.
Sign up now at www.joinheard.com.
In This Podcast * Not defining your brand strategy * Starting with a cheap brand identity * Failing to differentiate your brand * Not connecting with the right audience * Stretching your brand too far * Not providing a great brand experience * Failing to protect and defend * Applying the work inconsistently * Ignoring the brand aging signs * Not living up to your brand promise
Not defining your brand strategy
You need to go deeper into the category that you are in to understand the landscape — including the competition and their strategic positions, then define your brand, and who your clients are. (Sam Carvalho)
Develop a brand strategy, understand your business objectives, and shift focus to that objective instead of designing a beautiful logo that does not work.
When you work directly with the objectives and the strategy of your brand, you will see that it is less about the typeface or color that you like and that it is more about what is persuasive to your target audience.
The best brand strategy is developed as a creative partnership between the client, the strategist, and the designer … together, you need to determine the business and marketing objectives that should guide the way forward. (Sam Carvalho)
Starting with a cheap brand identity It makes sense to be concerned about the budget, but we all know that top-quality costs money.
For a logo and brand style guide, you can pay a range of different prices. But you get what you pay for, especially when it comes to service.
You can get a logo for cheap, but it will hurt your business.
Failing to differentiate your brand
Good design makes you stand out, not just fit in. You must be unique so that people can remember you. If you look like all the other companies in your space, then your client will most likely shop around and opt for the cheapest option. (Sam Carvalho)
Your clients need to see the difference in the quality you provide so that they will choose you.
Research your competitors to look for points of differentiation, and then define who you are, who your customers are, and find the ways that you can connect with them.
Once you have a clear mission and vision in place, then you can create visual and verbal messages that will help you stand out and communicate your value.
Not connecting with the right audience When you start the branding process, you must know your target audience:
- Where they are
- What they do
- How old they are
- What their income is
- What their needs are
If you do not connect with your customers in a personal way, you will fall behind the competitors that do.
Personalization is more important now than ever before.
Stretching your brand too far
Over the last decade, brand extension has become one of the hottest subjects in brand management. However, many reputable companies have learned that stretched brand extensions can easily go wrong. (Sam Carvalho)
An example is Virgin’s brand architecture: Virgin Records, Virgin Radio, Virgin Media, Virgin Holidays, Virgin Games, Virgin Comics, Virgin Experience, Virgin Atlantic, Virgin Active, Virgin Money, and the list goes on!
Brand extension leads into new and often unknown territory that may be dominated by other big competitors.
Not providing a great brand experience According to recent research, consumers stop using certain brands when they:
- Have bad experiences with staff
- Do not have their needs understood or met
- Are not helped by staff when necessary
- Do not have products or services delivered on time or when expected
Companies underestimate the consequences to their brand from bad brand-to-customer experiences.
Your brand experience is about:
- Your staff
- The website experience
- Client-brand touchpoints
Failing to protect and defend You must protect your brand if you want to build a real business, so consider a trademark.
Make sure that your business name and visuals can be protected. Obtain a clearance search to make sure your new brand is available and does not infringe on other brands’ prior rights.
Spending the time and money upfront to determine whether a brand is available will help avoid the very high costs of a dispute or litigation.
Applying the work inconsistently Maintain consistency because consistency builds trust between your brand and the client.
The best way to stay consistent with your brand is to create a brand style guide that includes:
- Different logo mockups and configurations
- Primary and secondary palettes
- Primary and secondary typefaces
- Styles for images, icons, illustrations, etc.
Ignoring the brand aging signs Consider a rebranding process when the work begins to look dated, if your competitors have left you behind, your offerings have changed, or your brand is not aligned with what you aspire to be.
Some brands just look visually dated and need an update. With few exceptions, failing to convey a progressive message can be detrimental to your branding.
Not living up to your brand promise If you break the brand promise, you hurt the trust your client has placed in you which can lead to feelings of deception.
Clients research big brands before they work with them and they seek companies that are authentic, honest, and do what they say they will do.
When a brand follows through with its promises, a loyal and proud client base will rise up, tell friend after friend, and carry that brand to the promised land.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * When you join Heard, you’ll work directly with financial specialists to track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and grow your practice. Sign up now at www.joinheard.com. * Check out the Practice of the Practice branding services
Check out these additional resources:
- Build a Strong Marketing Foundation for Your Practice with Agatha Bayones | MP 88
- Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com
- Design Services With Sam
- Check out the Practice of the Practice Network
- For more branding advice, click here
- Apply to work with us
Meet Sam Carvalho Sam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post 10 Branding Pitfalls to Avoid | MP 89 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can you stand out online in an increasingly crowded social media space? Did you know that you are the best-selling point of your business? Are you spending your marketing budget correctly?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks with Jennifer Spivak about using Facebook and Instagram to grow your practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Jennifer Spivak Jennifer Spivak is the CEO of The AdGirls Agency, an all-female Facebook Ads agency. She has helped hundreds of businesses generate millions of dollars on Facebook and Instagram, with many seeing a 1000%+ return on their ad campaigns.
Her all-female team enjoys crunching data, helping women-owned businesses make tons of money, and breaking the rules when it comes to Facebook ads. Jennifer has been featured in Forbes and The New York Times, listed as a Top Facebook Ads Manager to Watch in 2019, and is an adjunct professor of digital marketing at The City College of New York.
Visit The AdGirls Agency website, and connect with them on Facebook. Connect with Jennifer on Instagram and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Group Practice Listeners get free access to The 100 Creative Ad Ideas That Make Competition Irrelevant.
In This Podcast * How to stand out in the crowd * Branding a big practice * How to appropriately budget advertising
How to stand out in the crowd Many people market themselves with their results. They advertise their success rates, they show the client transformations, and they give wisdom.
Even though this is a good strategy, it is not enough to stand out.
The only possible thing that could ever be truly unique about what it is that you do and the services you offer is you. My punchline is, “stop talking about pain points … and talk about you. (Jennifer Spivak)
Distill your message through these four categories:
1 – Credibility
2 – Vulnerability
3 – Personality
4 – Feel-good
Branding a big practice With bigger companies, the credibility piece is important as well. They need to be able to show examples and depictions of the success they can offer their clients.
For vulnerability, the marketing team of a larger corporation can release videos from time to time that expresses and reiterates the “why” of this business from the owners.
Personality-wise and feel-good, write and express humor in a way that attracts your ideal clients professionally while humanely. People want to connect with other people, so showcase your humanness in the business.
How to appropriately budget advertising
What it always comes down to is a lack of understanding [around] the data, and how to use it [effectively] in your business. (Jennifer Spivak)
There is no one right way to advertise and market yourself.
Diversify your marketing efforts, your advertising budget, run some tests, and see on which platforms you get the best results.
You can get crystal clear on data when it comes to online advertising.
When you know and understand the data in your business, you are in control of your own growth. (Jennifer Spivak)
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes. * Visit The AdGirls Agency website, and connect with them on Facebook * Connect with Jennifer on Instagram and LinkedIn
Check out these additional resources: * How to Be a Rebel Therapist with Annie Schuessler | GP 112 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Using Facebook and Instagram to Grow Your Practice with Jennifer Spivak | GP 113 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why is the healthcare industry often targeted by hackers? What are some security blind spots that practice owners should be aware of to protect their business, employees, and clients? Why should you consider investing in cybersecurity?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to protect yourself against hackers with JohnE Upgrade.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection. With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe
Meet JohnE Upgrade
Johnny Young, aka JohnE Upgrade, is one of America’s top corporate cybersecurity experts, and is a much sought-after author and thought leader in the field today. JohnE’s career has been devoted to neutralizing hackers globally for Fortune 500 corporations, and to preventing data breaches before they happen.
JohnE recently launched CyberD TV, the first streaming service in history dedicated to on-demand cybersecurity training for the general public.
Visit CyberD TV and connect with JohnE on Twitter and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Practice of the Practice listeners can enter the promo code “PRACTICE” when they sign up to CyberD TV and enjoy a 50% discount off the subscription fee for six months. Billing is monthly, at $9.95, and viewers can cancel at any time.
In This Podcast * Be mindful of your emails * Security blind spots you should be aware of to protect your practice * Protecting your clients * JohnE’s advice to private practitioners
Be mindful of your emails
That’s one of my number one tips, is do not click on links in emails because that is usually going to be a hacker who set up a fake site … the hacker is then logging all their information. (JohnE Upgrade)
One of the most frequent ways that people are scammed is by clicking on links that they find in emails.
It may seem innocent enough, but if you are unsure at any moment, call the official number of the organization that the hacker is pretending to be from and request information.
Do not assume. Rather be safe by calling to find out the information before entering any of your details into a website.
Security blind spots you should be aware of to protect your practice Practices hold treasure troves of vital information because they store details about their clients.
For [practices] they need to follow what I would call [the] best [security] practices and tighten up their environment and use things like VPNs and educate their employees to understand the basics [of security] like not clicking on links in emails, not giving their credit card over the phone, and being aware … even though it’s a small practice it can pay off big dividends for a hacker. (JohnE Upgrade)
Consider getting extra training and personal cyber-protection packages for yourself, your employees, and the practice itself.
It may be expensive, but it is a small cost in comparison with having a data leak.
Protecting your clients JohnE provides some tips on protecting senior citizens and teenagers from hackers. For senior citizens, tell them that:
- Social security is never going to call, so hang up if someone does.
- MediCare is never going to call, so hang up if someone does.
- Do not pick up calls from blocked numbers or unknown numbers.
- Tell them that no US agency is going to call a person by phone.
- They should never pay anyone money over the internet that they do not personally know.
- They can put antivirus software on their devices if they are spending time online.
For keeping kids and teenagers safe online, encourage them and their parents to:
- Have open communication between parents and kids about what they are doing – without judgment.
- Set guidelines about what is okay and what is not.
- Install software that monitors the apps that the kids are using.
I also advocate that parents – and this might cause a [fight] – tell their teens [and kids] that they need to get permission before they post anything on social media. (JohnE Upgrade)
Archival websites can be used by schools, universities, and prospective jobs to scan applicants and their past posts on social media to assess whether they will be accepted or not.
JohnE’s advice to private practitioners Things are going to get better. Law enforcement is getting stronger and laws are becoming harsher for online hackers. Be prepared, and protect yourself, your assets, employees, and clients by investing in training and software protection.
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit CyberD TV and connect with JohnE on Twitter and LinkedIn * Join Noble for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe * Read JohnE Upgrade’s article: An A-Z Plan for Corporate Cybersecurity Success
Check out these additional resources: * Overcome your limiting beliefs with Joe Hudson | PoP 691 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to protect yourself against hackers with JohnE Upgrade | PoP 692 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why should you pursue connection over perfection in business? How do you care for your emotional fluidity? Are you avoiding feeling an important emotion that may be the key to overcoming a limiting belief?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to overcome your limiting beliefs with Joe Hudson.
Podcast Sponsor: Heard
Tax season got you feeling anxious? You’re not alone. That’s why therapists turn to Heard.
Built and designed specifically for clinicians in private practice, Heard offers affordable bookkeeping services, personalized financial reporting, and tax assistance to ensure you’re making the most of your business and your time.
Heard saves therapists an average of 5,397 dollars on bookkeeping and taxes each year.
When you join Heard, you’ll work directly with financial specialists to track your income and expenses, file taxes online, and grow your practice.
You can say goodbye to guessing your tax deductions and stressing out over quarterly tax payments. Focus on your clients, while Heard takes care of the rest.
Plans begin at $149 per month and can easily be tailored to fit your business’ financial needs.
Sign up now at www.joinheard.com.
Meet Joe Hudson
Joe Hudson is a sought-after executive coach and the creator of The Art of Accomplishment, an online learning platform for personal development. As a venture capitalist, Joe found that the most rewarding aspect, and the part he was most successful at, was the mentorship and coaching of his portfolio companies. This insight moved him to become a coach, business consultant, and teacher. Currently, Joe coaches 12 CEOs and leaders in prominent companies and runs transformative programs for both individuals and businesses.
Visit the Art of Accomplishment, listen to their podcast, and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. Connect with Joe on Twitter and LinkedIn. FREEBIE: Use referral code “PRACTICE” for a 10% discount on The Art of Accomplishment Connection Course.
In This Podcast * Connection over perfection * Improving your relationship with yourself and the world * Overcoming limiting beliefs * Joe’s advice to private practitioners
Connection over perfection
Usually in our business we are trying to get something perfect, [but] it’s not about getting it perfect. It is always about connecting with the people around you. (Joe Hudson)
Business is about people. Businesses are comprised of people and they work to serve the need or resolve a pain point of other people.
To truly achieve greatness in your business, and stop limiting yourself with perfection, you need to center and pursue connection.
Improving your relationship with yourself and the world There are the three main control centers within you, and they are called different things:
- Mammalian brain, human brain, and the reptilian brain
- The prefrontal cortex, the emotional world, and the nervous system
- Head awakening, heart awakening, and the gut awakening
It is important to work on all three, no matter which collection you label them into, to improve and heal the relationship you have with yourself, the world, and the people around you.
1 – Head: deconstruction of limiting beliefs
2 – Heart: emotional fluidity
3 – Nervous system: feeling pleasure and safety
Overcoming limiting beliefs 1 – When you want to overcome limiting beliefs, you have to “un-brainwash” yourself. You have to undo and recreate how you think about the world and reimagine what it could be.
We’re brainwashed [as kids] that this is the way reality is when we’re zero to eight years old. Part of what you’re doing is un-brainwashing yourself. [You thought] this is what money looks like, this is what love looks like, this is what marriage looks like. If you’re going to break that, there is going to be some tension in your system to do it. (Joe Hudson)
2 – Secondly, neurologically speaking, all our decisions are emotional. We cannot make logical decisions that are devoid of emotions.
Identify which emotion is not wanting to be felt so that when you are making a decision, you are not afraid to feel the necessary emotion.
3 – Deconstruct the belief system. What would make you capable of achieving your highest dreams? What makes it possible for someone else to do it? How can you? Intellectually deconstruct the belief, look for the emotional underpinnings and where you are avoiding feeling the emotion under the question.
There are a ton of nervous system tools I would use to create a sense of safety with this new thought process. (Joe Hudson)
Joe’s advice to private practitioners Your client has all the wisdom and they know the way. All you have to do is to follow and support them.
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit the Art of Accomplishment, listen to their podcast, and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn * Connect with Joe on Twitter and LinkedIn
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Heard offers affordable bookkeeping services, personalized financial reporting, and tax assistance. Sign up now at www.joinheard.com.
Check out these additional resources: * How to market a dental practice and retain clients with Chris Pistorius | PoP 690 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Overcome your limiting beliefs with Joe Hudson | PoP 691 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you enjoy or dread managing your practice’s books? When should you work with a financial professional about your taxes? How can you use the Profit First principles to manage your money better?
In this podcast episode, Whitney Owens speaks with Julie Herres about using Profit First in your practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Julie Herres
Julie Herres is an accountant and the owner of GreenOak Accounting – a firm that specializes in working with therapists, psychologists, and counselors in private practice. GreenOak Accounting offers bookkeeping, tax, and CFO services to their clients as well as Profit First implementation and support.
Julie is also the host of the Therapy for Your Money podcast, where she discusses topics like increasing profitability, team compensation, tax tips, budgeting, planning for retirement, and much more.
Visit GreenOak Accounting and connect with them on Instagram and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Check out the FREE GreenOak Accounting course on the Financial Stages of Private Practice!
In This Podcast * Money tips for new solo practice owners * Managing the money of a mid-sized practice * The Profit First principles * Julie’s advice to Christian counselors
Money tips for new solo practice owners Even though it is standard to bootstrap expenses at the beginning of any new business venture, it is still recommended to work with a financial professional, especially at the beginning of tax season.
You don’t know what you don’t know. There’s a lot of complexity to taxes when you have a business, so at the very minimum, I recommend [working with a financial professional]. (Julie Herres)
In some cases, practice owners enjoy doing their bookkeeping as a hobby and also as a way to save money.
However, if you do not have the time or the energy to deal with the books, a specialist at Green Oak Accounting can take that over for you as well.
Payroll adds a new level of complications. There are a lot of little things that can go wrong … [and] things that you might need advice on, and to have a relationship with someone who knows your financial situation and who can talk through some of these situations with you … can be helpful for practice owners. (Julie Herres)
Managing the money of a mid-sized practice In the 10 – 15 clinician range, practice owners tend to be intentional with their time and realistic about what they need help with.
With the increase in revenue, more things can go right and wrong. However, with an increase in income, there is a bigger scope for financial and goal planning to be done.
The Profit First principles The main principle behind Profit First is that business owners pay themselves a percentage of income at the beginning of each month.
The second main principle is that business owners are encouraged to manage their cash flow better by using a variety of bank accounts, instead of one big one.
Some of the core principles of Profit First are that we are going to use … smaller bank accounts and [pay] them in a sequence [of] allocating for profit, then taxes, then [everything else the business needs], and we remove temptation in the sense that the tax money is not ours to spend. (Julie Herres)
The third principle of Profit First is that once the money has been allocated to its specialized bank account, it cannot be used for something else.
This also helps you to learn where your business is doing well, where you can do better, and where the problems can be solved.
Julie’s advice to Christian counselors Having a profitable practice makes everything easier. You owe it to yourself and to your community to have a profitable practice.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit GreenOak Accounting and connect with them on Instagram and LinkedIn * Listen to the Therapy for Your Money podcast * Check out this ratio tool and money allocation pie chart for your business * Julie Herres on How to Save Money in Your Practice | FP 60 * Join the Faith in Practice Conference from April 21st to 24th * Take Faith in Practice further with the Mastermind Course * Join the Faith in Practice Facebook Group and subscribe to the email list * Email Whitney: whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Podcast Sponsors: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription, free. * The Christian DISC® is a personality assessment that divides personality into four types and integrates insight from scripture and emotional intelligence. Use promo code FAITHINPRACTICE to receive a 50% discount.
Check out these additional resources: * Shrink Think is Saving Therapists Time and Money, with Aaron Potratz and Nathan Hawkins | FP 130 * Next Level Practice * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Group Practice Boss * www.practiceofthepractice.com/apply
Meet Whitney Owens Whitney is a licensed professional counselor and owns a growing group practice in Savannah, Georgia. Along with a wealth of experience managing a practice, she also has an extensive history working in a variety of clinical and religious settings, allowing her to specialize in consulting for faith-based practices and those wanting to connect with religious organizations.
Knowing the pains and difficulties surrounding building a private practice, she started this podcast to help clinicians start, grow, and scale a faith-based practice. She has learned how to start and grow a successful practice that adheres to her own faith and values. And as a private practice consultant, she has helped many clinicians do the same.
Visit her website and listen to her podcast here. Connect on Instagram or join the Faith in Practice Facebook group. Email her at whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
Faith in Practice is part of the Practice of the Practice Podcast Network, a network of podcasts that are changing the world. To hear other podcasts like Empowered and Unapologetic, Bomb Mom, Imperfect Thriving, Marketing a Practice or Beta Male Revolution, go to practiceofthepractice.com/network.
The post Julie Herres on Using Profit First in Your Practice | FP 131 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the defining skill that makes successful practices thrive? How do you maintain healthy and productive contact with a client after conversion? Are you looking at the numbers of your practice to help you develop effective marketing strategies?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Chris Pistorius about how to market a dental practice and retain clients.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Chris Pistorius
Chris Pistorius is the founder of KickStart Dental Marketing. Chris has worked with countless local business owners in all industries across multiple facets of marketing, consulting, and coaching. He shares his expertise by giving marketing seminars across the country and hosting a weekly marketing podcast, The Dental Marketing Podcast. Chris is also the author of “The Ultimate Guide to Internet Marketing for Dentists.” Visit Kickstart Dental Marketing and connect with them on Facebook, and Twitter. Connect with Chris on LinkedIn. FREEBIE: Schedule a free Strategy Session for therapists and dentists when you mention this podcast episode
In This Podcast * The important skill of handling phone calls * How to maintain a client after conversion * Chris’ top three marketing tips * Chris’ advice to private practitioners
The important skill of handling phone calls
When a new patient calls, how is that call handled? … if you are going to spend a lot of marketing getting new calls and patients, whoever is answering the phone, whether it is the owner or the front desk person, needs to have base training on how to show the value [of] your practice and how to get them scheduled. (Chris Pistorius)
One of the top skills that the most successful practices have is that they have a clean, clear, and crisp methodology of answering their calls.
They make their potential clients feel heard and taken care of.
Whoever is answering the phone needs to:
- know how to listen to the client’s needs
- schedule them accordingly with the appropriate clinician
- filter out clients who might not be the best fits for the practice
How to maintain a client after conversion
It’s not a sales thing, it’s more of a, “Hey, you need this [for] your health”, type [of] thing. Presenting [this treatment plan] clearly and concisely certainly helps. (Chris Pistorius)
- Provide the client with a treatment plan that is tailored to their needs.
- Maintain contact with your client through social media. Post good quality content to remain top-of-mind and to encourage existing clients to refer your practice to their peers and community.
- If a client becomes inactive, market to them to get them back into the office for a checkup or follow-up.
- Train your staff to politely ask a client to leave a review of the practice in the appropriate places. Or, have an active Google My Business account where clients can leave a review if they choose to.
Chris’ top three marketing tips
What gets measured gets done, so … you want to look at your numbers. Are you increasing, growing, staying where you want to. Where are you against your goals? That will drive the decision [if you] need help with marketing. (Chris Pistorius)
- Look at your numbers. What are your goals? What are your standard income brackets and expenses?
- Do your due diligence. Ask other counselors and referrals to find someone to work with that you trust.
- Based on the research that you do you can decide which marketing approach is best for you and your practice. Ask to see examples of the work that has been done before by an agency you are considering working with.
Chris’ advice to private practitioners Pat yourself on the back for the hard work that you have put in. Remember that you have to work towards your goals, and do what you need to do to achieve those goals.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Kickstart Dental Marketing and connect with them on Facebook, and Twitter * Connect with Chris on LinkedIn * Listen to The Dental Marketing Podcast.
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached!
Check out these additional resources: * Dr. Gerald Drose wrote a fictional book about graduate school | PoP Bonus * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to market a dental practice and retain clients with Chris Pistorius | PoP 690 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you been wanting to read about and reflect on the world of life in graduate school? How does reading material that you can relate to bring you wisdom and joy? Are you in need of some book-writing advice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Dr. Gerald Drose who wrote a fictional book about graduate school.
Podcast Sponsor: Gusto
I’d like to take a moment to talk about the work Gusto is doing for businesses around the country. Gusto’s modern HR platform makes it easy to hire, pay, manage, and support your employees — all in one system of record. And with all the applications you’re jumping between each day, keeping everything in one place is a gamechanger. Gusto offers full-service payroll, comprehensive benefits, hiring, and onboarding tools, and so much more to keep your team on track — even if you’re remote. Head to gusto.com/joe. for 3 months, FREE.
Meet Dr. Gerald Drose
For more than thirty years, psychologist Dr. Gerald Drose has been helping his clients re-write their personal narratives, recognizing that the stories we tell ourselves limit our ability to love and thrive.
Dr. Drose and his wife Dr. Dina Zeckhausen started a private practice in Atlanta, Georgia in 1989 that now includes over thirty practitioners in four locations. In a field that can lead to isolation, burnout, and financial insecurity, Dr. Drose developed a unique business model that encourages collaboration and consultation amongst practitioners.
Dr. Drose is also the author of, Bird Gotta Land: The Education of a Young Psychologist, a novel inspired by his graduate school experience.
Visit Powers Ferry Psychological Associates and connect with Dr. Drose on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * Dr. Drose’s ideas for the book * Book-writing advice * Lessons you can learn from Bird Gotta Land * Dr. Drose’s advice to private practitioners
Dr. Drose’s ideas for the book
The people I met during graduate school seemed like all interesting people to me, and I thought, “well, this would be a great story to write, how someone learns to be a psychotherapist.” (Dr. Gerald Drose)
Dr. Drose had the idea for his book when he was in graduate school.
He was fascinated by education and the space that graduate school and psychotherapy create for learning about people, as well as learning how to care for and help them in life.
15 years after Dr. Drose graduated, he began writing his novel.
When it’s fiction, it’s easier to reveal some of the things that need to be revealed … as a practicing psychologist that was one of my agitations to publishing it because it was personal … but at some point, I released it and said, “it is ready to get out there”. (Dr. Gerald Drose)
Book-writing advice Avoid editing in the writing phase.
Rather, focus on writing as much as you can before going back to edit everything.
This will save you time and energy, as well as help you to remain creative in the writing process before switching to an analytical mind frame in the editing process at the end.
Lessons you can learn from Bird Gotta Land
When I was thinking of writing it, I was thinking of graduate students and young therapists. Psychology students and psychology graduate students … I thought of [the book] for the therapeutic community. (Dr. Gerald Drose)
Bird Gotta Land is a book for any practitioner in the therapeutic industry and community.
It connects with practicing therapists who are well-established in their careers to young students training to be therapists in graduate school.
They can get behind Dr. Drose’s characters to see what they are thinking, how they approach problems, how therapeutic relationships can change a person, and learn from someone else’s story to prepare them on their journey into the therapy world.
Dr. Drose’s advice to private practitioners This is an important time to be doing the work that you do. Your connections to people help you to reach a wider audience and find fellow clinicians that inspire you. Value your network and build it well.
Books mentioned in this episode: BOOK | Dr. Gerald Drose – Bird Gotta Land: The Education of a Young Psychologist
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Want to try Gusto for yourself? Head to gusto.com/joe. for 3 months, FREE. * Visit Powers Ferry Psychological Associates * Connect with Dr. Drose on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources: * Resilience Lab is doing some really interesting things for private practice, with Christine Carville and Marc Goldberg | PoP 688 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Dr. Gerald Drose wrote a fictional book about graduate school | PoP Bonus appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Why is adaptability a cornerstone of successful leadership? Can you allow yourself to do something poorly to learn how to do it well? What are the benefits you can experience of getting comfortable with being uncomfortable?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Dave Jennings, a #1 Wall Street Journal bestselling author, about how to land big consulting contracts.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection. With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe
Meet Dave Jennings
Dave Jennings is the president of Learnable Solutions, a training and consulting firm. With a Ph.D. in Sport Psychology and emphasis in Organizational Psychology, Dave helps leaders step up their skills, build strategy, implement change, and communicate more effectively.
Dave has advised leaders at organizations like Salesforce, Deloitte, ExxonMobil, Hewlett-Packard, Intel, and the FBI.
He is also the author of the #1 Wall Street Journal Bestseller, The Pit of Success: How Leaders Adapt, Succeed, and Repeat.
Visit Dave Jennings’s website and Learnable Solutions.
Connect with Dave on LinkedIn and e-mail him at: dave@davejennings.com
In This Podcast * Why adaptability is important for successful leadership * Beneficial mindsets to help you grow * Get comfortable with being uncomfortable * Consulting tips * Dave’s advice to private practitioners
Why adaptability is important for successful leadership Leaders need to know how to adapt and shift. There are always new changes and challenges to deal with, and leaders are at the forefront.
No matter what level you’re at, there’s always a new curveball coming at you. Maybe it’s a new position, a new focus or scope, there’s never an “arrive” in leadership. You are always [dealing] with some new demands. (Dave Jennings)
The human default is to fall back on what you know and stick to the comfort zone, but successful leaders learn how to continually seek adaptations and new ways of doing things.
What we help leaders do is [to] let go of their current expertise and embrace … the pit of success … [which is] the space where you feel overwhelmed [and] lost … and deal with these doubts … so that they see it as a positive … so that they can leave their current expertise and grow into a new and higher [level of] expertise. (Dave Jennings)
Beneficial mindsets to help you grow * Realize that it is normal and logical not to know something in the beginning.
People love to know how things will turn out. To succeed, though, you need to be willing to step beyond the comfort – and confines – of what you already know.
- Permit yourself to experience the feeling of being lost and not knowing the next course of action.
- You have an incremental brain. It learns through repetition and practice, so you can learn anything new.
It does not matter if you don’t get it right the first time because your brain will connect the dots if you repeat the process enough.
- Have a reason why you are in this process of learning something new. How will you use this?
Research is pretty clear that folks who jump in, or fall in, or are pushed into the pit [of success] perform better when they have a reason “why”. (Dave Jennings)
The clarity of the “why” makes this unknown process and the change a lot easier.
Get comfortable by being uncomfortable You need to become accustomed to feeling uncomfortable.
You just got to do it. You’re going to have to do it poorly and then not as poorly, and then you’ll do it [well]. (Dave Jennings)
There will be times that you fail or you do something poorly, but remember, that is how every good and successful thing starts.
You become acquainted with your success by being comfortable with enduring the initial discomfort of trying or doing anything new.
Consulting tips Companies can guide the setup of the consulting contracts depending on what they want, although you can follow your main topics as well.
Dave either works on a daily rate or a retainer rate which makes contracts easier. Consider only selling your time on a daily rate or a monthly to a yearly retainer.
Dave’s advice to private practitioners Anything and everything you want to achieve is possible if you are willing to be temporarily incompetent. Be willing to go into the unknown and practice.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Dave Jennings’s website and Learnable Solutions. * Connect with Dave on LinkedIn and e-mail him at: dave@davejennings.com * Buy your FIP Conference Tickets! * Find out more about Group Practice Launch!
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Join Noble right now, and you’ll be able to continue using your Noble account for FREE – FOREVER!
Check out these additional resources: * Resilience Lab is doing some really interesting things for private practice, with Christine Carville and Marc Goldberg | PoP 688 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to land big consulting contracts with Dave Jennings | PoP 689 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you create a simple yet eye-catching email signature? What are some dos and don’ts to avoid when designing your email signature? Which budget-friendly platforms can you use to design your own email signature?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho offers some tips for creating a great email signature.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast * Aim for simplicity * Use budget-friendly platforms * Consider the direction that you are sending your recipients in
Aim for simplicity Your signature does not have to be flashy to be effective. Simplicity can better capture someone’s appreciation and attention. Here are a few dos and don’ts:
- Do keep it short: use no more than 3-4 lines of text. Include name, title, website, contact, location.
- Do be careful with contact information.
- Do use color.
- Do include an image: your logo or a simple professional headshot can add authority and build trust.
- Do use hierarchy to direct the eye: Use scale, color, and font weights to visually signal to your email recipients which elements of your signature should be read first.
- Do optimize for mobile: send yourself a test email and check that your signature looks good on mobile too.
A quick tip on this around the design of your email signature is to align your graphic, type, and icons logically and simply to bring order and harmony to your design. (Sam Carvalho)
- Don’t include your email address.
- Don’t add every platform: prioritize your most important or prominent social media handles.
- Don’t promote a personal agenda with a work email signature.
- Don’t go font-crazy or use animated gifs: use a maximum of two fonts max. Avoid flashy or blinking objects.
Match the color scheme and typeface to your company’s branding. Try to not use more than 2 or 3 colors, and use the color to draw attention to what you want people to focus on in your email signature design. (Sam Carvalho)
Use budget-friendly platforms There are signature generators available that you can use to help you design your email signature on a budget.
They can help you to create a dazzling signature, but a drawback of using them is that most will require you to populate the email address field whether you like it or not.
They also include a bit of their own marketing, such as ‘get your own free email signature here’, with a link to their product. So, you’ll need to weigh the pros and cons before deciding to go this route. (Sam Carvalho)
If you decide to use a generator, try:
- HubSpot
- Exclaimer
- WiseStamp
Consider the direction that you are sending your recipients in The goal is to make it easy for your contact to interact with your signature, and not to slam them with a wall of links and social icons.
Ask yourself: what do I want my contact to do when they see my signature? It might be simply to recognize your name, title, and company. Or it might be:
- Connecting with you on LinkedIn
- Visiting your website
- Reading your blog
- Checking out your YouTube channel
- Registering for an event or webinar
- Responding to a specific call-to-action
No matter how you use your signature, keep it clear and concise to make the best closing statement.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached * Check out the Practice of the Practice branding services
Check out these additional resources:
- 15 Email Opt-In Ideas | MP 85
- Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com
- Design Services With Sam
- Check out the Practice of the Practice Network
- For more branding advice, click here
- Apply to work with us
Meet Sam Carvalho Sam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Tips for Creating a Great Email Signature | MP 86 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to expand your business beyond the therapy room? How do consultants help therapists grow their business in new ways? Do you want to rebel a little within the standard business model?
In this episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks about how to be a rebel therapist with Annie Schuessler.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Annie Schuessler Annie Schuessler is a business coach and the host of the Rebel Therapist® Podcast.
When Annie started out in private practice, she struggled with her mindset around money, and with not knowing how to build a private practice. At times she believed the discouraging things she had heard from others about private practice.
However, she pushed through and created a business way beyond what she used to imagine. Now Annie wants to share her lessons with others. With her Rebel Therapist®Programs, she helps therapists, healers, and coaches make an impact beyond traditional private practice.
Visit the Rebel Therapist website and listen to Annie’s podcast. Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Take Annie’s Free Mini-E-Course for therapists and other healers looking to create a successful pilot program.
In This Podcast * How Annie helps therapists in their businesses * Going beyond the therapy room in your practice * Annie’s advice to therapists
How Annie helps therapists in their businesses
I like to look at what [you] want your work-life to look like. What do you want to be spending your time on in your work-life? [Look] at the things you’re doing now, [which] are the ones that drain you? And what are the activities that really feed you? (Annie Schuessler)
Annie consults with therapists and helps them to reorganize their work-life so that they can approach it in the way that feels the most authentic to them and their lives.
She helps them go through each of their activities, find the ones that truly make them happy, and then to make decisions that incorporate those activities into their daily routine to optimize fulfillment and success.
Allow yourself to experiment so that you are not making a permanent decision. You’re not married to your next business model, but you are giving yourself a chance to try it out. (Annie Schuessler)
Going beyond the therapy room in your practice * Have a (basic) structure: you do not have to have everything planned out, but do spend time creating a program that you can follow to help you track your progress from point A to B in your exploration of the new idea. * Create the (basic) structure of your pilot program: is it going to be an eight-week group? A one-on-one coaching program? * Work on the messaging and marketing plan: this is where you advertise your product or service for the beta test.
I love that you said there’s a structure to it because … many people just need to know what the steps are, and once they figure [that] out they can hit the ground running, but without a framework, you can definitely get lost and not make much progress. (Alison Pidgeon)
Annie’s advice to therapists If you want to grow your practice into a group practice, or you want to create a new service to provide to your clients, experiment.
Be curious and be willing to experiment with your new idea first before you launch the final product.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes. * Visit the Rebel Therapist website and listen to Annie’s podcast. * Connect with her on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn. * FREEBIE: Take Annie’s Free Mini-E-Course for therapists and other healers looking to create a successful pilot program.
Check out these additional resources: * All About B Corporations with Sarah Payne – Part 2 of 2 | GP 111 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to Be a Rebel Therapist with Annie Schuessler | GP 112 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you in need of supervising? Do you want to work as a supervisor? Have you yearned to work in a therapy-based organization that is run by professionals who value collaboration, growth, and education?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Christine Carville and Marc Goldberg about how Resilience Lab is changing the game in private practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection. With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at www.noble.health/Joe
Meet Christine Carville
Christine Carville is the Co-founder and CCO at Resilience Lab, a company dedicated to connecting clients with a therapist, counselor, or coach.
Christine’s responsive approach is a mixture of actionable techniques using evidence-based practices such as Mindfulness and Cognitive Behavior Therapy with a psychodynamic foundation. That means learning about what your feelings and reactions mean to you and identifying recurring themes in relationships.
Visit Resilience Lab and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram.
Connect with Christine on LinkedIn.
Meet Marc Goldberg
Marc is the co-founder and CEO of Resilience Labs. He is also the founding partner of Maslow Capital Partners – a global growth merchant bank. Prior to founding Maslow, Marc was a founding member of the Reuters Greenhouse Fund and Occam Capital.
Before Maslow, Marc was an entrepreneur and senior executive in Technology and Product Management in large and small technology companies like Renaissance Software, Rational Software, KMPG-Nolan Norton, and Reuters.
Connect with Marc on LinkedIn.
Email him at: marc@resiliencelab.us
In This Podcast * The start of Resilience Lab * How Resilience Lab wants to help clinicians * Benefits of joining Resilience Lab as a therapist * Christine and Marc’s advice to private practitioners
The start of Resilience Lab Resilience Lab started as a collection of “pods” with five clinicians in each that are supervised while they develop their business and clinical skills.
We iterated around the basic intuition that if you trust people and if you created a great environment for them to work [in], good things happen for their clients. (Marc Goldberg)
Currently, they have over 20 pods in operation and over 120 clinicians that are being supervised collectively to improve themselves and their skills.
We are community-driven, community-sustained, and community-organized, and that’s the advantage of being all-professionals. (Christine Carville)
There is a subtle balance between norms, values, and community.
How Resilience Lab wants to help clinicians Do you want outcome-based tools that help you to understand in which circumstances different approaches will work?
What if we could assist you, the clinician, with the collective intelligence? That’s exciting because that changes the rule[s]of the game, and changes the industry. That is one of the visions that we have. (Marc Goldberg)
Resilience Lab, while they are still small, is committed to solving big problems. They want to:
- Help clinicians have autonomy over choosing their clients
- Allow clinicians to make the clinical decisions
- Support clinicians by automating anything that is not clinically-based work
They are all working on the same infrastructure and what the infrastructure does is [to] deliver collective intelligence and collaboration. (Marc Goldberg)
Resilience Lab wants to create team-based and community-based collaboration among clinicians on a large scale.
Benefits of joining Resilience Lab as a therapist Consider reaching out and joining the Resilience Lab movement if you:
- Want to deepen your therapeutic skills
- Have an interest in learning how to be or become a supervisor
- Are considering starting or joining a private practice
Christine and Marc’s advice to private practitioners Christine: therapy and mental wellness is a wonderful career path to have chosen and be in.
Marc: change is possible in this industry to reinvent what private practice can be about.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Resilience Lab and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram * Connect with Christine on LinkedIn * Connect with Marc on LinkedIn * Buy your FIP Conference Tickets! * Find out more about Group Practice Launch!
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Join Noble right now, and you’ll be able to continue using your Noble account for FREE – FOREVER!
Check out these additional resources: * How to Transition from a Full-time Job to Private Practice, with Dr. Nate Page | PoP 687 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Resilience Lab is doing some really interesting things for private practice, with Christine Carville and Marc Goldberg | PoP 688 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to transition to working mostly in private practice? Are you desiring accountability to help you stick to your goals? How do you maintain your work-life balance?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Beth Gustin who left her full-time job for private practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends over at Noble have some exciting news to share. Their goal is to help mental health professionals serve more people in less time, support a worthy cause, and earn passive income, and they are on a mission to add 50,000 mental health professionals to their platform over the next few months – and if you join Noble right now, you’ll be able to continue using your Noble account for FREE – FOREVER!
Learn more and join for FREE at noble.health/Joe
Meet Beth Gustin
Beth is a Licensed Professional Counselor and EMDR Certified Therapist. She has been working in the mental health field for 15 years. Beth works from a strength-based perspective, helping clients to find their unique set of strategies to change the aspects of their life they wish to address.
Beth utilizes a variety of modalities to meet her client’s needs including Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy, Solution-Focused Therapy, and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR).
Visit Beth’s practice website, Transitioning Through Change. Connect with her on Facebook and LinkedIn.
Email her at: beth@transitioningthroughchange.com
In This Podcast * Key aspects to move from full-time to part-time * Guiding principles Beth used from Next Level Practice * Maintaining work-life balance * Beth’s advice to private practitioners
Key aspects to move from full-time to part-time
[Have] clients that [you] can see once a week to once every other week. I was working lots of hours … but building up that clientele so that I could maintain them once I went part-time. (Beth Gustin)
Beth was wanting to move from working full-time in community mental health to part-time to start her practice.
To do this, she worked hard to build a solid foundation of clients that she could see sporadically to make the transition easier.
She also kept track of her long-term and big-picture goals to help keep her focused.
Guiding principles Beth used from Next Level Practice * Encouragement: the Next Level Practice leaders are hands-on and clinician-focused so that the needs of the clinicians are centered. * Accountability: clinicians work in small groups in Next Level Practice. There they can learn together, from one another, and help encourage each other to take the necessary steps forward to grow their practices together.
The small groups and accountability partners [are] helpful … I sometimes struggle to meet the small goals that help me reach the big picture of where I would like to be, so having that consistent accountability [was valuable]. (Beth Gustin)
- Education and resources: Next Level Practice provides clinicians with lots of information about marketing and how to put their name out into the market which helps them to launch their practice.
Maintaining work-life balance Make use of scheduling. Schedule your downtime, schedule your appointments, schedule your brainstorming, and schedule your work hours.
Having those boundaries as to when is work [time] and when is not work are so important. (Joe Sanok)
Help yourself out by creating structure around your work habits so that they do not infiltrate your life in an unhealthy way.
Beth’s advice to private practitioners Maintain your authenticity. Follow what you truly want to do. How can you take the steps to make that happen?
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Beth’s practice website, Transitioning Through Change * Connect with her on Facebook and LinkedIn * Email her at: beth@transitioningthroughchange.com * Request your blueprint health demo: bph.link/joe * Learn more and join for Noble for FREE at noble.health/Joe * FIP conference: April 21st to 24th 2022
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Noble. Serve more people in less time, support a worthy cause, and earn passive income. Learn more and join for FREE at noble.health/Joe
Check out these additional resources: * Anna Saviano is brainstorming how to help new clinicians | PoP 685 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Beth Gustin left her full-time job for private practice | PoP 686 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you building your email list? What are some great bonuses to offer your audience? How can you create simple yet enticing designs to use for your email opt-ins?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks about 15 Email Opt-In Ideas for you to try.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast * E-book * Guide * Infographic * Template * Email course * Quiz * Swipe files * Checklists or cheat sheets * Challenge * Live call * Resource library * Spreadsheet * Video training * Facebook group * Coupons and deals
E-book If you have lots of blog posts on the same topic then consider turning them into a free mini e-book that your audience can download.
You can make e-books using Canva or even Microsoft Word.
There is no optimal length for free e-books, as they can range from 10 pages to 100 pages. It is all about the value you provide within the e-book.
Guide Similar to an e-book, a “how-to” guide shows your audience how to do something.
An example of this could be some calming techniques you share with clients in the therapy room.
Infographic Humans process visual data faster, and visual learners will love that you are offering your content in the form of a downloadable infographic.
Try experimenting between infographics and guides to see which perform best for your audience.
Template Customizable templates save people time.
If you are creating it yourself, you can create editable templates in Microsoft Word where your subscribers download the Word document and customize it on their computer. Canva also offers free editable templates. (Sam Carvalho)
Popular editable templates include:
- Business cards
- Resumes
- Flyers
- E-books
- PDFs
Email course
Putting together a full-blown course can take a lot of time [because] it includes videos, editing, scriptwriting, etc. So if that’s not something you want to do or don’t have time for, consider offering an email course. All you need to do is create the content for a few emails … set up the course using your email marketing provider, and you’re good to go. (Sam Carvalho)
Email courses can be automated so once you have created them, it is hands-off. Be sure to pack it with useful information and PDF freebies.
This is a good way to provide your audience with valuable insight without needing to film a course or teach live.
Quiz Everyone has used a quiz at some point in their lives, which goes to show that quizzes are a great way to collect leads.
You can try using Try Interact to create quizzes for email list growth.
Swipe files A Swipe File is a written copy you can reuse or tweak like emails, email subject lines, social media copy, ad copy, or landing page headlines.
If you have run a successful email series or social media campaign in the past, consider selling this copy to other therapists.
Checklist or cheat sheets Everyone loves a good checklist to keep them on track with their goals.
These are easy to make in Canva.
Challenge Challenges help keep people accountable.
Not only is this a great way to have people enter your email list, [but] it also builds a tight-knit community as people will be going through the challenge together. (Sam Carvalho)
Here are some challenge ideas to consider:
- Social media challenge to post for 30 days
- Writing challenge to spend 10 minutes engaging in writing exercises planned by you for a week
- Meditation challenge to meditate every day for a month through the guided meditation provided by you
Live call You do not have to offer a free call to everyone who signs up for your email list, but you can offer one free live call a month and spin it as a contest.
Those who sign up for your list during that month are entered into the draw. You can also do things like bonus entries for sharing the signup page.
Experiment with this one … if you find it’s bringing you consistent quality leads that turn into profitable clients, keep it up. However, if it’s draining you and not benefiting you in the end, try another opt-in. (Sam Carvalho)
Resource library Resource libraries are a great way to entice people to join your list and a perfect place to keep freebies.
How you create your resources library depends on your content management system like WordPress or Squarespace. Do a bit of digging to find out how to create a “members-only” page.
With many CMSs, you can create a password-protected page to house your freebies. When someone signs up to your email list, you can send them the password for the page so that they can easily access everything.
Spreadsheet Spreadsheets can help someone who needs to keep track of something but may not have the time or the expertise to set it up from the start.
It can be a super simple spreadsheet, that is nice and organized, and it can end up bringing you a ton of new subscribers.
Video training Consider adding downloadable training videos to your blog posts where you could further explain how to do something.
Facebook group Private Facebook groups are great ways to interact with and get to know your audience better. People will need to sign up to an email list to gain an invite to the group.
Then, you remain in contact with people even after they unsubscribe from your email list.
Coupons and deals If you have something to sell, create various offers that are exclusive to your email list.
Once you select which design you would like to make from Canva, your workspace will appear.
On the left-hand side, you can choose from different pre-made layouts, or you can create your own by going into elements, text, backgrounds, or uploading your imagery. When you have finished, click “download” and select “PDF”, and you are done!
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached * Learn more about Canva and Interact * Check out the Practice of the Practice branding services
Check out these additional resources:
- Len Herstein on Why Complacency Kills Success | MP 84
- Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com
- Design Services With Sam
- Check out the Practice of the Practice Network
- For more branding advice, click here
- Apply to work with us
Meet Sam Carvalho Sam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post 15 Email Opt-In Ideas | MP 85 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What are the benefits of being certified as a B corporation? How does the B Corp assessment, without the certification, already lead to huge improvements in your company? How long does it take to become B Corp certified?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks about B corporations with Sarah Payne.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Sarah Payne
Sarah Payne is the Impact Consulting Manager at ASSETS. Through her experience working with nonprofits and for-profit businesses to create change in both local and global contexts, she furthers her passion for deploying collaborative strategies to build a more just, equitable, and sustainable world.
Sarah focuses on developing and operationalizing strategies that equip companies to improve their social and environmental impact in order to enhance their competitive advantage and build a better world. Sarah holds a Bachelor’s degree in World History from Messiah College and an MBA in Economic Development from Eastern University.
Visit the ASSETS website and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and LinkedIn.
Connect with Sarah on LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * Why would a business consider becoming a B corporation? * Assessment leads to being a stronger business * The B Corp process * How long will it take to become B Corp certified?
Why would a business consider becoming a B corporation? 1 – A B Corp certification lets clients know that your business is committed to being socially and environmentally friendly which benefits its success rates.
Companies that are committing to [having a positive] social and environmental impact do well financially when it comes to their peers. There’s a lot of data … that speaks to the idea that a purposeful business is a stronger business. (Sarah Payne)
2 – B Corp certified businesses are more likely to “weather the storms” of financial crises.
3 – B Corp businesses have more exposure and public relationships that are high quality because they associate with other high-ranking organizations that make positive impacts.
4 – Products created by B Corp businesses can also have better shelf spaces in stores and supermarkets.
As other industries and organizations are seeing the value of [B Corp certifications] they want more people to promote on their shelves and in their stores. (Sarah Payne)
5 – B Corp certified businesses generally have better employee retention and often attract high-quality employees who want to apply to work with them due to their commitment to social, environmental, employee professionalism.
Assessment leads to being a stronger business Taking the impact assessment, even if you do not desire to become B Corp certified, can boost and improve your business’s public appearance, customer interest, and decrease negative environmental impact.
Consider taking the impact assessment to improve:
- Energy efficiency
- Financial success
- Purchase local products
- Stimulating the local economy
You find these areas of mutual benefit within the B Impact Assessment that can make your business stronger and more competitive, and again, the competitive differentiation from your peers is huge. (Sarah Payne)
The B Corp process 1 – Take the B Impact assessment all the way through. It is a free tool that is confidential to start.
2 – Submit your assessment to be reviewed at the B Lab.
3 – Have a review call with a B Corp analyst to discuss the assessment in a debrief.
4 – Once you have been verified to have scored over 80 points, you sign the Declaration of Interdependence and pay the fee.
5 – The legal component: for LLCs, you go to your corporate body documents and include language around your values, purpose, and mission to be held accountable for these changes.
How long will it take to become B Corp certified? If you have all your documentation correct and ready, and you score over 80 points, it can take a couple of months. That is the shorter, quicker period.
However, if your documentation is incomplete, or you fall below the necessary 80-point mark, the B Corp analysts will still work with you and help you to achieve those 80 points and have the correct documentation.
Overall, the process can take anywhere from a couple of months to a year.
I would say for a small company to get certified from start to finish [it would take] probably around 6 months. (Sarah Payne)
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached * Visit the ASSETS website and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and LinkedIn * Find out more about the B-corporation movement through B-lab * Take the B-corp impact assesment
Check out these additional resources: * All About B Corporations with Sarah Payne – Part 1 of 2 | GP 110 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post All About B Corporations with Sarah Payne – Part 2 of 2 | GP 111 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need help brainstorming your ideas? How should you pick your top topics to work with over the next few years? How do you properly solve your audience’s pain points?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok and Anna Saviano brainstorm about how to help new clinicians.
Podcast Sponsor: Faith in Practice Conference
The Faith in Practice Conference is a unique space for faith-based counselors to develop their clinical skills, boost their business acumen, and take time away for quietness and reflection.
Dates: Thursday, April 21st to Sunday, April 24th 2022
Location: Courtyard Marriott on Jekyll Island
Cost: $350 p/p Does not include food and lodging; Limited to 100 participants
Limited tickets are now on sale, make sure to grab yours here.
Meet Anna Saviano
Anna Saviano is the group practice owner of Heartland Therapy Connection. Her therapeutic practice focuses on resolving past issues that continue to interfere with the client’s current life. Anna is also a Licensed Professional Counselor trained in DBT (Dialectical Behavior Therapy) and certified in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing).
Anna has a wide range of professional experience, including working as the Intake Specialist at MOCSA (Metropolitan Organization to Counter Sexual Abuse) and at Two Rivers Psychiatric Hospital early in her career. She has been an adjunct professor at UMKC for over ten years.
Visit the Heartland Therapy Connection website, and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram.
Connect with Anna on Instagram and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * What topics would you be happy to work with for the next five years? * How Anna wants to help new clinicians * Solving your audience’s problems
What topics would you be happy to work with for the next five years? When it comes to building an audience, you need to keep your information relatively consistent.
This means that you will be talking about the same – or similar – topics for a while.
When you think about all the different things you’re personally interested in, which ones do you feel like you could talk about for the next two to five years? (Joe Sanok)
To remain positive about your work, make sure that you actually enjoy what it is that you are doing and discussing.
How Anna wants to help new clinicians 1 – Confidence boost: a lot of new clinicians struggle with finding the confidence to begin counseling after finishing their studies.
[I want to remind] clinicians that they have the education and the will to make [therapy] feel good for their clients in a way that is valuable, even if they haven’t been practicing for 10 years. (Anna Saviano)
2 – Case conceptualization: Anna wants to help new clinicians learn how to view their clients holistically and address childhood, and any previous life stressors, when working with them in adulthood.
3 – Storytelling: what is the story that clients are coming in with? What is the narrative that they use to explain themselves and make sense of their situation?
4 – Help clinicians to build networks: clinicians often work alone, but it is important for their wellbeing as well as the success of their practice to work together.
I think a consultation group is [hugely beneficial] whether for supervision or just [to work] with other therapists who are doing similar work. To be connected to people doing that is [highly] important. (Anna Saviano)
5 – Education: helping clinicians to broaden their skills and feel empowered to use their clinical skills.
Solving your audience’s problems Provide both free educational materials for your audience as well as the products and services that you sell.
Divide these up into different platforms and products such as in courses, podcasts, live streams, programs, email courses, PDFs, consultations, etc.
Identify the lack, the struggle, and the pain that your ideal audience experiences and exactly how you will help them to solve it.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit the Heartland Therapy Connection website, and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram. * Connect with Anna on Instagram and LinkedIn. * FIP conference: April 21st to 24th 2022 * Find out more about Audience Building Academy
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Faith in Practice Conference: Limited tickets are now on sale, make sure to grab yours here.
Check out these additional resources: * How to franchise your business with Bryce Henson | PoP 684 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Anna Saviano is brainstorming how to help new clinicians | PoP 685 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you looking for a retreat that specifically caters to the needs of therapists? What is the experience like of being in a retreat setting with only other therapists as guests? What are some tips on creating a retreat from scratch?
In this podcast episode, Whitney Owens speaks with Dawn Gabriel about how to create a soul care retreat.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Dawn Gabriel
Dawn Gabriel is the founder and CEO of Authentic Connections Counseling Center and the host of the Faith Fringes podcast.
Dawn creates an engaging space for fellow clinicians and healers to look deeper into their spirituality and faith. She has about 20 years of diverse experience in the clinical mental health world and currently focuses on helping therapists engage their spirituality in new ways in order to cultivate a deeper and authentic connection with God.
Dawn hosts Soul Care Retreats that are exclusively for therapists. She believes that therapists need their own sacred place to slow down and let go of all that they hold in order to continue their transformative work with others.
Find out more about Authentic Connections Counseling Center and the Faith Fringes podcast.
Connect with Dawn on Facebook, Instagram, and Pinterest.
FREEBIE: Sign up for Dawn’s free Spiritual Reflections journaling workbook
The first person to message Dawn on social media will receive a Swig Water Bottle (with Faith Fringes Soul Care Retreat logo)
In This Podcast * The soul care retreat experience * Tips on creating a retreat * Dawn’s advice to Christian counselors
The soul care retreat experience Dawn’s soul care retreat was structured specifically for therapists.
That was very important to me, to have a place for [only] therapists because … you just need people who understand you in an instant, and it made it easier [for participants] to let down [their guard] and to let go. (Dawn Gabriel)
The participants were mostly group practice owners but they were all therapists. It is important to have a space where therapists can go to relax and be taken care of because they do most of the caretaking in their professions.
Therefore, going into a space that is dedicated to serving them and their needs is incredibly healing and soothing.
Tips on creating a retreat 1 – Build an audience first: work on creating an audience first before you sell a product or a service.
It’s not something you can just create … unless you have a network of people and an audience that is going to be interested, and they know you. (Dawn Gabriel)
Get to know your clientele and what their needs are and then create a product that solves those needs.
2 – Work with your passions: create a retreat that is based on what you are most passionate about so that you are not solely focused on making money.
Work with your passions so that you will enjoy the retreat and be inspired to make it the best it can be.
3 – Find a physical space that works: look for an environment to have your retreat in that supports its principles and objective. If your goal is to have guests relax, then host your retreat in a relaxing environment.
Dawn’s advice to Christian counselors Your spirituality can intersect with your business in a healthy way. Your business and spirituality can be more purposeful if you let them.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Find out more about Authentic Connections Counseling Center * Connect with Dawn on Facebook, Instagram, and Pinterest. Email her at:Dawn@faithfringes.com * Check out the Faith Fringes: Soul Care Retreat for therapists — May 27th to 29th & September 23rd to 25th * Join the Faith in Practice Conference from April 21st to 24th * Take Faith in Practice further with the Mastermind Course * Join the Faith in Practice Facebook Group and subscribe to the email list * Email Whitney: whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Check out these additional resources: * My Group Practice Journey | FP 128 * Next Level Practice * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Group Practice Boss * www.practiceofthepractice.com/apply
Meet Whitney Owens Whitney is a licensed professional counselor and owns a growing group practice in Savannah, Georgia. Along with a wealth of experience managing a practice, she also has an extensive history working in a variety of clinical and religious settings, allowing her to specialize in consulting for faith-based practices and those wanting to connect with religious organizations.
Knowing the pains and difficulties surrounding building a private practice, she started this podcast to help clinicians start, grow, and scale a faith-based practice. She has learned how to start and grow a successful practice that adheres to her own faith and values. And as a private practice consultant, she has helped many clinicians do the same.
Visit her website and listen to her podcast here. Connect on Instagram or join the Faith in Practice Facebook group. Email her at whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
Faith in Practice is part of the Practice of the Practice Podcast Network, a network of podcasts that are changing the world. To hear other podcasts like Empowered and Unapologetic, Bomb Mom, Imperfect Thriving, Marketing a Practice or Beta Male Revolution, go to practiceofthepractice.com/network.
The post Dawn Gabriel on How to Create a Soul Care Retreat | FP 129 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
What is the connection between your physiological health and achieving financial success? Are you interested in starting a coaching business in tandem with your counseling? What can you do to improve your leadership skills?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to franchise your business with Bryce Henson.
Podcast Sponsor: Faith in Practice Conference
The Faith in Practice Conference is a unique space for faith-based counselors to develop their clinical skills, boost their business acumen, and take time away for quietness and reflection.
- Dates: Thursday, April 21st to Sunday, April 24th, 2022
- Location: Courtyard Marriott on Jekyll Island
- Cost: $350 p/p Does not include food and lodging; Limited to 100 participants
Limited tickets are now on sale, make sure to grab yours here.
Meet Bryce Henson Bryce Henson is CEO of Fit Body Boot Camp, the world’s fastest-growing fitness boot camp franchise. He has over 10 years of experience in the fitness industry and owns 2 FBBC locations.
Bryce mentors fitness professionals on how to grow their businesses and change more lives in their local communities. He also co-leads FBBC Mastermind Group, an exclusive coaching group for high-performing fitness professionals.
Visit Bryce Henson’s website and connect with him on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and LinkedIn.
Listen to the Fitness Franchise Podcast.
In This Podcast * Bryce’s top three health tips * The connection between physical health and financial success * How to franchise your practice * Leadership skills * Bryce’s advice to private practitioners
Bryce’s top three health tips 1 – Work out at least three times a week for 30 minutes.
Additionally, blend your workouts: combine cardio exercises like sprinting or running with body-weight exercises like weight-lifting.
That will drastically improve your physique, mental clarity, your endorphins, your physiology … that [blending alone] will drastically help. (Bryce Henson)
2 – Drink half your body weight in ounces of water.
3 – Get at least seven or eight hours of sleep.
If you do [these] three things you will improve your life, your fitness, and also make more money in the process. (Bryce Henson)
The connection between physical health and financial success Your financial success is dependent on your health, and if you are doing well, you are more likely to be successful in your work.
By taking care of your physical and mental health you will have more energy, feel energized, be optimistic, and be ready to put in the effort to work hard.
Being physically and mentally healthy also makes it easier to be creative, think outside of the box, and come up with new ideas as to how you can improve and scale your company.
How to franchise your practice 1 – Focus on developing leadership skills.
Leadership is [vital] in developing a consulting practice. [Firstly] you need to be able to lead yourself and have the fortitude and discipline, [and then also] lead your clients … and then your teammates. (Bryce Henson)
2 – Boost your marketing efforts and optimize them.
- Word-of-mouth marketing is the gold standard when it comes to consulting businesses
- Craft a compelling offer to your audience
- Do not be afraid to invest money in marketing on social media platforms
3 – Build your leadership skills: lead yourself, your clients, and your teammates.
Leadership skills
Leadership is, in my experience of running a business, always the problem and always the solution. So, if you have an organization that is hitting the lid and not [running] at its potential, there’s a leadership problem at play. (Bryce Henson)
Four pillars of leadership:
- Courage
- Connection
- Communication
- Consistency
Remember that leadership is a skill that can be developed over time, so if you are new to being a leader, you can and will improve.
Bryce’s advice to private practitioners You do not have everything figured out before you start. Have some vision and direction, but the staircase does not have to be fully complete before you take the first step. Each action creates more clarity, so take one step at a time.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Bryce Henson’s website and connect with him on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and LinkedIn * Listen to the Fitness Franchise Podcast * FIP conference: April 21st to 24th 2022
Podcast Sponsors: * Blueprint helps clinicians enhance client outcomes through the power and promise of digital measurement-based care. Learn more and request your demo at: bph.link/joe * Faith in Practice Conference: Limited tickets are now on sale, make sure to grab yours here.
Check out these additional resources: * Alison Pidgeon from TheraSuite about how to design an office | PoP Bonus * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to franchise your business with Bryce Henson | PoP 684 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Does your therapy office need a revamp? Are you struggling with where to start making changes to your office aesthetics? Why is the lighting that you use important to consider?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Alison Pidgeon from TheraSuite about how to design an office.
Podcast Sponsor: Gusto
People, the job market is HOT. And while that’s great, it also means you have to do more to keep your employees happy. Fortunately, Gusto has stepped up big to help business owners like you support — and retain — your hardworking team. With Gusto, you get full-service payroll, comprehensive benefits, team management tools, and more to keep your people on track. And that’s all in one easy-to-use platform!
Want to try Gusto for yourself? Head to gusto.com/joe. for 3 months, FREE.
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA. She also runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants, as well as an office interior design company, TheraSuite.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with her.
See also, Therasuite.
In This Podcast * Why design is important for the average therapist * Basic healthcare design principles * The importance of lighting * Alison’s advice to private practitioners
Why design is important for the average therapist
Especially for a self-pay practice it’s so important that you have the environment match what you are charging people for therapy. (Alison Pidgeon)
Many therapists are tempted to save money on furniture and styling; however, it is more important than you realize.
Having a well-kept, clean, inviting, and pleasing office space can do wonders for the client. A good office welcomes clients in, makes them feel at ease, and can elevate your practice.
Basic healthcare design principles * Consider using cool, neutral, and muted warm colors: blues, greens, greys, soft pastel colors. * Minimize very hard, sharp corners on furniture or spikey plants in the office environment. * Put up landscape paintings instead of abstract ones. * Use multiple soft lights instead of a singular, “hard” overhead light.
The importance of lighting
The thing that I learned is that you want to have different layers of lighting. You want to have overhead lighting that ideally is not florescent … and then table lamps [and] desk lamps. (Alison Pidgeon)
Even out the light in the office rooms by varying the light sources. It can be distracting and uncomfortable to work under one bright light, especially fluorescent ones.
Install soft lights with shades. Make use of lamps, which can be floor or desk lamps.
Alison’s advice to private practitioners Therapists are always going to have office spaces to work in. Therefore, creating an office space that you and your clients feel comfortable in is important to do and it is easier than you think to make.
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Gusto’s offering 3 free months at gusto.com/joe * Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with her. * See also – TheraSuite.
Check out these additional resources: * How to buy or sell a practice with Nicole Ball | PoP 683 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Alison Pidgeon from TheraSuite about how to design an office | PoP Bonus appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you experienced complacency in your career? Has past success seemed to stop you from achieving new goals? What is the difference between laziness and complacency?
In this podcast episode, Sam Carvalho speaks with Len Herstein about why complacency kills success.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter Vision
When you’re in private practice it can be tough to find the time to even review your marketing efforts, let alone to make improvements where needed.
Whether you are a seasoned clinician with an existing website in need of a refresh, or a new therapist building a website for the first time, Brighter Vision is the perfect solution.
By first understanding your practice and what makes it unique, Brighter Vision’s team of developers are then able to create you a beautiful website that will attract your ideal clients and get them to contact you. Better yet, they also provide unlimited tech support to make sure it’s always up-to-date, and professional search engine optimization to make sure you rank high in online searches – all at no additional cost.
But best of all, we’ve worked with them to create a special offer just for our listeners. Get your first 3 months of website service completely FREE. To take advantage of this amazing deal, head to brightervision.com/joe.
Meet Len Herstein
Len Herstein has over 30 years of experience in business and brand marketing. Prior to founding his marketing and events company, Manage Camp Inc., Len innovated, managed, and grew brands for major consumer packaged goods marketers, including Campbell Soup Company, Coca-Cola, and Nabisco.
Len is also the author of Be Vigilant!, a book full of actionable insights and the leadership strategies you need to conquer complacency, improve performance, and safeguard success through business vigilance.
Visit Len Herstein’s website and connect with him on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Read the first chapter of Be Vigilant!
In This Podcast * How complacency makes you vulnerable * Be vigilant – not paranoid * Len’s 3 strategies to overcome complacency * Len’s advice to private practitioners
How complacency makes you vulnerable
Complacency is not laziness. Complacency is over-confidence, self-satisfaction, even a smugness sometimes that comes from past success that makes us unaware of potential dangers. (Len Herstein)
Complacency is not laziness because laziness is a conscious choice: you can do something but you decide not to. In contrast, complacency is rarely a choice.
Human beings often become complacent because it allows a sense of comfort, and gives them an excuse not to keep growing.
The more successful you are, the more vulnerable [you] are to that complacency … [it] is always in the background, and if you are not doing things intentionally, not being aware, then [you’re] always going to be vulnerable to it. (Len Herstein)
Therefore, complacency makes you vulnerable to stagnation. You stop pursuing your goals because a false sense of comfort – complacency – encourages you not to.
Be vigilant – not paranoid
Paranoia is based on fear and vigilance is based on awareness. This is all about awareness, and building things into the processes of business and life to help us remain in the moment, [and] aware, so that we don’t lose sight of [potential threats]. (Len Herstein)
Practice being vigilant over your business, relationships, and personal life so that you are not becoming complacent and settling for mediocre.
Be aware of what you have achieved, celebrate it, and set your gaze upon the next goals that you have on your horizon.
Len’s 3 strategies to overcome complacency Threat-awareness: Figure out how you are going to keep an eye on things that can threaten your growth and development.
They [can] sneak upon us, and the worst thing that happens when they sneak up on us is that we’re not prepared, and the worst time to be figuring out what you are going to do in a crisis is when you are in that crisis. (Len Herstein)
Practice crisis management and ask yourself, “if this happens, what are we doing to do?” Move through the different potential threats in your life, and ask this question.
Focus on being proactive instead of reactive.
Get off the X: Be strategically unpredictable. Move around in your “OODA loop” where you Observe the situation, Orient yourself, Decide on a course of action, and Act.
By being unpredictable you make it more difficult for competition to beat you, and increase your chances of being at the forefront.
Debrief: Debrief incidents after they have happened, regardless of the outcome.
This idea of implementing debriefs in our life regularly so that everybody involved knows that they’re going to happen, regardless of the outcome, has two effects: it makes us inherently more aware … and two, it helps us identify micro-failures that would otherwise have gone unnoticed. (Len Herstein)
Len’s advice to private practitioners Success is not the end goal, sustaining it is. And complacency is a threat to sustainable success, so be vigilant.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Visit Len Herstein’s website and connect with him on Facebook, Twitter, and LinkedIn * Visit brightervision.com/joe to receive your first three months free * Check out the Practice of the Practice branding services
Check out these additional resources:
- 10 Design Trends for 2022 | MP 83
- Email Sam at sam@practiceofthepractice.com
- Design Services With Sam
- Check out the Practice of the Practice Network
- For more branding advice, click here
- Apply to work with us
Meet Sam Carvalho Sam Carvalho is a graphic designer living in Cape Town, South Africa, with over five years of experience in both design and marketing, with a special interest and experience in the start-up environment.
She has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016 and has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs take their practices to the next level by enhancing their visual branding. She loves working with a variety of clients on design-intensive tasks and is always up for a challenge!
Follow Sam on Instagram to see some of her work. To work with Sam, head on over to www.practiceofthepractice.com/branding.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Len Herstein on Why Complacency Kills Success | MP 84 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you value a group practice? What is the significance of buying a practice versus creating your own from scratch? Do you have a five-year business plan for your group practice?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to buy or sell a practice with Nicole Ball.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Nicole Ball Nicole is the owner of Mental Wellness Counseling in Traverse City, MI. Mental Wellness Counseling serves all of Michigan with its virtual telehealth options, and clients in Northern Lower Michigan with face-to-face counseling and walk and talk therapy options.
Nicole uses a holistic counseling approach that focuses on all aspects of a person’s life including physical, mental, and spiritual. She is also a full-time Professor of Social Work at Ferris State University, where she teaches social statistics and research, advanced interviewing skills courses, and research mentorship.
Visit The Mental Wellness Counseling Website, and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram.
In This Podcast * Buying a practice versus starting your own * Valuing a business * Two things to do in your new practice * Nicole’s advice to private practitioners
Buying a practice versus starting your own
I feel like there is value in the hard work that other people have done to build their practices. (Nicole Ball)
Purchasing an already established group practice means purchasing not only the SEO, the name, and taking over the staff, but also purchasing the hours of work that have been put into building the practice.
A group practice that has been going on for some time will have established SEO, whereas with a new practice you have to build that up from scratch.
For me, I looked at the price comparison. How much would it cost me to start a private practice … [whereas] I could put in a little more cash and have a more established name, look, logo … I had the opportunity to move to the numbers I wanted to see a lot faster. (Nicole Ball)
Valuing a business * Look at three years of income outside of the current owner * Assess tangible assets like couches, artwork, etc. * Value the digital assets like the rights to photos, the websites, etc. * Calculate the value of the rights to use the brand
Do a five-year business plan to help you lay out the potential direction of your new group practice. What is the value of the business service that you will be offering?
For people who aren’t even buying a practice I would encourage you to develop a business plan … because it is a way of manifesting those goals, just like you would in a treatment plan with a client. (Nicole Ball)
Two things to do in your new practice 1 – Make it yours: upgrade and add your vision into the already existing value in the practice. Level it up with your ideas and plans for the future.
2 – Track your numbers: use your business plan to track the progress you are making in achieving your vision. Use the numbers to see where you can change things or optimize.
Nicole’s advice to private practitioners You cannot – and do not have to – do it all. Hire help and accept guidance from those around you. Remind yourself that you can accept help, and remember not to sweat the small stuff.
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached! * Visit The Mental Wellness Counseling Website, and connect with them on Facebook and Instagram
Check out these additional resources: * NLP how to start a practice | PoP 682 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to buy or sell a practice with Nicole Ball | PoP 683 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you heard about the B corporation certification? How do B Corporations get certified? What is the history behind the B Corp movement?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks about B corporations with Sarah Payne.
Podcast Sponsor: Brighter Vision
When you’re in private practice it can be tough to find the time to even review your marketing efforts, let alone to make improvements where needed.
Whether you are a seasoned clinician with an existing website in need of a refresh, or a new therapist building a website for the first time, Brighter Vision is the perfect solution.
By first understanding your practice and what makes it unique, Brighter Vision’s team of developers are then able to create you a beautiful website that will attract your ideal clients and get them to contact you. Better yet, they also provide unlimited tech support to make sure it’s always up-to-date, and professional search engine optimization to make sure you rank high in online searches – all at no additional cost.
But best of all, we’ve worked with them to create a special offer just for Grow a Group Practice listeners. Get your first 3 months of website service completely FREE. To take advantage of this amazing deal, head to brightervision.com/joe.
Meet Sarah Payne
Sarah Payne is the Impact Consulting Manager at ASSETS. Through her experience working with nonprofits and for-profit businesses to create change in both local and global contexts, she furthers her passion for deploying collaborative strategies to build a more just, equitable, and sustainable world.
Sarah focuses on developing and operationalizing strategies that equip companies to improve their social and environmental impact in order to enhance their competitive advantage and build a better world. Sarah holds a Bachelor’s degree in World History from Messiah College and an MBA in Economic Development from Eastern University.
Visit the ASSETS website and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and LinkedIn.
Connect with Sarah on LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * What are B corporations? * Some history behind B corporations * Look for B corporations as a consumer
What are B corporations?
They are companies that are committed to the highest levels of social and environmental performance, accountability, and public transparency. (Sarah Payne)
A company is certified as a B corporation when they meet a variety of requirements demonstrating that they are about creating a positive impact.
The company has to take a B impact assessment and answer a litany of questions across topics like governance, employees, communities, customers, and the environment, and pass a certain bar of excellence within these aspects.
So, B Corp certification is pretty much the gold standard of responsible business … the B Corp certification applies to the entire business [showing that] this business does give back to the world, does good for the world, and has a positive impact. (Sarah Payne)
Some history behind B corporations The B corporation certification has been around for almost two decades.
They were started by a group of people that were coming out of a career in the private sector. A group of three guys who had started a business together … they wanted it to be created for that positive impact. (Sarah Payne)
They made sure to visit their overseas suppliers to make sure that human rights were being respected, they offered yoga and wellness to their employees on-site, and offered their employees 40-hours of paid leave to do volunteer work in their communities.
The company was therefore based upon positive impact, employee satisfaction, and doing good work for both the company and the community wherein it operated.
However, new owners of the company dropped the principles that these past owners had instilled. This inspired action to create a system where future companies would operate the same even under new management.
Look for B corporations as a consumer If you as a consumer want to minimize the negative impact on the environment and spend your money wisely, choose to work with certified B corporations wherever possible.
Choose to purchase B Corp products and make use of B Corp services when you can to act by your principles.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Get your first 3 months of website service completely FREE with brightervision.com/joe. * Visit the ASSETS website and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and LinkedIn.
Check out these additional resources: * Hire the Right Team to Grow Your Group Practice, with Jenny Walters GP | 109 * Group Practice Launch Free Webinar March 2nd, 2022: How to Make Bank * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post All About B Corporations with Sarah Payne – Part 1 of 2 | GP 110 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Have you experienced shared trauma? What are some of the pros and cons of shared trauma in counseling? Which mental health tips can therapists use to help them deal with clinical stress and compassion fatigue?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Dr. Chanté DeLoach about shared trauma and deepening clinical relationships.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Dr. Chanté DeLoach Dr. Chanté D. DeLoach is an educator, scholar, and practicing psychologist. She is the founder of Luminesce Psychological Services, a boutique clinical and consulting practice where she provides intersectional, liberation-focused therapy primarily to marginalized communities.
Dr. DeLoach is invested in deep internal and interpersonal work that honors intergenerational legacies of trauma and resilience. She has engaged in trauma-centered community work in numerous countries throughout Africa, Europe, the Caribbean, and the Americas. Dr. DeLoach currently serves as Department Chair and Professor of Clinical and Community Psychology at Santa Monica College. She is the author of How We Practice Therapy Now.
Visit the Luminesce Psychological Services website, and connect with Dr. DeLoach on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * What is shared trauma? * Pros and cons of shared trauma * Mental health tips for clinicians dealing with shared trauma * Focus on what you can control * Chanté DeLoach’s advice to private practitioners
What is shared trauma?
When we talk about shared trauma we’re talking about times when therapists and clients both share the same current trauma in real-time. So, in addition to our own direct exposure to the trauma, therapists experience double exposure because we’re also exposed and potentially triggered through our clinical work with our clients. (Dr. Chanté DeLoach)
Therapists can have experienced the same or similar trauma as their clients in their past, but this is different from shared trauma, which is experienced in real-time.
Shared trauma is therefore when the therapist and the client are both going through a struggle at the same time, yet the therapist still needs to lead the client in their healing and hold that space for them.
Pros and cons of shared trauma Some of the downsides of shared trauma are:
- Compassion fatigue
- A decline in clinical decision making
- Burnout
- Stress about preserving personal needs while seeing clients
Shared trauma can also create a deep healing space for both the client and the therapist.
The clients, when they know we’re going through things that they’re going through, may deepen the therapeutic repour. It may allow [clinicians] to have a deeper emotional intimacy with [clients], and access empathy that before may have been difficult had we not been going through the same things. (Dr. Chanté DeLoach)
Some positives of shared trauma include:
- A heightened sense of commitment from therapist to client and from client to therapist towards recovery and healing
- A deeper empathetic connection and space for listening
- Personal growth, for both therapists and clients
Mental health tips for clinicians dealing with shared trauma * Ask yourself how you are really doing: be on honest and sincere terms with yourself about what you need, what you feel, and what you can do differently for yourself. * Look in the rearview mirror: look back over the past few years and see how far you have come, both in your personal and professional life. * Practice self-care and collective care: do not be swayed by shallow self-care. Make sure to connect with people with whom you deeply resonate, and commit to daily routines that genuinely make you feel empowered and grounded.
Focus on what you can control There is a lot in the world that exists outside of your control. Focus your time and energy on what it is that you can control.
Seek joy in your life. Focus on finding the good instead of the bad, and then finding the good or the workable aspects within the bad when it inevitably comes.
The more we focus on those areas that we can control or at least shape and influence a little bit more, the better we’re going to feel. It makes a huge difference. (Dr. Chanté DeLoach)
You have very little control in the world, but you have more than you think, and you can make, find, and bring goodness into your life at any time.
Chanté DeLoach’s advice to private practitioners Therapy is changing, and it is in your and your client’s best interest to evolve with it.
Do not be afraid of the change and evolution, and instead ask, “how can I do things better and meet my needs as well as the needs of my client in more effective ways?”
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached! * Visit the Luminesce Psychological Services website * Connect with Dr. DeLoach on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn
Check out these additional resources: * Ask Joe: Emily Ross wants to know what accounting software to use in private practice | PoP 670 * Apply to work together * Next Level Practice – next cohort opens in March 2022 * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Dr. Chanté DeLoach on Shared Trauma and Deepening Clinical Relationships | PoP 671 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How can Feng Shui help you arrange your office for comfort and ease? In Feng Shui principles, why should both the therapist and the client share “command of the room”? What can you do to get the flow going?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks about how to incorporate Feng Shui in your therapy office with Marina Umali.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Marina Umali
Marina Umali is a certified Interior Designer & Feng Shui practitioner with a highly innovative approach. Like other interior designers, she focuses on the aesthetics and functionality of a space, but her approach also includes a common-sense application of universal Feng Shui principles, which promote harmony and balanced energy throughout a space.
Her practice is also affiliated with a number of environmental and sustainability groups, including the Vegan Design Council and The International Well Being Institute.
Visit The Marina V Design Studio Website, and connect with Marina on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Pinterest, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Check out Marina’s Feng Shui Tips for Success & Feng Shui Bagua Map
In This Podcast * What is Feng Shui? * Feng Shui in therapy offices * Share command of the room * Bring nature in * Move 27 items
What is Feng Shui?
[Feng Shui] is a philosophy … that’s thousands of years old and originated in China … It is the art of placement … It’s really about arranging furniture so that it’s advantageous to us, to make our lives better. It’s about having good energy in a space, good flow, for us to feel good in our spaces. (Marina Umali)
Feng Shui is the specific arrangement of furniture in the room to create a positive flow of energy. Essentially, creating a space that “feels” good to be in.
It arranges furniture in a way that makes sense intuitively, and when it is done right, people can feel a noticeable difference in the “flow” or energy of the room once they enter it.
Feng Shui in therapy offices It is especially important in therapy offices for clients to feel comfortable and at ease while they are present within their surroundings.
Having a good flow and furniture arrangement would be good so that people are not knocking into things, can come in and comfortably sit down. (Marina Umali)
Some basic Feng Shui tips:
- Do not have clients sit with their back to the door.
- Avoid having extra and unnecessary pieces of furniture. Too many “things” in a room can make people feel crowded or uneasy.
- Make sure things are organized and clutter-free.
- Use soothing and cool or gentle warm colors. Avoid bold or busy colors in excess.
Share command of the room
The main principle is … command position … which can be tricky because do we want the patient and client to have the command position, or do we want the therapist to have the command position? (Marina Umali)
The command position is an important principle in Feng Shui. It is the seat of power or energy flow in the room from person to person, and it is positioned in a place where someone has a good view of the door.
In therapy rooms, ideally both the client and therapist should be in command positions because the therapist is in control of the session while the client leads the session. Both the therapist and the client should be able to see the door.
Bring nature in Wherever possible, use real plants. They give off clean air and provide gentle energy to the room. It has been proven that the presence of plants can lower stress levels in people.
If you use plastic or fake plants, be sure to keep them clean. Dusty or dirty-looking fake plants can make it seem as if the office is not being well taken care of, that the air quality is bad, or the cleaning is irregular.
Make sure your windows are clean, if you have windows, so that they can show the nature outside.
Consider having art on the walls that relate to nature: mountains, oceans, and landscapes. Make sure that the art displays are rightened on the wall and free of dust or fingerprints.
Move 27 items If you are interested in giving Feng Shui a try, move 27 items around your office! That could be to a new spot, to be thrown out, or be rearranged.
Try to move 27 items to new places to shift the energy and make a change in your environment.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached * For inspired office-space design and great interior ideas try Therasuite! * Visit The Marina V Design Studio Website * Connect with Marina on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Pinterest, and LinkedIn
Check out these additional resources: * Eleni Domanos on How to Furnish an Office with Wellness in Mind | GP 105 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post How to Incorporate Feng Shui in Your Therapy Office with Marina Umali | GP 106 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you start a private practice with faith in mind? How do you know which public needs to center your practice around? Why should you follow your peace when starting your business?
In this podcast episode, Whitney Owens speaks with Kelli Willard about how to faithfully start a private practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Kelli Willard
Kelli Willard, LMFT, is an energetic therapist and skilled promoter of clarity in session. She believes a one-size-fits-all approach to individual therapy or couple therapy is inefficient and potentially hurtful. Kelli is constantly learning best practices to help neurodivergent individuals thrive, integrating counseling techniques with Christian principles and neurodiversity concepts in her work.
Kelli is a member of the American Association for Marriage & Family Therapy as well as a published author and speaker.
Visit Kelli’s online practice, Love All The Brains, and find out more about Neurodiversity.
Connect with Kelli on Facebook and Instagram.
In This Podcast * What feels right? * Seek help when starting * Getting your practice off the ground * Kelli’s advice to Christian counselors
What feels right?
When I talk about neurodiversity I do feel … peace … I do feel like it’s much easier to talk about neurodiversity than it is to sing a sonata, and I do think that’s from the Holy Spirit guiding me … there’s a reason you feel peace because this is where you’re supposed to be. (Kelli Willard)
When you talk about the things that interest you, inspire you, and motivate you to learn more, what are they? Are you structuring your work around them and incorporating them into your business?
Those feelings of intrigue, passion, and peace are the guiding lights that this aspect of therapy or counseling is the calling for your practice.
Seek help when starting When you decide to start a private or group practice, seek help. You do not have to do everything on your own.
Work with people that are knowledgeable, who understand your direction, and who are inspired by your ideas.
Consulting gave me that framework to be able to show up, follow the directions, have a plan, sort out my thoughts, and I don’t think I could have done it on my own without that support. (Kelli Willard)
Getting your practice off the ground Do not be held back by a practice you are in if you are feeling the call to start your own.
If you can sense the need for your work to be assessable on a larger scale, and you know there are clients out there who need you, and you feel inspired to take action, then pursue it.
Look for confirmations that this is the path for you. Pray and ask for guidance while following your intuition and peace.
I keep waiting for the anxiety to hit but it hasn’t and I’m realizing that it might not, that I actually may be onto something here. That I have made a good, careful, thoughtful, prayerful decision for my family, my clients, and myself that this may be some of the fruit of that contemplation. (Kelli Willard)
Kelli’s advice to Christian counselors Uniqueness is a gift. It is an honor and our duty to explore our uniqueness as therapists so that we can be present with our clients and invite them to get to know themselves better.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached! * Visit Kelli’s online practice, Love All The Brains * Connect with her on Facebook and Instagram * Join the Faith in Practice Conference from April 21st to 24th * Take Faith in Practice further with the Mastermind Course * Join the Faith in Practice Facebook Group and subscribe to the email list * Email Whitney: whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Check out these additional resources: * How to Launch a Conference | FP 123 * Next Level Practice * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Group Practice Boss * www.practiceofthepractice.com/apply
Meet Whitney Owens Whitney is a licensed professional counselor and owns a growing group practice in Savannah, Georgia. Along with a wealth of experience managing a practice, she also has an extensive history working in a variety of clinical and religious settings, allowing her to specialize in consulting for faith-based practices and those wanting to connect with religious organizations.
Knowing the pains and difficulties surrounding building a private practice, she started this podcast to help clinicians start, grow, and scale a faith-based practice. She has learned how to start and grow a successful practice that adheres to her own faith and values. And as a private practice consultant, she has helped many clinicians do the same.
Visit her website and listen to her podcast here. Connect on Instagram or join the Faith in Practice Facebook group. Email her at whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
Faith in Practice is part of the Practice of the Practice Podcast Network, a network of podcasts that are changing the world. To hear other podcasts like Empowered and Unapologetic, Bomb Mom, Imperfect Thriving, Marketing a Practice or Beta Male Revolution, go to practiceofthepractice.com/network.
The post How to Faithfully Start a Private Practice with Kelli Willard | FP 124 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you need reliable accounting software? What does it take to make informed decisions about your finances as a therapist? How much money do you want to make?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers Emily Ross’ question about what accounting software to use in private practice.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection.
With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at noble.health/Joe.
Watch the demo video of the app here! Connect with Noble on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * Accounting for small businesses: Try QuickBooks * Use tools that help you make informed decisions * How much money do you want to make?
Accounting for small business: Try QuickBooks For a solo practice owner, consider using QuickBooks. Enjoy structures and services such as:
- Separated business and personal expenses
- Maximized schedules
- Quarterly estimated taxes
- Mileage tracking
I also recommend downloading the QuickBooks app to your phone because then you can take receipt pictures quickly which is nice to do and [to] have all in one spot. (Joe Sanok)
Use tools that help you make informed decisions Keeping track of numbers can feel monotonous but it is necessary to help you to make the right decisions for your business.
- Keep a profit and loss statement: how much money comes in and goes out.
- Have a basic idea of how many clients you see per month and at what average rate.
- Know how much you pay for marketing and general business expenses per month.
- How many sessions do clients come to on average?
How many clients a month do you need to see to break even? Say you have an office that costs you $1000 a month … maybe to just break even you should know, “I need to bring in $1500 a month”. If you are charging $150 a session you have to do 10 sessions just to have it not be a hobby. (Joe Sanok)
How much money do you want to make? Start with how much you want to earn, how many weeks off you want in the year, what your expenses are, and divide that up into how much money you need to be earning per week or month to achieve your goals.
Money travels fast, so looking at these kinds of numbers can help you to decide where you need to spend less, earn more, or change something so that your practice has the space to breathe and grow.
Running some of those numbers and [asking], “how does this affect my life?” is important. It may mean that you need to have a side gig while you’re building your practice, it may mean that you need to add some clinicians to build extra income outside of yourself. (Joe Sanok)
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Join Noble for free! * Ask Joe a Question * Practice of the Practice Quick Books discount: receive 50% off for $7 a month * Join The Audience Building Academy * Visit the HoofNHorn Therapy Website
Check out these additional resources: * John Howard — More Than Words: deepen your Relationship Connection | PoP 669 * Apply to work together * Sign up for Next Level Practice – next cohort opens in March 2022 * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Ask Joe: Emily Ross wants to know what accounting software to use in private practice | PoP 670 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How is connection based more on presence than time? Can the connection be sustained throughout all phases of relationships? Why are mandatory weekly date nights potentially damaging the relationship?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to deepen relationships with John Howard.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection.
With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at noble.health/Joe.
Watch the demo video of the app here! Connect with Noble on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Meet John Howard John Howard is an internationally-recognized therapist, wellness expert, and educator who uses the latest science to help couples have stronger relationships. He is the CEO of PRESENCE, a wellness center in Austin, TX dedicated to helping people achieve optimal physical, mental, and relationship health.
John is the host of The John Howard Show, a wellness podcast, and the creator of the Ready Set Love® series of online programs for couples. He is also the author of More than Words: The Science of Deepening Love and Connection in any Relationship — listeners who order the book will receive a free chapter on attachment theory.
Visit John Howard’s website and see also the PRESENCE website.
Connect with John on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * More than Words: sharing information with the everyday person * Connection is about presence, not time * Phases in relationships * The importance of being a team * John’s advice to private practitioners
More than Words: sharing information with the everyday person John’s book More than Words accomplishes two things: to share the latest science of connection and relationship theory with the general public and to extend relationship health for greater inclusion of diverse couples.
What I’ve put in the book is the very latest approaches based in neuroscience and modern attachment theory when it comes to promoting connection, [and] understanding that verbal communication is not the most direct pathway to gaining trust from the nervous system. (John Howard)
The brain is primarily looking for a sense of safety and security when it is around other people. Once that box is “checked”, the possibilities for relationships open up: parents, siblings, friends, lovers, and so forth.
However, if a person does not feel connected, they do not have the will to manage these relationships.
People then try to communicate to bridge the emotional stress, but these bridges are found to be annoying and frustrating by both parties, and arguments begin.
Connection is about presence, not time Research has shown that if couples and people in intimate relationships, whether romantic or platonic, spent less time talking and more time “touching” – being present and in the moment, they can communicate directly with the subconscious and create a true connection.
When you take the time to be fully present, you slow down, you sink into the moment, you look someone in the eyes, you touch them, and you say something meaningful: that creates a connection that lasts all day. (John Howard)
Being present with your partner is not about having a weekly date night. It is about being fully present when you spend time together: hold hands, look one another in the eye, be in the moment with them because this subconsciously communicates; “I love you”, “I am here”, “I am paying attention to you”.
The research shows that connection is not a function of time, it’s much more a function of how present we are in the moment with each other. (John Howard)
Phases in relationships Even though the vitality of energy and love can shift – not leave – in a long-term relationship, what is most important to the brain is whether a person feels continually secure and safe with their partner, regardless of the length of time they have spent in the relationship.
John recommends that people act securely in their relationships from the get-go to establish a sense of security and value in the relationship.
Couples need to have a deep sense of connection to bridge the inevitable conflicts that arise, otherwise they will end up arguing constantly.
We have to have a strong level of subconscious connection to get through [conflict] and that’s what the book helps people with: how do you build that to carry you into the phases of relationship that everybody wants where you feel relaxed, trusting, and you can enjoy yourself. (John Howard)
When couples feel secure and connected to their partner, conflicts become much less fierce and daunting, and more about negotiating and ironing out the kinks.
The importance of being a team One person in the relationship can make a positive impact on the relationship as a whole by changing their behavior. They could start meditation and then be able to better self-regulate, for example.
However, the relationship is essentially a team, and a team does not succeed if it is made up of people going by their own rules and not working together.
Think about any sports team. If the individual is just focused on their individual skillset, they might play better, but in team sports, you really have to coordinate if you are going to be a strong team and if you don’t coordinate well, you’re going to get exposed, no matter how talented the individuals are. (John Howard)
Challenge your clients who are in relationships to work as a team. Where is the common ground? Where can they both commit to focusing their efforts to improve connection and support one another?
John’s advice to private practitioners In grad school, therapists are taught theoretical orientations separately and in a distinct fashion, but that is not how private practice works.
We now know that there is a distinct relationship between mental and physical health. Consider offering integrated and comprehensive therapy that incorporates physical and mental wellness into your therapeutic practices.
Books mentioned in this episode: BOOK | John Howard – More than Words: The Science of Deepening Love and Connection in any Relationship
BOOK | Jenny Runkel & Hal Edward Runkel – ScreamFree Marriage: Calming Down, Growing Up, and Getting Closer
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Join Noble for free! * Visit John Howard’s website and see also the PRESENCE website. * Connect with John on Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, and LinkedIn * Listen to his podcast
Check out these additional resources: * Ask Joe: Kellye Laughery wants to know how to attract and retain top clinicians | PoP Bonus * Apply to work together * Next Level Practice – next cohort opens in March 2022 * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post John Howard — More Than Words: deepen your Relationship Connection | PoP 669 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
How do you attract top-quality clinicians to your practice? How does the culture of your practice influence your hiring process? What are the benefits of remaining in constant communication with your staff?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers Kellye Laughery’s question: how do you attract and retain top clinicians?
Podcast Sponsor: Gusto
Gusto’s all-in-one HR platform is a gamechanger for growing businesses. From full-service payroll and benefits to team management tools and more, Gusto makes it easy to support your employees from day 1 to 1,000.
Get 3 months free when you sign up at gusto.com/joe.
In This Podcast * Stay on top of your game * Attracting clinicians * The culture of your practice * Stay in communication with your staff
Stay on top of your game The world of business moves fast as innovation develops, so things are changing all the time in the hiring world.
It’s a game [where] you are constantly testing your unique market. You’re testing what’s working. You’re making sure you’re communicating with your own current staff. (Joe Sanok)
Set aside time each month to see where you can improve in your hiring process. Can you change the questions? Are you marketing to the correct niche?
Attracting clinicians Put yourself in the shoes of a clinician who you would like to hire. These clinicians will fall into different categories, such as:
- Clinicians who want to work full-time
- Clinicians who want to work part-time
- Clinicians who want to be W2 or 1099
Find clinicians who are in it for the long haul and are not thinking about starting a practice any time soon.
Some long-tail things you can do is see if there is a local master’s program [and create] relationships with those professors so that you can speak [in their lectures]. [That Way], a few years before these folks graduate they think of you as having the clinic that’s one of the more premier clinics. (Joe Sanok)
The culture of your practice You can attract – or repel – different clinicians through the culture of your practice.
If you have set your business up as a close-knit group of professionals who spend time together between sessions and are more integrated, that can attract some clinicians.
You can also set your practice up as a work-only space where there is minimal non-work-related contact between clinicians, and that will attract different clinicians.
Stay in communication with your staff Regularly ask your existing staff:
- What do you love doing that you are doing right now?
- What do you hate doing that you wish we could take off your plate?
- Where do you see yourself growing into something new?
Your openness and availability as the owner to let your staff come to you and express their needs will make your practice more attractive to high-quality clinicians. It will also attract professionals who value autonomy and agency.
Books mentioned in this episode: Sally Hogshead – Fascinate: How to Make Your Brand Impossible to Resist
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Check out gusto.com/joe and receive your first three months for free * Visit the Centre for Family Unity Website. * Ask Joe A Question!
Check out these additional resources: * Biz Bros Kyle Nelson and Eli Libby on how to be co-founders that make a difference in the world | PoP 668 * Apply to work together * Next Level Practice – next cohort opens in March 2022 * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Ask Joe: Kellye Laughery wants to know how to attract and retain top clinicians | PoP Bonus appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do office spaces have an impact on people’s health? What is the quality of air and ventilation in your therapy room? Where can you begin making small but meaningful changes to better furnish your office environment?
In this podcast episode, Alison Pidgeon speaks with Eleni Domanos about how to furnish an office with wellness in mind.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
Meet Eleni Domanos
Eleni Domanos is the owner and principal designer at Design Tree Interiors, an ethically oriented design company. She’s also a Realtor and owner of Realiteam Real Estate Group. After 20 years in the business, she’s experienced firsthand how interior design has the ability to nourish the soul and make a house a healthful and healing haven.
She strives to create spaces that reflect the character and lifestyle of the individuals that inhabit them and add value to their home or place of work. Her personalized approach to each interior design project and positive energy, develop unique and cohesive spaces.
Visit the Design Tree Interiors Website and connect with them on Pinterest.
Connect with Eleni on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
FREEBIE: Check Out Eleni’s Free Design E-book as well as The Design Tree’s Free Color Guide
In This Podcast * Who should consider wellness offices? * Furnish your office with healthier products * Start small * Must-haves for your office
Who should consider wellness offices?
I would say people with asthma, auto-immune issues … our indoor air environment is potentially a lot more harmful than our outdoor air. (Eleni Domanos)
If the airflow in an office space is restricted, or an office is not well-ventilated, then the air quality suffers and could lead to increased chances of ill-health for the staff that works there.
Office managers and business owners should consider the health of their employees and create spaces that prioritize wellness and health.
A proper filtration and cleaning system is required, as well as open windows, if possible, to maintain a higher quality of air.
Furnish your office with healthier products Some older furniture can give off chemicals as it degrades, turning into dust, which can be breathed in and be unhealthy for the body in the long run, especially over a longer exposure.
Nowadays there is furniture available that is made from sustainable, healthier materials that are better for the people and the planet.
However, you must conduct your research before purchasing to avoid being caught in false advertising and greenwashing.
The information is out there. It’s just a matter of taking the time, creating your bullet points, and saying, “what’s important?” I would start with flooring and then furniture and then your air filtration system. (Eleni Domanos)
Start small * Check ventilation in your office and test the air quality * Open the windows and add air filters in each room * Purchase a good quality vacuum cleaner to deep clean carpets from allergens and dust * Check your existing furniture and consider swapping out older, potentially hazardous pieces for new, sustainable pieces * Get rid of clutter, furniture, and objects that no longer serve you or your office space
The only thing I would avoid is antimicrobials so be careful of that sales pitch. We can put an antimicrobial agent in your furnace, and it will kill stuff, [but] don’t go there [because] it’s just more taxing on your body … I would recommend people go get fresh air and vitamin D. (Eleni Domanos)
Antimicrobials are necessary for some spaces, such as in hospitals and doctor’s facilities, but you do not need them in your therapy office or your home.
Must-haves for your office Lighting: The type of lights and the color of the lighting that you use will impact both the mood of the occupants and the color of the surrounding furniture.
Choose calming interiors: Furnish your space with soft furniture, calm colors, neutral spaces.
Color: Paint your walls with colors that go well with the lights you use.
Flooring: Cork and hardwoods are good options because they are easy to take care of, they bring pleasantness to the room, and add an organic element to your office. Consider a rug over your floor to add softness.
Add plants: Both real and fake plants are beneficial to your office space. Opt for real plants. They help with air filtration and bring a softness to the office.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached * For inspired office-space design and great interior ideas try Therasuite! * Visit the Design Tree Interiors Website and connect with them on Pinterest * Connect with Eleni on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn
Check out these additional resources: * Kris Smith on Designing Offices for a Group Therapy Practice | GP 104 * Group Practice Launch * Group Practice Boss: www.practiceofthepractice.com/grouppracticeboss $149 a month * Email Alison: alison@practiceofthepractice.com * PoP Group Practice Owners Facebook Group * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Work with us * Consult With Alison * Alison Pidgeon on Therapy for Your Money Podcast * Practice of the Practice Network
Meet Alison Pidgeon, Group Practice Owner Alison Pidgeon, LPC is the owner of Move Forward Counseling, a group practice in Lancaster, PA and she runs a virtual assistant company, Move Forward Virtual Assistants.
Alison has been working with Practice of the Practice since 2016. She has helped over 70 therapist entrepreneurs start and grow their businesses, through mastermind groups and individual consulting.
Transformation From A Private Practice To Group Practice In addition, she is a private practice consultant for Practice of the Practice. Allison’s private practice ‘grew up.’ What started out as a solo private practice in early 2015 quickly grew into a group practice and has been expanding ever since.
Visit Alison’s website, listen to her podcast, or consult with Alison. Email Alison at alison@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Eleni Domanos on How to Furnish an Office with Wellness in Mind | GP 105 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Are you suited to working with a business partner? Would you consider being a co-founder? How can you create a co-founding business partnership that works?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks with Biz Bros Kyle Nelson and Eli Libby about how to be co-founders that make a difference in the world.
Podcast Sponsor: Noble
Our friends at Noble believe in using technology to enhance, not replace, human connection.
With Noble, your clients will gain access to between-session support through their automated therapist-created Roadmaps, assessments to track progress, and in-app messaging. These tools help you and your clients gain a better understanding of their progress between sessions – how they are feeling, and what areas may need more focus – so you can tailor your one-on-one sessions to their needs more effectively.
Not only will Noble help you offer your clients the most transformative experience possible, but you can also earn passive income while doing so. Learn more and join for FREE at noble.health/Joe.
Watch the demo video of the app here! Connect with Noble on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
Meet Kyle Nelson & Eli Libby
Kyle Nelson and Eli Libby are the BizBros. Best friends, business partners, co-founders, and most importantly; doer’s, Kyle and Eli joined forces to share their experiences from past and current ventures. They are dedicated to helping others grow in their entrepreneurial journey through their BizBros podcast, speaking engagements, and recommendations.
Kyle and Eli are also the Co-Founders of Results Imagery, A Product Branding and Photography company. Results Imagery plant one tree for every photo taken and for every second of video captured. Find out more about Snap One Plant One!
Visit the BizBros website and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn.
In This Podcast * How to be good at running a business with a partner * Fostering good relationships * Go solo or be co-founders? * Kyle and Eli’s advice to private practitioners
How to be good at running a business with a partner
I think it’s rare to have a healthy business relationship and personal relationship. Being able to turn off that switch quickly and easily and be able to not offend the other person and not take things personally [is important]. (Kyle Nelson)
Set the ground rules and expectations early on so that each person knows they have their needs communicated and feels understood.
Fall back on those expectations and practice excellent communication to navigate those two worlds of friendship and business more easily.
We let each other have the floor and we know the other one is going to be the devil’s advocate, but you have to understand that that’s from the business perspective and not the personal perspective. (Kyle Nelson)
Consider conducting personality tests with your co-founder to learn more about them and how they best receive and give feedback.
It is vital to learn how your partner communicates and accepts information to make your negotiations and decision-making processes run more smoothly.
Fostering good relationships To have a great business partnership, you have to enjoy being around your partner.
You will be spending a lot of time with that person, so find similarities and ways that you connect and make sure they are strong enough to carry you through difficult times.
I believe it’s the same thing as going into a business [for work]. You want to go to a business that you are passionate about and every day you go you are excited to be there, it’s the same thing with a co-founder. (Eli Libby)
Go solo or be co-founders? Co-founding might not be for everybody but even if you work alone it is a good idea to have someone who is a soundboard for your ideas.
Consider having an advisor or mentor on your board who you can discuss big decisions if you prefer to work solo and if co-founding does not feel like the best path for you.
Your idea might be amazing to you but bouncing it off another person’s perspective can help you to flesh it out better and make it more suitable.
Kyle and Eli’s advice to private practitioners Kyle: Owning a business “can feel like a mistress” but do not let your work get in the way of your personal life.
If you have more clarity in life and in what you do in your personal time, that will find its way into your business, and that is better than the other way around.
Eli: Building a strong culture in your business is important because as the leader and the owner, you set the tone for the company.
Remember to listen to those around you, your staff and clients, and structure your business around fulfilling their needs.
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Join Noble for free! * Visit the BizBros website and connect with them on Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn * Listen to the BizBros podcast * Check out Results Imagery * Ask Joe A Question!
Check out these additional resources: * Ask Joe: Nikki Winchester wants to know how to structure a sprint week | PoP 667 * Apply to work together * Next Level Practice – next cohort opens in March 2022 * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Biz Bros Kyle Nelson and Eli Libby on how to be co-founders that make a difference in the world | PoP 668 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to start a conference? What are some behind-the-scenes aspects of launching big events? How can you navigate creating a conference with a business partner?
In this reverse podcast episode, Joe Sanok speaks about how to launch a conference with Whitney Owens.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast * Selling tickets * Fleshing out the conference * Sponsors * Creating a conference with a business partner * Whitney’s advice to private practitioners
Selling tickets Sell tickets from early on, when you begin advertising your conference and are letting people know about it.
Keep an eye out for where potential people who would appreciate your conference are and sell tickets in those areas.
Really making the most of opportunities [of] where people might be interested in the conference. (Whitney Owens)
Consider including discounts or free tickets to those who are already a part of packages or Masterminds that you run.
Fleshing out the conference
I think it’s so important if you are going to do any event, especially a conference, that you really have a good vision for it, and who it’s for, who it’s not for, why you’re doing it because there are going to be some ups and downs and you got to have that passion behind you. (Whitney Owens)
Think about your conference and event and get clear on the following:
- Who is your conference for?
- Who is your conference not for?
In other words, who would and would not get the most value out of it? Figure out the main tenets for your conference.
For example, Whitney’s three tracks for her conference are:
- Faith in Action
- Faith in Business
- Faith in Counseling
Sponsors Your sponsors are the people and businesses that are investing the most in your conference. They are investing their money, their time for traveling, and their energy in helping you to market the event.
I think it’s so important for you to be thinking [about], “how can I do something for them?” Like, it’s not just about them doing something for me. How do I help them? (Whitney Owens)
Reach out to businesses that you know would benefit from being positioned in front of lots of practice owners who align with your values and missions.
Think of your sponsors more as partnerships than sales pitches.
Creating a conference with a business partner Like any partnership, when you are creating and running a conference with a fellow business partner, you need to:
- Practice listening and your communication skills
- Be prepared to collaborate and negotiate
- Allow one another to share what is important for them about the conference
- Share and budget equally, if possible, and treat finances with the utmost respect
- Try to work with someone who has organized conferences in the past
- Encourage one another to work with their strengths and divide the workload
Whitney’s advice to private practitioners Slow down and simplify. Do not miss the things that you want to do because you are too busy doing everything else. Get rid of the things you do not enjoy working on and focus your energy on what brings you productivity and joy.
Useful links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached! * April 21st to 24th Faith in Practice Conference: February 2nd tickets go on sale * Take Faith in Practice further with the Mastermind Course * Join the Faith in Practice Facebook Group and subscribe to the email list * Email Whitney: whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Check out these additional resources: * Dr. Wendy Dickinson on How to Grow your Practice | FP 122 * Next Level Practice * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Group Practice Boss * www.practiceofthepractice.com/apply
Meet Whitney Owens Whitney is a licensed professional counselor and owns a growing group practice in Savannah, Georgia. Along with a wealth of experience managing a practice, she also has an extensive history working in a variety of clinical and religious settings, allowing her to specialize in consulting for faith-based practices and those wanting to connect with religious organizations.
Knowing the pains and difficulties surrounding building a private practice, she started this podcast to help clinicians start, grow, and scale a faith-based practice. She has learned how to start and grow a successful practice that adheres to her own faith and values. And as a private practice consultant, she has helped many clinicians do the same.
Visit her website and listen to her podcast here. Connect on Instagram or join the Faith in Practice Facebook group. Email her at whitney@practiceofthepractice.com
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
Faith in Practice is part of the Practice of the Practice Podcast Network, a network of podcasts that are changing the world. To hear other podcasts like Empowered and Unapologetic, Bomb Mom, Imperfect Thriving, Marketing a Practice or Beta Male Revolution, go to practiceofthepractice.com/network.
The post How to Launch a Conference | FP 123 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.
Do you want to create valuable change for your practice in a short space of time? How can you combine relaxation and full focus for a productive work session? Have you tried a sprint week before?
In this podcast episode, Joe Sanok answers Nikki Winchester’s question about how to structure a sprint week.
Podcast Sponsor: Therapy Notes
Is managing your practice stressing you out? Try TherapyNotes! It makes notes, billing, scheduling, and telehealth a whole lot easier.
Check it out and you will quickly see why TherapyNotes is the highest-rated EHR on TrustPilot with over 1000 verified customer reviews and an average customer rating of 4.9/5 stars.
You’ll notice the difference from the first day you sign up for a trial. They offer live phone support 7 days a week, so when you have questions, you can quickly reach someone who can help, and you are never wasting your time looking for answers.
If you are coming from another EHR, they make the transition really easy. TherapyNotes will import your clients’ demographic data free of charge during your trial so you can get going right away.
Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached, and remember, telehealth is included with every subscription free. Make 2022 the best year yet with TherapyNotes.
In This Podcast * Start with slowing down * Use rituals * Plan ahead * Killing it
Start with slowing down When you are gearing up to do a work sprint, first spend some time – even a day or two – slowing down.
The way we slow down in prep for this kind of work is important because … we really want to allow our brain to rest and to be calm. (Joe Sanok)
In slowing down, find things that you can do that center calmness and quieten the mind. Keep away from mindlessly scrolling social media, binge-watching series, or distracting your mind.
Prioritize:
- Spending time in nature
- Getting a massage
- Reading
- Doing some mindful exercise
- Taking a walk without distractions
Use rituals Make use of rituals to help your mind complete a task before starting a new one, or to end a relaxation period before moving into the sprint itself.
Take one minute to go for a walk, do a stretch, have a warm beverage, practice some deep breathing, or even play some music to shift the mood.
This helps your mind to close off one task before starting the next, allowing your brain to focus better and to avoid feeling over-stimulated.
Plan ahead
Figure out as many of the decisions [that] you need to make ahead of time. Where are you going to eat each day, can you make reservations? Can you order ahead? Can you have your assistant order ahead? (Joe Sanok)
Before your slowdown and sprint begin, iron out as many of the details as possible to safeguard your mental strength and to minimize decision fatigue.
- Do you need to exercise a little each morning? If so, where can you go for a walk?
- Which snacks do you prefer throughout the day?
- Is there a coffee shop nearby your accommodation?
Make these decisions before you leave so that you can stay in your mental-state flow as much as possible, and not use your energy on things that do not matter.
Killing it When you are preparing to start your sprint, take an hour to write down all the points that are important for you to get through. These could be:
- Website
- SEO
- New products
- Benefits for staff
- Blogpost ideas
Let stuff rise to the surface and think through, “if I had just one of these things that was way better” … what thing is going to really help [you] feel better, what unlocks things [for you]? (Joe Sanok)
What is the one thing that would greatly improve and sustain the functioning of your work that you can now focus on?
Joe’s sprint structure * Figure out before your sprint what you can achieve * Have each sprint be 20-minutes long * Have short breaks of quick exercise and avoid social media * Get back to your goal until you have completed it
Books mentioned in this episode:
Useful Links mentioned in this episode: * Use promo code ‘JOE’ to get three free months to try out TherapyNotes, no strings attached! * Ask Joe A Question! * Visit The Cincinnati Centre for DBT and check out Nikki Winchester’s profile on Psychology Today
Check out these additional resources: * The Power of Regret with Daniel Pink | PoP 665 * Apply to work together * Next Level Practice – next cohort opens in March 2022 * Sign up for Next Level Practice — Cohort Open! * Events – click on the event’s dropdown * Sign up to join the free webinars and events here * Podcast Launch School * Practice of the Practice Podcast Network * Free resources to help you start, grow, and scale * Apply to work with us — decision-making matrix for your next steps
Meet Joe Sanok
Joe Sanok helps counselors to create thriving practices that are the envy of other counselors. He has helped counselors to grow their businesses by 50-500% and is proud of all the private practice owners that are growing their income, influence, and impact on the world. Click here to explore consulting with Joe.
Thanks For Listening! Feel free to leave a comment below or share this podcast on social media by clicking on one of the social media links below! Alternatively, leave a review on iTunes and subscribe!
The post Ask Joe: Nikki Winchester wants to know how to structure a sprint week | PoP 667 appeared first on How to Start, Grow, and Scale a Private Practice| Practice of the Practice.